[RSArchive Icon] Rudolf Steiner Archive Home  Version 2.5.4
 [ [Table of Contents] | Search ]


[Spacing]
Searching Rudolf Steiner Lectures by Date
Matches

You may select a new search term and repeat your search. Searches are not case sensitive, and you can use regular expressions in your queries.


Enter your search term:
by: title, keyword, or context
   


   Query type: 
    Query was: king
  

Here are the matching lines in their respective documents. Select one of the highlighted words in the matching lines below to jump to that point in the document.

  • Title: The Inner Development of Man
    Matching lines:
    • only one of eliminating the obstacles blocking the path to
    • Therefore, a person seeking mystical development must first of all
    • and calm logical thinking, or a person who has such decisions but has
    • chemist can give descriptions of processes taking place in a
    • illusion. The golden rule applying here is that, before even taking
    • himself from any flighty thinking or possibility to mistake illusion
    • thinking and observations. If a person leans toward prejudice and
    • thinking and are unable to control their thought-life through their own
    • becomes determined to refrain from thinking an evil thought about his
  • Title: Lecture: Woman and Society (Die Frauenfrage)
    Matching lines:
    • questions which play into our day-to-day thinking and into our
    • are speaking of things which must follow from the very nature of
    • another. And it was just the same in the crafts. What in the working
    • able to keep on making do as they do today with specialist knowledge
    • in this or that branch of human thinking, but in the entire range of
    • our souls by making a small and subtle observation.
    • are working on your astral body. But there are other cultural means
    • peculiar way of thinking which has developed in men over the
    • learn to understand people by looking into the depths of the
    • Goethe speaking from the depths of soul, once said, ‘The
  • Title: Lecture: Problems of Nutrition
    Matching lines:
    • problem of the thinking individual. In conscious awareness he
    • particularly by taking a stand that can be expressed in the
    • understood me correctly if you realize that I am not speaking for
    • By asking such questions, we come to look at the
    • only need allude to this generally familiar fact, that speaking
    • the vegetable, animal and mineral kingdoms, and with it they
    • that I am not speaking to mystics nor to anthroposophists who are
    • mineral kingdoms. We must realize that plants represent the direct
    • possible imagination and calls forth thinking. It is this activity
    • having to make too much of an effort. Yet, speaking from the
    • looking spiritually into their ways and characteristics, we shall,
    • structure of substances is so organized in the animal kingdom that
    • kingdom, we not only take into ourselves the physical meat and fat
    • of impulses found spread out in the animal kingdom, has induced
    • I am speaking here of human nature in general,
    • thinking will be so flexible that men will be willing to
    • drinking alcohol an inner hindrance is created behind which
    • Coffee is also a product of the plant kingdom
    • strengthened by coffee. Thus, we can let coffee take over in making
    • logical connections and in sticking to one thought, but this, of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Etherisation of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • entirely absorbed in the contemplation of some strikingly beautiful
    • following: a man is walking along the street and feels that someone
    • has insulted him. Without thinking, he is roused to anger and gives
    • vent to it by striking the person who insulted him. We are there
    • — that of sleeping and waking. From the elementary concepts of
    • Anthroposophy we know that in waking life the four members of a man's
    • contemplation, thinking — and about the will and its impulses on
    • the one hand during waking life and during sleep on the other?
    • we realise that in the ordinary waking condition of physical life, man
    • your own thinking, of your personal resolutions. When someone knocks
    • a decision of your own thinking and will. If you are hungry and seat
    • the waking life of day, our will is influenced only in an indirect
    • thoughts. Human thinking is the shadowing forth of ideas and beings
    • you represent thinking rightly to yourself when you picture the human
    • processes are reflected in the human head as thinking.
    • deeds. There is a difference between standing by and taking pleasure
    • Thoughts: Shadow-images of Beings of the Astral Plane (Waking)
    • which dominates the waking life, the life in which man is mentally
    • principles, moral impulses, are working indirectly into the
    • individuals are always fully awake in waking life. We must always be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Overcoming Nervousness
    Matching lines:
    • nervousness is making itself felt.
    • his time and energy really thinking through what he has heard from his
    • see the jerking in the writing. This condition is easily understood through
    • of the astral body working through the etheric.
    • that his fingers get to shaking and jerking when he tries to write. You
    • represents a definite way of working upon the etheric body. When these
    • this case, for the improvement of memory. By thinking through events,
    • what they look like when they are walking, for instance. While it is good
    • Pros and cons are never lacking. We would do well to acquire the habit of
    • others take care of their affairs. They would rather sit around asking
    • face in my own heart the necessity of making a “yes” or
    • judgment. Then you are taking into consideration what there is in the
    • mineral kingdom.
    • the plant kingdom. Plants have physical and etheric bodies.
  • Title: Jesus and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • have often taken when speaking of things of the spirit. As a rule, it
    • further the way of thinking that entered human evolution through
    • this kind of thinking fruitful. The way spiritual science must proceed
    • opposition spiritual science encounters. The kind of thinking derived
    • for a certain way of speaking, because the investigator acquires his
    • on a new path, by seeking a connection with Christ within the
  • Title: Lecture: Newborn Might and Strength Everlasting
    Matching lines:
    • looking at things in an unreal way if this is thought to be the case.
    • This painting depicts a train of kings and queens on horseback emerging
    • was created somewhat later, and with what we are seeking again in another
    • He who observes his inner life of thinking, feeling and willing, and the
    • can feel that the changing capriciousness of his thinking, feeling and
    • atmospheric changes of the weather. Indeed, our thinking, feeling and
  • Title: Lecture: Pre-Earthly Deeds of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • Cosmos. Looking at the course of our human evolution we note that the
    • speaking being.
    • bodily processes taking place in his organism. He would have found
    • But the human capacity for expressing the working of the mind in words
    • to stand upright in the Lemurian epoch, and to become a speaking being
    • which, through the working of the cosmic forces into the whole form
    • thinking was reserved for the humanity of the post-Atlantean epoch;
    • onwards the thinking of thoughts has developed more and more; we now
    • that the Ego can be grasped. In order that thinking, too, might be
    • united with the Christ-Impulse, that thinking as such might not come
    • If our thinking is gradually to be brought more and more into order,
    • there is to be an increasing development of healthy thinking based
    • upon truth — it will be because thinking has acquired, through the
    • The fourth danger was to man's thinking, the inner representation of
    • of living thought, of the thinking which is becoming clairvoyant — we
    • thinking. The child develops his capacities out of the unconscious.
    • into the power of walking upright, and into speaking and thinking;
    • in addition to the walking and standing upright, the speaking and
    • thinking, the Christ-Force is now entering the memory. We can
    • Man, looking back at his life, will realize that just as he can
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Sacrifices of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • supramundane acts, one taking place in the old Lemurian period and two
    • were as self-seeking as he still is in his moral, intellectual and emotional
    • the other senses. Let us assume that our eyes were self-seeking. What
    • seeking, all our impressions would give us sucking or stabbing pains. We
    • done under Lucifer's influence, would have become self-seeking. With every
    • While the earth was working through the Lemurian age, a Being living in
    • the world order, we shall say, looking back to these ancient times, that
    • the animal, mineral and vegetable kingdoms. He will learn to say, “That
    • themselves, “In taking up all this beauty into ourselves, we must
    • disease. Then man begins to suffer from the self-seeking of heart, lungs,
    • seeking, and the results most extraordinary. Assume, for example, that
    • not the self-seeking organ only, but all the other organs also, striving
    • Thinking, feeling and willing were threatened with disorder through the
    • that impulse of will, while his thinking would have impelled him in quite
    • human evolution that thinking, feeling and willing should become
    • becoming independently self-seeking, would have rent asunder the
    • harmonious working of the Christ. In consequence, toward the end of the
    • thinking, feeling and willing. Truly, as the rays of the physical sun must
    • seeking reason might have thought with scornful mockery about all that
    • thinking were harmonized at this period by forces that descended from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • view from which I shall be speaking.
    • The spiritual scientist's way of looking at things is wholly in
    • reason. Granted, this way of thinking must be applied to the very
    • his own nature, making use of the only tool that he has at his
    • looking at things rests entirely on the premises of natural scientific
    • thinking. Let us take water as an example drawn from nature. Suppose
    • we are looking at the qualities of water as we find it around us. Then
    • along comes the chemist and applies his methods to the water, breaking
    • the water, and hydrogen is a gas that burns. No one just looking at
    • from looking at the merely external bodily nature, any more than the
    • on it. Imagine waking up some morning with no idea of where we've been
    • monistic-materialistic view when it comes to looking at memory. In
    • surroundings? He perceives things; he applies his brain-bound thinking
    • upon the concentration of thinking, begin just where our everyday
    • of all that the power of thinking, which is usually active only in the
    • thinking; but now we know that we have been outside it. We gradually
    • then that moment finally comes, either during waking life or in a
    • were striking like lightning and destroying my body, and I
    • our body with our thinking capacity. And other forces can be similarly
    • We must keep one thing in mind, however, when talking about this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Christ in Relation to Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • for it is precisely this gesture that precipitates the breaking of the
    • breaking the wings of this being. Rather, the interaction of the two
    • buries himself in the cave, working in shackles, ever busy undermining
    • conceive of Him as a reality, as a working force. That is to say, we
    • Christ has become a working force, let us visualize — as has been
    • map of Europe so magnificently, but rather the Christ impulse working
    • Looking to the West and especially to American culture, a different
    • ascertain what has caused such a reversal. The inner workings of the
    • Now consider the following. Looking eastward we can make out luciferic
    • body has been infected by materialistic thinking.
    • Tolstoy or those leading writers who are constantly speaking of
    • truth, which must have a shocking effect on us.
    • plane. In the Southeast, looking through the physical plane, one
    • thinking that a terrible accident had happened. This afternoon a
    • occult perception who is working artistically on the building in
    • there was much talk in the East and West. The most shocking
    • are still lacking a full understanding of what I have stated before. We
    • talking about is Robinson Crusoe. The description of Robinson is so
    • it cannot avoid thinking materialistically thereafter. Mankind has not
    • the dead have left behind. These are aside from what they are taking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Preparing for the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • associate in groups and to ask ourselves why we found working groups
    • these working groups, we will continue to found them in full
    • that we are speaking to souls consciously associated with us —
    • Movement our souls are seeking a real and genuine link with the
    • lacking in human society nowadays a quality that, in the sixth epoch,
    • working groups, something hovers invisibly over our work, something
    • with the spiritual worlds when we come together in these working
    • worlds, this is the true consecration of a working group. To cherish
    • consecration that is the foundation of a working group within the
    • its true spiritual sense. We find ourselves together in working groups
    • brothers, as a breath of magic that we breathe in our working
    • particularly striking form, especially among the civilized Greeks, a
    • kingdom still lives, that is what is revered by the Russian
    • our working groups. What holds Eastern Europe so firmly to the group
    • Thou gav'st me Nature as a kingdom grand,
    • another. In seeking the living Christ we also follow Him through death
    • This is always a good custom, for thereby those who are waking in
  • Title: Lecture: Outlooks for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • Generally speaking, we
    • they were speaking of some ancient memory, that their ancestors used to
  • Title: Lecture: Human Life in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • first considering what Spiritual Science asserts, and then attacking it, but
    • to say, and then attacking that. In this way we are frequently assailed, not
    • carried out. It would show further the individual awaking to the need of
    • This answer is perfectly correct, generally speaking. Accordingly it
    • Only today are those questions taking on tangible form. Prime evidence of
    • of asking such questions today; in the domain of natural science they
    • future. Anyone today speaking about these consequences may appear to be
    • the riddle-questions referred to, turn a deaf ear to them and avoid asking
    • In making this statement I am not just voicing my personal opinion, but
    • upon which it is working. This becomes apparent on investigating the ideas
    • of their inherent life, with the spiritual world for which we are seeking.
    • Let us begin by speaking of an event which establishes a certain connection
    • during the period of going to sleep and waking. (These short explanations
    • organism as a consequence of what was seen taking place during summer prove
    • now the mineral kingdom was not to be found. The road is a long one over
    • mineral kingdom. That element which is active extra-terrestrially today as
    • to the development of the mineral kingdom, was a living being itself. It was
    • investigation is actuated by any arbitrary human purpose in seeking for a
    • that such a mode of thinking cannot be called non-Christian.
    • — “The E is repeated interminably; the poor chap is too lacking in
  • Title: Evil and the Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • A part of Steiner's Lectures on Spiritual Essence and its Working,
    • In speaking of these matters, we cannot always avoid the appearance of
    • with the mystery of evil. Taking the mystery of death to begin with,
    • After all, in speaking of the railway system it will occur to no-one to
    • course be talking nonsense, though it cannot he disputed that the
    • as a by-product of their working — bring death to man, is this: To
    • important matters. Our modern thinking — I say this once again not by
    • way of criticism, but as a pure characterisation — our modern thinking
    • How often do we see men arising here or there, making this or that
    • implications, is thinking truly in accordance with the times. Those
    • intensity, taking hold only of a portion of his being. If we would
    • upon one to-day, if one is speaking in all earnestness and does not
    • want merely to call forth a kind of torpor, making the lectures a
    • the tendencies making for social separation have to be overcome, and
    • has to enter into the evolution of mankind. An engine making a long
  • Title: Lecture: Social and Anti-Social Forces in the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • and modes of thinking which we have acquired from our studies of
    • ways of looking at the world, we have started from one fundamental
    • hold of the whole human being and making him entirely dependent on
    • that there is more thinking nowadays than in the past. But this is an
    • for in so doing one forgets that if social forces are working, then
    • meeting of one with another leads to the working of a certain force
    • call social impulses, fundamentally speaking are only present in
    • work out of sleeping into waking conditions works into ordinary waking
    • relation may be established between them. This striking fact is
    • On the other hand, something else is also working. A perpetual
    • as a remnant just that which disturbs the working-man so much, namely
    • important positions in society, when they begin talking about present
    • acquired consciously in working with one's soul forces, while formerly
    • towards linking up the Ego more and more with its experiences.
    • making ourselves objective — that we picture this boy or girl as if
    • cultivate the social instinct and impulses in us by looking back upon
    • thoughts and feelings of many working men. Karl Marx was able to
    • what the working man thinks and understands, as a working man. This
    • hatred of all those who are not members of the working class. This
    • archetypal phenomenon points to something which mere material thinking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Emptiness and Social Life
    Matching lines:
    • A part of Steiner's Lectures on Spiritual Essence and its Working,
    • order in civilised humanity. Fundamentally speaking, the tendency
    • of this epoch. In speaking of such matters one must keep bluntly to
    • Among those who of recent years have been talking a great deal about
    • about Hermann Grimm — not thinking of him as a personality but as a
    • personality, for the thinking of thousands and thousands of scholarly
    • Taking it all in all, what Hermann Grimm said about Goethe is really
    • pointed gropingly to the spirit. But speaking quite objectively, it
    • life by emancipating it, making it independent of and separate from
    • where it could unfold only in shackles. I am speaking here only of
    • happen only in an epoch when scientific thinking impinges on a culture
    • direction of natural scientific thinking he must have known the odour
    • But that is not all. These trends in economic thinking did not go
    • thinking, seeped into the economic usages and methods originally
    • “grapho” — writing. One can picture how the peasants, thinking
    • measles’, in a manner of speaking. In the old Imperium Romanum a
    • here was a man who had made a little headway in natural scientific thinking
    • the result being a monstrosity of human thinking. To study modern
    • literature on law is a veritable martyrdom for sound thinking; one
    • influence of human thinking and feeling, to take the form that is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Social Understanding Through Spiritual Scientific Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • usually ask. That is why so little importance is attached to making
    • something. Looking at memory is the best way to understand how absurd
    • it and looking for the spirit within it.
    • forces of the earth are perpetually working into man. And it is our forces
    • twenty-first year. The will working in us up till the seventh year works
    • spiritual-scientifically that in everything working in the child up till the
    • The important changes taking place in humanity at the present time are
    • must be put into practice to the point of making us conscious that man's
    • Everywhere, people are still working contrary to this requirement. For
    • making practical use of them for the good of humanity. In this case, if
    • spiritual science. It is necessary to develop a totally new way of thinking.
    • The kind of thinking we develop when we accustom ourselves to
    • working with super-sensible thoughts is the kind of thinking that has an
    • natural scientific, materialistic way of thinking has done more damage in
    • And this is particularly true where it is a matter of people taking an inner
    • people open themselves to the possibility of making the transition to
    • thinking in quite a new way about man changing himself in his innermost
    • lacking today, to bring down to a material level what we think of on a
    • Thus it is virtually a matter of aiming towards a way of thinking that
    • social impulse. A way of thinking based on anything else is not adequate.
  • Title: Lecture: Soul and Spirit in the Human Physical Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • When man is studied by modern scientific thinking, one part only of
    • fluid organism in earthly man without speaking of the etheric body
    • if we are thinking merely of the solid organism which is shut off by
    • This shows us that by taking these different organisms in man into
    • sleep, from the moment of falling asleep to the moment of waking;
    • therefore the interworking of the Chemical Ether and the etheric body
    • From the moment of falling asleep to the moment of waking, the astral
    • astral body by the air organism during waking life. We can speak in a
    • thinking takes no account at all. But everything in us
    • and the etheric body that remain as they are during the waking state;
    • When we turn to consider waking life, from what has been said we shall
    • a way during sleep as during the waking state, when the Ego and the
    • which in waking life we have driven out through our Ego which is part
    • Waking life and sleeping life may therefore also be studied from this
    • the cosmic spirituality which on waking we drive out through our Ego,
    • for in waking life it is the Ego that brings about in the
    • elaboration of perceptions from the moment of waking to that of
    • only. If we adhere to the principles of spiritual-scientific thinking
    • shall we seek in dreams for knowledge as we seek it in waking mental
    • on waking, finds that he is feverish or is suffering from some kind of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    Matching lines:
    • to us in waking life from the moment of waking to the moment of
    • waking consciousness, there is dream-consciousness, and we heard
    • for it again on waking. It is through the deprivation undergone
    • between falling asleep and waking that he is able to feel himself
    • Taking this as an example, we may say: Moral ideals come to expression
    • theoretical thinking, matter — substantiality — is brought
    • to its end; through his moral thinking, matter and cosmic
    • does by speaking of the law of the conservation of matter and energy.
    • nothing but theoretical thinking, and the ideas thus formulated
    • asking himself: How can my moral impulses take effect in a world in
    • or of the fixed stars, they were speaking of spiritual beings.
  • Title: Lecture: The Path to Freedom and Love and their Significance in World Events
    Matching lines:
    • Man stands in the world as thinking, contemplative being on the one
    • links the two poles of our being: the pole of thinking and the pole of
    • deed, of action. Only through the fact that we are thinking beings are
    • fundamentally speaking, everything we accomplish between birth and
    • thought. When we picture the thinking human being in this way, when we
    • elaborate these thoughts. — Fundamentally speaking, therefore, in
    • Not by taking in as many thoughts as possible from the surrounding
    • this inner radiation of will into the sphere of thinking, the more
    • thinking becomes what I have called in my Philosophy of Spiritual
    • Activity: purethinking. We think, but in our thinking there
    • sphere of thinking. But pure thinking may equally be called pure
    • will. Thus from the realm of thinking we reach the realm of
    • will, when we become inwardly free; our thinking attains such maturity
    • progressively strengthening the impulse of will in our thinking we
    • that has now become thought, or our thinking that has now become will.
    • mightier and mightier force in our thinking.
    • speaking, deliberate intent and absence of intent, volition and
    • life; speaking is largely connected with organic life; walking really
    • inherent force — into our thinking, when we permeate our thinking
    • with will. We bring will into thinking and thereby attain freedom. As
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Search for the New Isis, the Divine Sophia: The Quest for the Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • continue working in a changed way.
    • working there. Just as the Egyptians imagined Ahriman-Typhon working in
    • of Christ, the Isis of Christ is lacking.
    • luciferic; theology is luciferic. Of course if we are speaking of the inner
    • This is the mystery of modern humanity: Fundamentally speaking, Mary-Isis
    • universe. The willing of Christ Working in man Shall wrest from Lucifer And
  • Title: Lecture: The Two Christmas Annunciations
    Matching lines:
    • Three Kings, the Three Wisemen from the Orient. We are told that
    • imagine this thinking and perceiving, in fact, all use of the inner
    • appearances in the heavens, to be aware of significant events taking
    • and time, taking place in the inner life of man. If we examine the
    • spiritualized way of looking at the universe. And man felt himself
    • the surrounding universe than does our waking life to-day. And the
    • content of geometry in an age in which, from the moment of awaking
    • standpoint of the Mysteries than from the standpoint of waking
    • falling asleep and awaking, when our souls are outside of our bodies
    • sleep and dream into waking life, were once very active in the
    • falling asleep and awaking. Here, too, we are in the outer world, but
    • by looking back upon the body. Keyserling's talks concerning
    • between falling asleep and awaking, we look back, we feel our way
    • And looking at our external sense-knowledge, which is merely a
    • making the effort to find it, and by discovering how the Christmas
    • Christmas festival. To-day, in thinking of the Christmas Mystery, we
  • Title: Lecture: The Threshold In Nature and In Man
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge; and it is only with a view to making more comprehensible
    • Plutarch is speaking of Aristarchus of Samos, and he describes the way
    • speaking, sense-perception. Red, blue, G, C sharp — these are for us
    • called “pure thinking” — that thinking which is completely
    • higher level. For when we permeate pure thinking with moral ideas and
    • will enable him to rise to pure thinking; and on this path he becomes
    • for the deed that has been envisaged in pure thinking.
    • condition, namely, of pure thinking, to which man is able to surrender
    • experiment. And through the work he does in thinking, man develops an
    • did, fundamentally speaking, was to reduce to calculation the results
    • himself. True, he thinks his thoughts, and in thinking remains always
    • make man's thinking correspond with what he saw with his eyes. So
    • the development of thinking; and the consciousness of self has grown
    • thinking such as is necessary, for example, to grasp the heliocentric
    • boundaries of knowledge, boundaries man cannot pass without taking his
    • perception. Goethe says he never thought about thinking; what he set
    • between waking and sleeping. These two conditions must, we know,
    • We take it for granted that between waking up and falling asleep we
    • waking dream; the pictures that appear in the dream are here pressed
    • willing; dreaming and sleeping are thus perpetually present in waking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Sun-Mystery in the Course of Human History
    Matching lines:
    • this spirituality is active in him only during his waking hours or in
    • to activity from the time of waking until that of falling asleep.
    • when we are walking; but we can see ourselves stepping forward. We form
    • mental images of the workings of our will and in this sense are
    • for then inner processes are taking place, processes that are also
    • outer will. The workings of the outer will are made manifest to us
    • asleep. Strictly speaking, the inner will is not revealed to us;
    • activity. The will that is working while we are asleep has to do with
    • But during waking activity too, that is to say when our will is in
    • flow, life-processes are taking place. The will takes effect in the
    • dream. But at any rate it is clearer than the workings of will. It
    • will: an inner will in the sleeping state, an outer will in the waking
    • itself out in the antipathies — taking the word in the widest sense
    • illumination will be shed upon it. Waking life arouses in us sympathy
    • egotism, the more strongly is the element of antipathy working in him.
    • that it plays into his waking life, his whole being is permeated with
    • waking life, in the outer will — rises up into the conceptual life,
    • the ego and astral body are outside the physical body; but our waking,
    • sleep. When the Persians woke from sleep — I am speaking of course of
    • We no longer feel that at the moment of waking from sleep we summon
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Alphabet
    Matching lines:
    • present period of his evolution — taking this period so widely that
    • is speech that elevates Man above the other kingdoms of nature.
    • relates to the cosmos. In short, what would be expressed by speaking
    • poured out over the matter-of-factness of life. In speaking today, Man
    • waking state. It remains unconscious and essentially forms the actual
    • mineral, plant and animal kingdoms. After this life between death and
    • vowel there is the H. You can trace it in speaking — AH, IH, EH. H is
    • Something is expressed that is the cosmic working of four planets. Let
    • speaking, Man felt himself within the cosmos. When the child learned
    • experience of the impression of the planetary movements in thinking,
    • in thought to comprehending and working on what lived in Man out of
    • How does one picture 1, 2, 3 to oneself today? It is done by thinking
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Heart
    Matching lines:
    • marking the essential birth of the etheric body. Likewise we can refer
    • ray out, in a manner of speaking, previously they were more star-like;
    • All the etheric forces that are working in man until puberty tend to
    • aforesaid process is taking place in the etheric body, this highly
    • When the baby is kicking with its little legs, you notice very little
    • We then see how his movements — intelligent movements, now, walking
    • actions. Here, then, you have a complete linking up of karma with the
    • speaking, begins only at the moment when the astral heart takes hold
  • Title: Lecture: Truth Beauty and Goodness
    Matching lines:
    • exercise the students' faculties of thinking, feeling and willing.
    • is to exercise the students' faculties of thinking, feeling
    • things of which I have been speaking — and which were actual
  • Title: Lecture: Self Knowledge and the Christ Experience
    Matching lines:
    • into his capacity of intellectual thinking in its narrower sense, which
    • importantly, they learned to know the so-called three kingdoms of nature
    • people these days, did not exist among those working for initiation in the
    • all these together: mineral, plant and animal. Looking back from the
    • Undertaking to obey the injunction ‘Know Thyself’, however, he found
    • thinking becomes his; for with pure thinking he can become a free being. It
    • lay hold of the inner strength of pure thinking in the act of self-knowledge.
    • relation to the other parts of his being, outside his pure thinking and his
    • fully man. For as a modern man your inner task is the working-out of what has
    • and warmth our mere thinking that is otherwise dead and abstract.
  • Title: Lecture: The Invisible Man Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • physical organizations. After first taking along the astral and
    • by working through his food. This stream flows in the human being
    • from below upward (speaking schematically), pours itself into the
    • itself with the astral forces, taking hold of oxygen and only then,
    • taking place mainly in the super-sensible so that it cannot be traced
    • working with the astral body, from acting alone. The healer has to
    • the breakdown forces are working strongly, cooling phenomena occur.
    • is not satisfied by taking up just the etheric; instead the fruit
    • of oxygen directly from the ego or the astral body. Thus by taking in
    • deadly nightshade poison; then the forces working from below upward
    • it leads the outer world inward after cooling it (making
  • Title: Lecture: Polarities in Health, Illness and Therapy
    Matching lines:
    • illness and healing are lacking. These foundations are lacking in official
    • Fundamentally speaking, we are already confronting today a kind of
    • It is not a matter of speaking in vague generalities: well, yes the healthy
    • spiritual science it is only a matter of looking into the world of the spirit
    • organism. Spatially speaking the human being is entirely metabolic-limb
    • exact thinking if one wants to evaluate this membering of the human
    • working of polar opposite activities. When studying the nerve cell you
    • This interconnection, which consists of a working into one another of the
    • goal to call forth the proper rhythm in the working together of astral body
    • organ systems. Let us begin by looking at the system which primarily
    • Official medicine often starts out from the opinion that the working of the
    • When dealing with an arhythmic working together of the body of
    • treatment as working primarily upon the nerve-sense system.
    • in an effort at working towards a healing process. Let us assume we have
    • or working first upon the nerve-sense system and then into the rhythmic
    • are involved making it possible that on the one hand, remedies and
    • involved in the illness. Only then will one be working beneficially
    • This curative eurythmy consists in taking what you have seen here as
    • the working together of consonant and vowel eurythmy to bring about a
  • Title: Lecture: Man As A Picture of The Living Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • course fix our attention mainly on the times we spend in waking life.
    • of time when we were sleeping. It is as though you were looking at a
    • white wall where at one place the white paint was lacking; you see a
    • certain differences between his waking and sleeping states, yet
    • ordinary waking life, man's earthly life and action was far more
    • on working, and yet the Ego is not there. We need only think of the
    • are asleep? Something must still be living and working in the blood,
    • there within the breathing process, working in it even as the astral
    • body does in waking life.
    • human Ego dwells in waking life by day. Moreover in the breathing organs
    • astral body, leaving behind the body of our waking life, Angels,
    • as to our ether-body, even in our day-waking life we are not able to
    • and wonderful processes taking place there, we should not merely do it
    • waking life he lives in this bodily nature, so to speak, as a
    • we admit: It is a picture — a picture of the working-together of all
    • picture of an invisible, super-sensible working of all the Hierarchies
    • detail how it is working in the outer picture, maya, or reflection,
    • being. Through all the kingdoms of Nature upon Earth-mineral, plant,
    • animal kingdom — there works what we may call a lower spiritual realm.
    • there. When he looks up to the stars, man in reality is looking up to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Individuality of Elias, John, Raphael, Novalis
    Matching lines:
    • Elijah refer to the same person. In non-English speaking
    • countries refer to Elias, and English speaking countries refer to
    • into all our hearts, I did not want to let pass without speaking to you at
    • we have seen taking place — partly on earth, partly in super-sensible
    • worlds, the realm of spiritual evolution, taking with him the power of his
    • the being of whom I have been speaking to you today — all those with whom
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • resurrection of thinking: how dead thoughts can be awakened to life in
    • understand this, we must begin by taking into consideration the frame
    • evolution of the earth, but, in making use of him, they have forced
    • into mankind and if they had not succeeded in taking off the sharp
    • speaking together while they are still battling with their doubts:
    • The gods found a new way of speaking to us. This way went through the
    • thinking, we are not really alive, that our life is poured into the
    • out of the force of pure thinking, and where we learn to understand
    • the freedom in man, through the impulses of pure thinking.
    • earnestness and responsibility. When speaking of such things, one
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • IT” and some of the Kings' plays do not differ so greatly from
    • KING LEAR”, “JULIUS CAESAR”, after his first
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • Hamlet, Macbeth, King Lear, Julius
  • Title: The Manicheans
    Matching lines:
    • eastern part of Asia Minor, ruled over by the kings of Western Asia.
    • teaching, making a personality whom he calls ‘Faustus’ the
    • Darkness wished to storm the Kingdom of Light. They came to its
    • Now they were to be punished by the Kingdom of Light. But in the
    • Kingdom of Light there is only good. Thus the Demons of Darkness could
    • Kingdom of Light took a portion of their own kingdom and mingled it
    • into the Kingdom of Darkness. Thereby a leaven, so to speak, came into
    • the Kingdom of Darkness and a kind of vortex arose. Death came into
    • of its own destruction. There then arose from the Kingdom of Light the
    • Archetypal Man, the human race who must mingle with the Kingdom of
    • darkness must be overcome through the Kingdom of Light, through the
    • From the Kingdom of Light a spark is sent into the Kingdom of Darkness
  • Title: Mathematics and Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • Weekly News for English-speaking Members of the Anthroposophical Society
    • visualised in the spirit. I have visualised the working of a machine
  • Title: The Dead Are With Us
    Matching lines:
    • upon which the soul is working may seem to be quite remote, while in
    • kind takes place in the case of the animal kingdom and the human
    • kingdom; but we are justified in our conviction that the mineral world
    • speaking, without awakening pleasure or pain in our environment. The
    • mineral kingdom as we have it around us on the physical plane does not
    • these kingdoms are present in quite a different form. They are not
    • namely, as realms devoid of feeling. The first kingdom of those we
    • is the animal kingdom. I do not of course mean the individual animals
    • therefore, starts his life two kingdoms higher. On the Earth we get to
    • know the animal kingdom only from the outside. The most external
    • all those forces which, working in from the Cosmos, organise our own
    • Hierarchies, the human being is working at this whole system of forces
    • Spiritual. The animal kingdom is the first realm with which he makes
    • It is the animal kingdom, then, with which acquaintance is first made.
    • The next is the human kingdom. Mineral Nature and the plant kingdom
    • are absent. The dead's acquaintance with the human kingdom is limited
    • Just as concerning the first kingdom with which the dead comes into
    • contact — the animal kingdom — we can say that everything
    • and so on. The higher the kingdom, the more intensely does a man feel
    • the dead live. The kingdom in which the dead live can easily be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Speech and Language
    Matching lines:
    • plant, and animal kingdoms was also touched upon, and this then led
    • that it is essentially a process of taking in substances that are
    • as old as I am. The discovery I am speaking of is the following.
    • from speaking.
    • you only need to imagine that we have the habit of making certain
    • gestures while speaking, such as Ah! (corresponding gesture);
    • speaking are experienced by the left side of the brain.
    • getting their entire brain confused through making them write with
    • pedagogically speaking, you would achieve the very opposite of what
    • of making people do the same thing both with the right and the left
    • look at the clock to see if we must start working or if it is time to
  • Title: Lecture: The Sense-Organs and Aesthetic Experience
    Matching lines:
    • imaginative way of looking at things that was characteristic of Old
    • the emergence of soul-powers which have the character of thinking,
    • thinking, feeling and willing as they normally are on earth, but
    • thinking back into the Old Moon, not to the extent of having visions,
    • working only as ordinary life-processes belonging to the physical
    • organ for understanding Aristotle was lacking. The phrase has been
    • have to add the spiritual to a thinking that remains in the realm of
    • thinking. What is the use of speaking of freedom where this necessity
    • one come upon matter without spirit. Thinking remains mere thinking
    • point is that our thinking must be brought into line with reality,
    • comprehension of the world into untruth. There is always this forking
    • opposite — a thinking that is not in accord with reality.
    • materialistic thinking; but, as in many other cases, the outcome of
    • materialistic thinking can work to the benefit of the human faculties
    • had not developed the kind of thinking we have today. The Greeks were
    • not possessed of the purely abstract thinking we have, and need to
    • thinking, but with truth.
  • Title: Lecture: A Turning-Point in Modern History
    Matching lines:
    • much greater change in ways of thinking than is generally appreciated.
    • much more deeply. It can sometimes be heartbreaking how little the
    • Looking back before the nineteenth century to the end of the
    • impulse working in Schiller when he wrote his Letters on the
    • working in a sense-perceptible medium. And he would produce something
    • interpretations. They are headed by the Golden King, who represents
    • (not symbolises) wisdom, the Silver King who represents beautiful
    • appearance, the Bronze King, who represents power, and Love who crowns
    • way of looking at things, developed by Schiller in an abstract
    • do we find no trace of the peculiar way of thinking we are impelled to
    • thinking, and a man who had spiritualised instincts, such as Goethe
    • the structure of society. Looking at the French Revolution, he writes
    • way of thinking about the best social conditions is equally powerless.
    • them. That is no way of making progress. Progress can be made when
    • Spiritual Science re-inaugurates this way of looking at things. It
    • spiritual life. Now we can see a trend towards making these three
    • abstract thinking on the other, particularly in relation to the social
    • undertaking concerned with production is unhealthy when managed by the
    • undertakings into the realm which should be responsible only for the
    • in this present time, where earnestness is knocking most solemnly at
  • Title: Lecture: Elemental Beings and Human Destinies
    Matching lines:
    • relatively speaking, self-dependent. We have within the human being
    • roughly speaking, the breast system — is connected with the
    • the system and organisation of the limbs. Relatively speaking, these
    • them in the following way. In ordinary waking life Man is fully awake
    • thinking and ideas. Everything connected with the life of feeling
    • waking life with a life of dreams. What goes on in the sphere of
    • contains within it thinking, feeling and willing. In the head system
    • periods of about seven years in length. Roughly speaking, the first is
    • see them working together with the rhythmic system indirectly through
    • the influences and workings of these elemental beings. Man spreads out
    • elemental beings from the Elf King's realm intervene in the destiny of
    • THE ELF KING'S DAUGHTER
    • Elf King's daughter amidst them is seen.
    • For Elf King's daughter did I see.”
    • plant and animal kingdoms — in the very same way do we live with
    • of taking note of external nature in a more objective way. Earlier, he
    • year. This is one of the most striking ‘returns’ — this
    • events which comes back in a striking manner. The same observation can
    • Babylonian kingdoms, of the ancient Persian and Egyptian kingdoms and
    • you will find no mention of the continued working of the Christ
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man, Offspring of the World of Stars
    Matching lines:
    • it were from the objects themselves. In this respect Goethe's thinking
    • ’ to himself, he experiences a force that is working within him,
    • and the Greek, as he felt the working of this inner force, related it
    • forces which are also working but in a different way. The Moon forces
    • Moon forces are working, for instance, in the shaping and moulding of
    • forces. Metabolism is primarily an outcome of the working of Earth
    • but for all that they are still working from outside.
    • drinking. But within the organism they are received into the realm of
    • astral body in which the influence of Sun and Moon are working. But
    • directions of cosmic space are also working in the human organism. The
    • influences working upon that part of the human organism which lies
    • above the heart — speaking very roughly, for it would be
    • body — this is due to an irregularity in the working of the
    • working in us nowadays. Naturally the Saturn forces work in us, just
    • they are caused by an irregular working of the Saturn forces.
    • active in thinking.
    • the thinking faculty, and Jupiter is responsible for permeating the
    • The development of the faculty of thinking takes place essentially
    • Just as Jupiter has to do with thinking, so has Mars to do with speech.
    • Jupiter:    thinking.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Ear
    Matching lines:
    • by your walking — whether you go out to do good deeds or bad
    • — taking always the moral colouring, the moral quality of it
    • find ourselves by looking away from the outer world and concentrating
    • by looking away from what is within us — that is to say, from the
    • breathe in to fill ourselves with life. Then in a manner of speaking
    • ‘ear’ that reaches downward, into the apparatus of walking
    • are born not yet orientated for walking. If we retained the
    • think. For we are born in truth unorientated for walking and standing,
    • have seen, our bodily faculties: Walking, Speaking, Singing and
    • Thinking (for it is only prejudice to imagine that thought on the
    • earth is a spiritual faculty; our earthly thinking is essentially
    • bound to the physical body, just as our walking is) — these
    • Walking, Speaking, Singing, Thinking: we have the transformations of
    • that alone as science which speaks only to the head; but speaking only
    • the Imaginative thinking with the ordinary thinking. Then we can
    • You see, therefore, that Imaginative thinking is already related to
    • Good is lacking to him he is crippled in soul and spirit. Transform
  • Title: Lecture: The Work of Secret Societies in the World
    Matching lines:
    • kingdoms as future soul-content of man, resting on the law of
    • IN a series of lectures I have been speaking about occult
    • people who, to all appearances, are not working for themselves; and yet in
    • reality are. A lawyer, for example, is to all intents and purposes working
    • obtained from the mineral kingdom? You are inculcating human spirit into
    • to the objective world without asking for honour or for the preservation of
    • adheres to the delusion of thinking that what is a mere concern of the
    • yourselves what is now the mineral kingdom and it will become part of your
    • inner being; similarly the plant kingdom. What surrounds you in nature will
    • Freemasons. When the Freemason was working with his fellow-builders, he
    • nature that surrounds us in the kingdoms of the minerals, plants and
    • four kingdoms of nature, of which man is one. To bring spirit into the
    • result of involution and evolution. Involution is the in-taking, evolution
    • be inaccessible to certain methods of working. — A man standing here,
    • undertakings, and so forth. And by adopting certain measures it will
  • Title: Lecture: The Three Stages of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • WAKING
    • not unveiled. If this waking consciousness, as it serves us for
    • waking condition of consciousness, something is concealed, and
    • walking along a road and comes to a mountain. He passes into a
    • it has lasted until the time of waking.
    • waking life.
    • what is consciously experienced on waking. The pictures in
    • falling asleep and awaking. Between falling asleep and awaking
    • the body with their soul and lose consciousness. On waking they
    • waking life, they can now say: ‘The Earth has
    • existing kinds. When human beings consider their waking
    • consciousness they can distinguish between thinking, feeling
    • and willing. But just as the waking consciousness has these
    • falling asleep and awaking people are not always in the same
    • condition any more than they are during the period of waking
    • consciousness. A person is awake when thinking or feeling or
    • two other conditions of the life of sleep, just as in waking
    • Thinking, the possession of thoughts, corresponds in sleep to
    • from which nothing can be brought into the waking life of the
    • person can bring back something into the waking life through
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Cosmic Word and Individual Man
    Matching lines:
    • was cultivated in the ancient Mysteries. Looking at this etheric body,
    • if, through the influence of light during the waking period, the eye
    • into the interior of man's organism. If one is looking at some shining
    • one observes the waking human being, one sees the etheric body in
    • have said during the day, from waking to falling asleep — but in
    • inwardly, from evening to morning, in the resounding, speaking,
    • individualised Logos. And this resounding, speaking, individualised
    • Looking at this still more closely, using the same methods through
    • — seeking the ultimate reality, behind what is fundamentally
    • Thirdly — in this attempt to exercise the art of seeking the
    • ultimate reality. It is a working and flowing and weaving together of
    • streaming, flowing, resounding, speaking activity, and form the human
    • being lives on earth, alternating between waking and sleeping. During
    • waking, although his soul is woven into the activity of Exusiai,
    • talking either of Matter or of what is called Spirit in the ordinary
    • between one Monad and another — or at most by tacking on an
    • take hold of Thinking, Feeling, and Willing in the astral body, as
    • In our human Thinking there lives the activity of the Angels.
    • And in what is revealed in waking life through human movement of the
    • Archai, Archangels, and Angels, which are reflected in the waking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • before taking on a material existence, where he felt himself among
    • that there are indeed moments when epoch-making events occur —
    • conception), as taking place at the Baptism of Jesus of Nazareth by
    • John in Jordan, we have a picture of the breaking-in of something
    • Science venturing no further than the making of statements in
    • Since we are speaking of such recent occurrences, it is only
    • and you will see that our age, after much painstaking research into
    • is that the biblical documents are speaking of a God — whom,
    • as if outer, abstract ideas were taking root among peoples and
    • events of modern history were taking their course. It was intended to
    • Philosophy to-day insists upon seeking for causes in what is
    • existence. The Christ Impulse has redeemed mankind from sinking into
  • Title: Lecture: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • speaking of Richard Wagner, I certainly do not mean to imply
    • definite ideas. Whether or not one is justified in speaking of it, is
    • are talking about, speak of music. The ‘Music of the Spheres’
    • deeper than the outer eye can perceive are working between one
    • when the air was becoming pure and clear and waking consciousness
    • who is working from spiritual worlds, for the position of an Initiate
    • word is brought forth to-day by the waves of air working through the
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Wisdom in the Early Christian Centuries
    Matching lines:
    • the impulses living in Plato and Aristotle were working on and of
    • thinking are making their appearance. In Plato's time, thoughts
    • sixty heavenly Powers are working and weaving therein, sending forth
    • abstraction, albeit working on in the guise of revelation, took its
    • of Iamblichus of the spiritual forces working down into every animal
  • Title: Lecture: The Crossing of the Threshold and the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • thinking grows more independent within the life of humanity, we
    • thinking can become sounder; we must moreover create a foundation
    • are taking place in the evolution of humanity. At present, people do
    • asleep to the moment of waking up!”
    • the will — brotherliness, human love, thinking for others and not only
    • for ourselves, working for others and not only for ourselves — what
  • Title: Lecture: The Weaving and Living Activity of the Human Etheric Bodies
    Matching lines:
    • transformed under the influence of the processes which were taking
    • of an Ego. The beings that belong to the other kingdoms of Nature,
    • kingdoms of Nature have received their stable forms through the
    • animal kingdom. Also the animal kingdom has its definite forms. It
    • the great difference between the forms of the animal kingdom and of
    • the kingdom of man! If we cast our gaze over the surface of the
    • individual human species; in the human kingdom, however, we cannot
    • the kingdom of man as that between a lion and a nightingale, we would
    • would have before you the whole animal kingdom! The etheric body
    • fundamental types the forms of the whole animal kingdom. In other
    • whole animal kingdom, which is simply held together by the form of
    • being bears within him, as a disposition, the whole animal kingdom.
    • From this standpoint, the animal kingdom differs from man only
    • Consequently, the animal kingdom is the expanded etheric body of
    • statement: “The animal kingdom is the human being,
    • human being bears within his etheric body the whole animal kingdom.
    • that the physical body holds together the whole animal kingdom, the
    • have abandoned it, and a whole etheric animal kingdom would rise
    • this animal kingdom does not rise out of the human being, for the
    • allow it to reach the point of splitting up into the animal kingdom.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: And The Temple Becomes Man
    Matching lines:
    • of such a Building will not be achieved. In an undertaking like this
    • were working through the hands, the heads and the hearts of men.
    • buildings, differences are at once apparent. A very striking example
    • striking and significant feature of this early Art of Building?
    • foreshadowed, mysteriously, in the past. And as I am speaking of
    • King Solomon's Temple? Is there anyone who ever saw it, in all
    • explanation of Solomon's Temple upon it would be speaking quite
    • composed. I am, of course, speaking here of the art of epic poetry,
    • when it is speaking of the living human being. It begins to be a
    • of these things. Thinking of the human being in all his majesty, I
  • Title: Lecture: The Migrations of the Races
    Matching lines:
    • of Jesus, “The kingdom of God cometh not with observation,
    • neither shall they say, Lo here, or Lo there, for behold the kingdom
    • One of the kings had a daughter, Mandane,
    • working together with Alba Longa, the priestly State, had brought Rome
    • of Initiation. It was now a matter of making him into the highest
    • hold of, and becomes the principle making all men equal before God.
    • existing forms, taking the form of the law from the theocratic State,
    • Judaism, Kingdom of God, Knights Templar, Lemurian, Manu, Medes,
    • Kingdom of God,
  • Title: Lecture: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • such knowledge only takes hold of the thinking life of man. So long
    • himself in cosmic pictures. Looking up to the stars, he saw them not
    • — “Better to be a beggar upon Earth than a king in the
    • the real thing. The souls of olden time, looking out through the body
    • Men of the East — the three Kings or Magi — we see the
    • they would now experience on Earth by looking up to the Mystery on
    • that time, who had a certain feeling for what was taking place,
    • expressed in the words I am now speaking — such was the meaning
    • restricted calculating vision of the astronomer, thus sinking our
    • to Life again. We feel the living and healing Spirit speaking to us
    • Christo morimur, then too we feel what is seeking to come near us
  • Title: Lecture: The Recovery of the Living Source of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • assumes a materialistic character, or whether in his speaking he
    • that the words that ring in his speaking, coming as they do from the
    • allows idealism to disappear altogether from his speaking, then he
    • days designated the plough. When anyone was listening to or speaking
    • a word, it was not so much his thinking that partook in the
    • schools. Generally speaking, however, it is possible to trace a
    • the Greeks. You could not have more striking evidence of this than
    • And so, if we are speaking of the Hierarchies as described in
    • was completely lacking in spirituality. It was really so. There you
    • language of will, and behold there the wonderful working and
    • weaving of the Divine Archangels, behold too how their working and
  • Title: Lecture: Gnostic Doctrines and Supersensible Influences in Europe
    Matching lines:
    • fragment only of the world in which man lives and moves as a thinking
    • away from the sphere of human thinking. Man's thought to-day is
    • thinking had not begun to function in the mind of man. Knowledge came
    • and the building of logical connections in thinking denoted a later
    • of everything that is associated with the activity of thinking.
    • faculty of thinking was turned to practical application in the
    • activity is lacking in our present age, whereas in Scholasticism it
    • a veil. And in the case of which we are speaking, a decadent culture
    • rigidly to an inwardly pure, inwardly austere activity of thinking of
    • working of the faculty of pure reason now dawning in the human mind.
    • forces of this astute, keen thinking to the needs of material
    • of sense. In this way the realm of human thinking became easy of
    • life-breath is provided by the thinking of the West, permeated as it
    • Luciferic, rationalistic thinking of the West. And human beings on
    • West to East and from East to West forces are working and weaving in
  • Title: Lecture: The Influence of the Dead on the Life of Man on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • new birth with what is taking place here in the physical world, and,
    • the Monism that is formed by the working together of the living and
    • an influence working downward from spiritual worlds, coming to us
    • We must however realise that this working together of the dead and
    • Luciferic and Ahrimanic forces are working in the most manifold ways.
    • dead are working as I have now described. And there is a constant
    • workings are contained in that which we bear within us as our soul;
    • are truly seeking but they are groping in the dark; they divine that
    • working. Notably it will go on working — so believe the
    • morass’ or slime of life working constantly upward to the
    • of thinking; we shall not seek for the ‘animal morass’ of
    • soul in this or that departed one, for whom we are making
    • system. Even astronomically speaking, they were right, for the other
    • Intuitive cognition. But in any event these influences are working
    • plant and animal kingdoms of nature, and of the physical human
    • kingdom, come into us along with other experiences of soul —
    • thinking the conditions are quite different.
    • to do with you, and now you must begin making great efforts to get
  • Title: Lecture I: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • have frequently remarked that knowledge, that way of thinking
    • come again to such a thinking, such a grasp of the universe, as will
    • acquainted with the nature of that thinking which underlies the mode
    • mind the nature of the thinking employed in the myths, how deeply, or
    • thinking that still rules in the soul today is connected with the
    • preparation of food from the plant kingdom, the building of cities,
    • one can call it thinking! The Greeks related that Chronos had
    • than looking up to the connection with the stars, as Dupuis supposed,
    • with this ancient forefather, this ancient king in Thrace, or in
    • Epirus. The Greek had in fact this idea: There was once such a king
    • being of man — but who then went on working no longer as an
    • must have ordinary objective thinking. But the Gods have not ventured
    • thinking, so they have not descended to the earth, but kept to their
    • different, and that this looking back went hand in hand with the
    • understanding of the Greek consciousness! Thus the Greek in looking
    • overcome atavism, making use of sulphur atavistically. But Zeus and
    • speaking — it is the excrement of that which was understood
    • far beyond talking of sulphur processes in the cosmos when thunder
    • the Earth, who only belongs to the Kingdom of death.
  • Title: Lecture II: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • scientific thinking. The realization of what each one can do, no
    • of looking back of mankind, and this looking back to other states of
    • could really say: we see them. Entirely abstract thinking has only
    • the course of mankind's evolution. We are there looking back to an
    • fact, expressed in the myths. Thinking gradually passed over to
    • nonsense.) In the air spiritual events are taking place around
    • but spiritual events are taking place. These spiritual events,
    • perceptive process and a thinking process spread out in time; whereas
    • sleep.’ Thus people connected perceiving and thinking with
    • man develops in perceiving and thinking of the kind that I have
    • perception and thinking with the day, with sunrise and sunset —
    • arrange social conditions in the Roman Kingdom. This, however, means
    • perceiving and thinking, according to the rising and setting of the
    • what can be the most impure, lowest way of thinking, as is shown from
    • taking place continually on a small scale. Think for a moment: words
    • taking place in humanity.
    • distinguishing marks of the Assyrian kings or of the Egyptian kings,
    • ancient kings had) were, for instance, these.
  • Title: Lecture III: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • archetypal forces working in nature and in man. If the Egyptian was
    • peculiar situation of taking words in a false sense, not relating
    • them to their true reality, but taking them in their most superficial
    • itself a looking-glass (Spiegel). And it is related that Till
    • is depicted the owl with the looking-glass, was because another
    • speaking as we have spoken here today! There are a fair number of
    • however, another way of looking at the human being which
    • art of Education. This is not the looking back at having been
  • Title: Lecture IV: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • today, the Egyptian, as too the Greek, at least the Greek thinking in
    • If things are understood rightly, talking of superstition has
    • corresponds in man to the thorax. So that, speaking macrocosmically
    • thinking with reality. This head-civilization, this Aries-culture,
    • shall be speaking of this immediately.
    • with all its forces, purely as physical thinking-instrument, as
    • one could say that in a certain respect Mars was the rightful King of
    • the rightful king of this world because nothing can really be
    • of making himself spiritual. No age has been so favourable to
    • of Brest-Litowsk. You know that various people are taking part in
    • them. The chief people from Russia taking part — to single that
    • if indeed these things men are taking part in are actualities. It is
    • and a looking-glass, then Till Eulenspiegel did not live! If I want
  • Title: Lecture V: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • changes taking place in a single individual. The individual as the
    • of course speaking of the science, the political life of his time,
    • behaviour is any kind of proof that they are not seeking what is to
    • obvious, immense veneration for one who had grown old; a looking up
    • am not speaking of such things. But after he had grown so old, in his
    • not come naturally as a rule. And yet, unless a man is always taking
  • Title: Lecture VI: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • thinking and feeling flow into such currents as are necessary
    • result of our always seeking to understand through abstract
    • understanding of man. One must put oneself in the position of taking
    • so indolent, so theoretic in our thinking as we now prefer. For you
    • this. Man is rooted with his being in the kingdom of the lower Gods,
    • in the kingdom of the Chthonic Gods.
    • man in the kingdom of the lower Gods then one must complete this
    • has but a slight feeling for what is taking place at the present
    • lacking for really giving to children today something that refreshes
    • and a supporting of life. Two things are lacking. The one is that,
    • depth, is precisely what is lacking to our life, what our life does
    • powers have taken part in working upon what is being accomplished in
    • seen externally. What is now taking place will be transformed into
  • Title: Lecture VII: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • meditating over all these things one can gain great help by thinking
    • speaking lightly — that everyone has his own head. Man
    • special time at which one observes the stars. So that by taking the
    • we ourselves take part in working in the cosmos. And from the
    • work, namely, that the earth is working there. In the case of the
    • the animal kingdom is also to some extent involved — inasmuch
    • connected with a proper mutual action taking place between head and
    • furthered. A direct way of thinking — but one perhaps that has
    • be a straightforward, direct mode of thinking. But a thinking that is
    • appreciation for our Lenins and Trotskys’. (He is speaking of
    • which is nevertheless lacking in what man gains for himself today.
    • speaking.
    • confuses it with reality, one is not really looking for reality at
    • existence. Merely by making the statement ‘there is a
    • existence one actually proves that one is talking nonsense. For if it
  • Title: Lecture: The Souls Progress through Repeated Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • whole great universe. In reality we participate in the making of the
    • Figuratively speaking, it approaches in the form of a hollow sphere,
    • development by making breathing a conscious process, and thereby also
    • are no longer interested in thinking in clear concepts — it is
    • actually a constant striking of the brain fluid against the nerve
    • system taking place which starts off those processes underlying the
    • have been speaking to you here, my dear friends, about the laws
    • talk. This is, however, nothing but materialistic thinking applied to
    • that, by being devoted to true spiritual research, one is working not
    • from a point of view lacking in reality, that is, according to
    • has taken place in social life, and especially what is taking place
    • peoples — speaking in terms of outer history. I refer to that
    • indeed, intend to speak disparagingly. For in speaking of repeated
    • in social thinking as the outcome of materialism. Slowly in the
    • customary thinking of today, often seem paradoxical. But anyone who
  • Title: Lecture: The Forming of Destiny in Sleeping and Waking
    Matching lines:
    • The Forming of Destiny in Sleeping and Waking.
    • THE FORMING OF DESTINY IN SLEEPING AND WAKING
    • consciousness: waking life and sleep. The conception of sleep in most
    • waking, both the astral body and the Ego are present outside the
    • activities are, to say the least, as significant as those of waking
    • thinking of the beginning of man's life. During the very
    • to understand the workings of all that the human being brings from
    • cannot walk, who has to acquire this faculty. The second is speaking,
    • and the third, thinking. One faculty may take precedence
    • being learns to walk, to speak and to think. The faculty of thinking
    • follows that of speaking; the faculty to grasp also in thought what
    • is expressed in words develops, gradually, out of speaking. It is
    • The ordinary conception of walking is extremely inadequate. Walking
    • of gravity in the body, whether standing or walking, lies at the
    • of walking, man uses his legs, whereas his arms and hands are
    • The second faculty, that of speaking, is also acquired by
    • with walking, standing, equilibration, differentiation between hands
    • and feet. It can be said with truth, that speaking is not unconnected
    • with walking, — above all, with the use of the hand in its
    • differentiation. It is well known that speaking is connected with the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Goethe and the Evolution of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • thinking about the world and about life.
    • early life — how as a boy of seven he built an altar by taking
    • different kind of thinking, a different way of approaching the world,
    • the bent towards abstract thinking, the tendency of thought to work
    • fifteenth century that our thinking has been so influenced by our
    • speaking, of measure, number and weight. Students of Pythagorean
    • and word. When they were speaking it seemed to them that the idea
    • carried into the word itself. And their thinking was not abstract and
    • intellectualistic as our thinking is to-day. Something like the sound
    • his thinking, but to him speaking was thinking. Thinking was
    • instead of making calculations based on the results of experiments,
    • they observed the changes and transformations taking place
    • viewing the world has developed out of the Greek way of looking at
    • even only as an Italian, the world for which you are really seeking
  • Title: Lecture: On the Reality of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • whole mode of thinking, the faculty of cognition, the power of
    • of thinking. Anthroposophy does not, however, content itself with the
    • faculty of thinking which comes to expression in ordinary memory, but
    • thinking in man is developed to a greater strength and intensity than
    • am speaking of pictures of which a complete survey can be maintained.
    • into this meditation or these exercises of thinking, we should be led
    • Thinking, Imagination.
    • I have called this development ‘Imaginative Thinking
    • kind of thinking that is usual in ordinary life and science, this
    • speaking of the colourlessness, the ‘pale cast’ of
    • abstract thought. And nearly all the thinking that goes on in
    • But one point must be quite clear. In this Imaginative Thinking we
    • Imaginative Thinking is gradually brought home to us, however,
    • now, by means of this living, pictorial thinking, I experience
    • relation of the thinking to what is now an objective perception is
    • unfolds the activity of thinking. He thinks about something or other;
    • thinking to what thus arises objectively before my consciousness.
    • but of the living forces which have been working at the upbuilding of
    • other than the forces working actively in the organism — in
    • reality to the now strengthened and enhanced power of thinking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Dual Form of Cognition During the Middle Ages and the Development of Knowledge in Modern Times
    Matching lines:
    • speaking, its contents were obtained through super-sensible vision,
    • eminently intellectual in his way of working.
    • thinking, evolved up to the fifteenth century. That human beings were
    • Catholic Church. If we observe the disorderly way of thinking which
    • spirit does not possess a real technique of thinking. How many things
    • thinking, that is to say, as a technique of intellectualism!
    • cannot accept, nevertheless it reveals a thinking activity which
    • Essentially speaking,
    • century was, therefore, the development of a technique of thinking.
    • This thinking activity has now adopted a definite attitude in regard
    • forth the position of man's thinking activity towards the contents of
    • technique of thinking in order to approach with it the contents of a
    • this: their intellect was grappling with Nature, it was seeking
    • struggle of the intellect that was seeking to gain a knowledge of
    • the same way in which the universities were, generally speaking, the
    • of the senses offered to them. Fundamentally speaking, just about the
    • as yet exist, for Darwin's first epoch-making book only appeared in
    • Generally speaking, the
    • made to apply this manner of thinking, which is contained in all the
    • Fundamentally speaking, materialism already existed; it had its
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Remedy for Our Diseased Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • without taking into consideration the special definition which
    • to say, by speaking of Haeckel's neck-ties and the complaints of
    • intellectualism, a technique of thinking which Scholasticism had
    • “Riddles of the World” are, fundamentally speaking,
    • moment of waking up to the moment of falling asleep. Even then, he
    • may say: During his waking life, from the moment of waking up to the
    • waking up, it escapes your consciousness, you do not know anything
    • thinking part of man, the head of man. And we must ask: What
    • the time of falling asleep to the time of waking up?
    • the abstract thinking logic, which merely takes hold of the head, and
    • super-sensible knowledge is, fundamentally speaking, not a relation
    • anthroposophical spiritual science for speaking so little of God. But
    • I have often said: It seems to me that those who are always speaking
    • important than continually speaking of God. Perhaps, at first,
    • To begin with, we have the technique of thinking contained in
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Body as a Reflexion of the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • physical body, is, comparatively speaking, old, and in the course of
    • superficial manner of thinking, an untrained manner of thinking,
    • the following case: You see a man, who is walking along the bank of a
    • its Karma. Trivially speaking, we might say: The child's Higher Self,
    • speaking of normal conditions; when people are asleep during the
    • night and awake during the day, I am not speaking of the conditions
    • way that it can be used by the earth for it's thinking activity, when
    • physical body as an organ of thinking, because it is organised for
    • Indeed, I might mention striking cases, yet they would all be merely
    • events of our time are taking place, will be there — and these
    • we but find the possibility of recognising what is taking place now,
    • the intention of breaking Lucifer's wings and of causing him to fall.
  • Title: Lecture: Salt, Mercury, Sulphur
    Matching lines:
    • Boehme spoke of the working of the salt, the mercury or the sulphur
    • in man, he was speaking of something absolutely real and concrete.
    • be outside man and in seeking thus to understand human nature by way
    • spectre the faculties of thinking, feeling and willing also come into
    • body, had been taking place since the beginning of the fifteenth
    • mystical meanings. Jacob Boehme connected the thinking — the
    • perception of the processes taking their course in the etheric body —
    • the Logos is working. The crystal-formations of the earth are the
    • working of the salts in etheric form must be thought of in a more
    • this airy element and by the breaking up of the etheric thoughts, by
    • from the working of the ‘astral man’ in the ‘air
    • spoke about ‘thinking’ he spoke of the salt-process just
    • times. If they had been confronted with our concepts of thinking,
    • of people when they speak of thinking, feeling and willing, consider
    • taking place in his image being. In outer nature there transpires
    • old Folk-Wisdom living in Jacob Boehm conceived as taking place
    • Kings. This story of the visit of the Three Kings to the Child Jesus
    • connected with this visit of the Three Kings from the East. These
    • Kings relate that they have come from regions where conditions were
    • World-King would appear whose coming would be heralded by a star.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: It is a Necessity of Our Earnest Times to Find Again the Path Leading to the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • From: Lectures on Spiritual Essence and Its Working
    • From: Lectures on Spiritual Essence and Its Working
    • That striking year to
    • intellect, the thinking, into our consciousness soul. That means a
    • took hold of his thinking, his life of representations and his
    • from the moment of falling asleep to the moment of waking up. That is
    • Yet we do not judge the waking state in the same way. The time of
    • of waking up, was really quite different in the fourth post-Atlantean
    • thinking, he said: The light, the sun thinks within me. The Greek of
    • so abstractly about thinking as we do to-day. He thought: The sun
    • thinking. And when a particularly cultured Greek ate, he indeed
    • experienced what was thinking within him as the sun's bright light,
    • earth; i.e. the taking in of food. Through the intimate way in which
    • not stand visibly before us, because we have conquered thinking for
    • through modern medicine, with its abstract way of thinking, even
    • sleep is, from the moment of falling asleep to the moment of waking
    • which we live from the moment of waking up to the moment of falling
    • kind of sleep during the time from falling asleep to waking up.
    • falling asleep to that of waking up. What does then take place with
    • moment of waking up. In these modern times, the human soul then
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Some Conditions for Understanding Supersensible Experiences
    Matching lines:
    • One of his lectures on Spiritual Essence and its Working,
    • One of his lectures on Spiritual Essence and its Working,
    • an old Persian legend. “Djemjdid was a king who led his people
    • dead are perpetually working into our physical world. The forces of
    • which under the influence of the impulses working in men to-day are
    • order to reach them. What is lacking to-day is the application of
    • worst plight; it is healthy logic, really sound thinking, and above
    • speaking the truth at all about certain things, because of national
    • light itself, then for the first time he becomes aware that thinking
    • Thinking that is bound up with the body is proper to physical life
    • only. Directly we leave this body, our thinking loses definition; it
    • the moment our thinking is received into the light, it is no longer
    • just as here in earthly life he makes use of thinking in the physical
    • things through thinking.
    • possible when thinking is based on the bodily functions. This kind of
    • thinking is ingrained in them from their youth onwards. But healthy
    • in the element of thinking that is truly free. As long as such things
    • kingdoms of nature, is behind the ego that is an image only. We must
    • reversal of feeling has been experienced. Then, when thinking is
    • social thinking. When the ego is allowed to remain a mirror-image,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of the Movement for Religious Renewal to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • taking of these steps which must bring blessing to the
    • about that in more recent years the way of working had necessarily to
    • thinking, feeling, and will. I remarked first of all to those who
    • came to me in this way for help in what they were seeking and could
    • only find where anthroposophical Spiritual Science is making its way
    • drawn into the forms of thinking and ideation prevailing in various
    • Taking for granted therefore that the Anthroposophical Movement will
    • Movement, and so on. Taking into account the fact that the opponents
    • were to do so, he would be working for two ends: firstly, for the
    • together as in one organic whole, but this working together must take
    • essential impulse of the Anthroposophical Movement — working
  • Title: Lecture: The Ego-consciousness of the So-called Dead
    Matching lines:
    • great events of the present are taking place, to those who must stand
    • Spirits of their Souls, working Guardians!
    • Spirits of their Souls, working Guardians!
    • gradually be acquired by speaking of things repeatedly and throwing
    • our body. Spatially speaking, they are outside. Nevertheless,
    • formed our stomach, or everything that exists, spatially speaking,
    • this case we must set about thinking in an entirely different way of
    • world. Trivially speaking, I might say that this world is merely
    • together with another human being, we spoke with him and in speaking
    • vegetable, animal and human kingdom. It enables us to experience what
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning the Origin and Nature of the Finnish Nation
    Matching lines:
    • working upwards from below, from the earth itself, so man’s
  • Title: Lecture: Awakening to Community - I
    Matching lines:
    • called its better days, something was taking place that almost
    • honest seeking will find, if he practices self-observation, that this
    • to be a special phenomenon of the present moment working its way to
    • objective mathematics, objective chemistry, that it is working toward
    • when a person seeking anthroposophy wants to escape from these will
    • its highest expression, he cannot help asking at the same time for a
    • behind but with the new world of his seeking. Since he has turned his
    • be a quite unthinking person to say, “I feel my humanity alien
    • everything that the striving for insight recognizes as its seeking,
    • can only be developed by rising above suffering and making it a
    • ferreted out the necessity of asking who selected them and authorized
    • manager and is therefore more involved in thinking, that thinking
    • escape from the direction the will is taking that it enters the
    • sectarian group thought it a most praiseworthy undertaking to meet
    • thinking and feeling people were moved to apply their wills to the
    • breaking his legs. It is much harder to pour good thoughts so
    • thus exerted one's humanness. Many an undertaking has suffered
    • thinking and feeling person one finds satisfaction there because one
    • making one dissatisfied. But that attitude doesn't last. In the long
    • practice. That means making one single whole again of the person
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Perceiving and Remembering
    Matching lines:
    • that during the waking state we are both with our ego and astral body within
    • taking place in the inner light-body. But we do not see them as light
    • distant way what, for instance, is taking place amongst us here. Because
    • of the New Year is a kind of sign marking the progress of time generally; and
    • all thinking souls, things called into being by this black printers' ink
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 1: Forgetting
    Matching lines:
    • be answered on the basis of our experience or with our ordinary thinking.
    • the etheric body. Perhaps we are justified in asking if there is any
    • right way on the free part of the etheric body we have been speaking
    • enjoyed and desired in life. And the breaking of habit is really
    • sculptors and overseers working on the form of the life to come. For
    • man largely spends his time in Devachan working on the new form he is
    • prototype of his next form. He forms this prototype by working into
    • images that he is always thinking about. This is something quite
    • working in the right way. A phlegmatic who only takes in trivial
    • at heart and is therefore intent on working for it — and also,
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 2: Different Types of Illness
    Matching lines:
    • be answered on the basis of our experience or with our ordinary thinking.
    • into things in all manner of ways, like the way it is now speaking
    • thinking. However, if we follow this or that slogan, or give special
    • scientific basis and is useful in many respects, we shall be making
    • understood. There have always been scientists in the world working
    • man, who, as it were, thrust forth the other kingdoms of nature: the
    • mineral kingdom was pushed out, certain specific inner organs arose.
    • way that he is taking in something that is not right for him. So we
    • experiences in his soul when he is habitually working behind a work
    • four hundred years ago clairvoyants observed materialistic thinking
    • nowadays to achieve anything with paracelsian thinking. For in those
    • opinions held today by the people working at the dissecting benches
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 3: Original Sin
    Matching lines:
    • be answered on the basis of our experience or with our ordinary thinking.
    • will start today by looking at an important moment in man's earthly
    • evolution. Those of you who have been working in the anthroposophical
    • will gradually accustom themselves to this way of thinking.
    • division of the sexes took place in the kingdom of man on earth. You
    • in the human kingdom. I want to emphasise that we are not speaking of
    • kingdoms that are around us. Phenomena that doubtlessly belong to
    • bisexuality occur earlier. But what we call the human kingdom did not
    • This is a childish way of looking at things and can only lead to our
    • thinking of a clock as having little demonic beings behind it wise
    • inter-working?
    • you are sitting facing someone and speaking to him. We are referring
    • are sitting together, one talking and the other just listening. It is
    • inwardly it is very clear, in fact striking, that the one who is
    • inter-working of the sexes. If there was only the female element,
    • the inter-working of the sexes is to be found in the fact that
    • compressed into the inter-working of the sexes, so that
    • human being at birth. That is the significance of the inter-working
    • to man, and we will begin by looking at the finer aspects.
    • the inter-working of the two sexes in particular this was lost more
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 4: Rhythm in the Bodies of Man
    Matching lines:
    • be answered on the basis of our experience or with our ordinary thinking.
    • observe man both in a waking and sleeping state.
    • this is only roughly speaking. A rough idea is sufficient for a
    • imagine the ego as it is nowadays, in the waking state, we have to
    • that we really have to speak of a kind of sinking down into a cosmic
    • between waking and sleeping, and the astral body in seven times
    • etheric body, symbolically speaking, revolves on its own axis, and
    • said, however, you will find a new way of looking at a thought I
    • spirits of the Sun. Through the working together of the various
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 5: Rhythms in the Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • be answered on the basis of our experience or with our ordinary thinking.
    • night, sleeping and waking, will be seen as a kind of unity. So when
    • of waking up in the morning; that is, you rise up out of the darkness
    • course speaking figuratively, for they are not really rotations but
    • is healthy and all his inner activities are working harmoniously,
    • moment, with the co-operation of these two positions working
    • these rhythms, these mysterious inner workings, man's whole being
    • working of his clock will not have changed, it will only have become
    • year because nature herself indicates this by making foods grow only
    • of man's being and their inter-working; and then on a higher level,
    • even if we have been working at it for many years. Today we could
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 6: Illness and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • be answered on the basis of our experience or with our ordinary thinking.
    • the period of breaking himself of his habits, or Kamaloca.
    • beautiful words of Christ, when He was speaking of man's entry into
    • the spiritual world or the kingdom of Heaven: ‘Except ye ...
    • become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of
    • Devachan or the kingdom of Heaven, and be in the spiritual world from
    • let us take a closer look at the working of karma, by examining a
    • looking at the brain.
    • another. Strictly speaking all our strength was acquired by the
    • capable of making use of the mid-brain. How can it acquire the
    • satisfied with remarking in a trivial sense: ‘If I get ill I
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 7: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • be answered on the basis of our experience or with our ordinary thinking.
    • distinctly different from the other kingdoms with whom he shares this
    • close to that of animals. The way of thinking that would so dearly
    • the ego is expanding and making a bulge in the astral body. Only
    • because the ego is active within man's being and not working as a
    • were just making comparisons. Speaking of them in general it could
    • himself that raises man above the other kingdoms.
    • taking an individual ego into himself and working from out of it on
    • already predestined to have an ego working within them when man
    • speaking this is what is really at the root of laughter. And this is
    • active in him seeking to raise him above all that is base. For
    • can only acquire by taking from the environment everything we
    • seeking the causes of laughter and weeping in himself but finding
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 8: The Manifestation of the Ego in the Different Races of Men
    Matching lines:
    • be answered on the basis of our experience or with our ordinary thinking.
    • working at in these group lectures this winter, and we will go on
    • Looking back into the ancient past, we see how the human soul and
    • phenomena taking place in the region of the air became dependent on
    • according to this way of thinking the idea of a personal God was
    • the mystery of the ego. Strictly speaking all evolution since
    • those who, without taking the trouble to go into all the details of
    • Such a way of thinking often arises, even in theosophical circles.
    • divine man to speak out of them, talking incessantly about the higher
    • were always taking in new things, and by so doing they really became
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 9: Evolution, Involution and Creation out of Nothingness
    Matching lines:
    • be answered on the basis of our experience or with our ordinary thinking.
    • twenty-second year, which is the time when strictly speaking the
    • distinct and vanish after a while. What is really taking place there?
    • the same thing that is making the sound’. Connecting-cords like
    • no longer working from outside but from within. What works from
    • go on working at the whole development of the growing human being
    • been working from outside passes into the brain, it develops under
    • although not free, is nevertheless working in him from the start. And
    • difficult concepts. But as we have been working for some years in
    • taking a fully developed plant, for instance a lily of the valley.
    • comprehensible by taking a simple example.
    • spot on the earth and looking up at the sky. He sees a particular
    • see something else. This looking at the sky creates in him a feeling
    • make the person a thief, it is a process taking place entirely within
    • speaking, any kind of logic is something added to things from
    • experiences that are free experiences are only slowly making their
    • bequeathed to you. You are taking a ride in this carriage when a
    • about in it, but strictly speaking it will be an entirely new
    • of three kinds. First, what we call thinking in accordance with law,
    • our logical thinking. This is something that man adds to things. If
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • seriousness when speaking of the spiritual worlds. This, after all,
    • exactly the opposite holds good. I am speaking always of the present
    • from our Earth, something taking place on our Earth. It was necessary
    • activity when the spirit is not speaking. And quite certainly no
    • until evening during the waking life of day; from minute to minute
    • the same way we are surrounded after death, figuratively speaking, by
    • Homer, thus indicating his spiritual seership. In speaking of the
    • particular aspect of it had not struck me before. I am speaking now
    • But now let me say something else. Suppose we are looking at the
    • genuine moral quality has been lacking in us; we then become solitary
    • In the process of Initiation too, thinking is a real fact and if we
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • the body when waking from sleep. Between birth and death a human
    • observation, for instance, of the moment of waking will, however,
    • an earthly life that was unsociable and lacking in morality.
    • Taking the life between death and the new birth as a
    • Earth, also understanding of what is taking place in every individual
    • I said, I have to use trivial words in speaking of these two thrones;
    • the forces needed for the Sun sphere. I am making no intolerant
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • far rather have made a most striking impression upon you? If we knew
    • strange moments of transition from waking life to sleep or from sleep
    • to waking life, if you were to observe with greater exactitude
    • other means makes his thinking more mobile, will have moments in his
    • waking life during which he will feel that he is living in a world of
    • therefore, Anthroposophy succeeds in making a real effect upon
    • man's thinking is far too materialistic, even if he often believes in
    • relevant here: “If you are seeking for the highest and the
    • showing that right thinking can lead beyond the things of everyday
    • is not, properly speaking, criticism at all.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • during waking life. Processes of cognition lie within the field of
    • no logical thinking. In the Graeco-Latin epoch there was only
    • is making use of his senses, as long as he lets himself be guided and
    • during waking life are restored and man is not meant to witness this
    • waking life and is concealed from human consciousness. The Bible uses
    • destruction, of wear and tear. During waking life nothing in man's
    • being. What, after all, does he know about the processes working in
    • or less normal time. Objectively speaking, an afternoon nap is a
    • During the waking life of day there is a certain
    • twofold. During the waking state the Ego-aura holds together in the
    • human being; with the Ego-forces that permeate him in the waking
    • Figure A. Waking state. The physical body is indicated
    • the waking state, and below they are denser, more compact.
    • restoration of what has been used up during the waking hours, are
    • Speaking generally it can be said that the number of individuals who
    • the Egypto-Chaldean epoch, inasmuch as logical thinking — of
    • thinking such as is general today; the activities of men during
    • waking life were instinctive. They had acquired their knowledge —
    • that there is a rose in front of you but you are not looking at it;
    • is in our meaning of the word, for logical thinking did not yet
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • shall not be speaking today about the Christmas Festival as in
    • longer working in a human body but in the spiritual body in which he
    • every iota of spirituality and thinking only of the external
    • such a separation taking place in the further evolution of mankind on
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • Ego which, basically speaking, passes through all the periods of
    • individuality of whom we are now thinking lived on the Earth as
    • ‘I’ or Ego which, basically speaking, passes through all
    • soul during that period would be meaningless. Fundamentally speaking,
    • already present and manifests itself in a very striking way.
    • vertical position. And a third capacity is thinking. Remembrance does
    • faculties of speaking and thinking are still undeveloped. When the
    • walking upright, speaking and thinking. It is impossible to conceive
    • in his earliest years of speaking and thinking in the real sense, are
    • been achieved by the head in the way of ordinary thinking. In a
    • certain respect the strength of thinking lies in the ability of the
    • human being, while he is thinking, to bring the brain to rest even
    • thoroughly he can keep the brain at rest while he is thinking,
    • pictured during the waking state, in the period between death and the
    • the forces which, working from within, enable the human being to
    • thinker and mould the brain into becoming the organ of thinking
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • forces working from outside (see diagram). The work of the 'regular'
    • one working from within and the other from without. The formative
    • working from without are not of the same kind. They come from Spirits
    • spiritual domain, whereas the forces working in the material sphere
    • inward, taking hold of the sentient soul and so on, in the
    • is to be a beggar in the upper world than a king in the realm of the
    • thinking that comes to expression as public opinion. The function of
    • death and rebirth. They have relinquished all possibility of working
    • solely for the purpose of hindering men from making progress towards
    • try to grasp material conditions by means of material thinking. When
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • past live on in the present mineral, plant and animal kingdoms, just
    • we behold what is hidden from waking life. Results of destructive
    • processes during waking life are repaired during sleep. Processes of
    • what is sub-sensory, e.g. vibrations, wave lengths, the working of
    • thinking, we have before us only that which does not in any way
    • from then until the moment of waking he really sees nothing at all.
    • thinking. Hence we must use or at least activate the brain when in
    • we know from Spiritual Science, namely that the three kingdoms of
    • evolution. Mineral kingdom, plant kingdom, animal kingdom are,
    • fundamentally speaking, entities attributable to the fact that
    • period. When a man looks at the mineral, plant or animal kingdoms, he
    • applies to the mineral, plant and animal kingdoms in outer nature.
    • in these kingdoms and they continue into present existence, just as
    • mineral, plant and animal kingdoms or in the external aspects of the
    • human kingdom. But then we know that the essential realities which we
    • are there beholding are the creative, life-giving principles working
    • nothing except Man. What would never be seen by day, in the waking
    • human kingdom — that is to say, from the viewpoint of sleep we
    • see everything that is hidden from the ordinary perception of waking
    • weaving life and activity in the other kingdoms of nature. The body
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • thinking in the third. Acting out of love rather than merely out of a
    • enlightened, one could often hear a way of speaking that is
    • As I said, this way of speaking could be heard time and
    • speaking, their hands are offering gifts which we do not receive
    • when faced with reality. Here is an example: A certain free-thinking
    • speak, for speech does not come of itself. So our free-thinking
    • this inadequate, pseudo-thinking is very widespread. If with the help
    • for sound thinking. Ahriman was his leader and it was Ahriman who
    • his thinking coming to a halt when confronting actual facts, and in
    • his inability to make his thinking exhaustive and valid. A large
    • who are incapable of genuine thinking today owe this to the fact that
    • there I may recognise God. But what he is seeking there is only his
    • kind of thinking.
    • looking down upon earthly life and co-operating with the forces that
    • to him from it; then he will learn. We have had a number of striking
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • customary on Earth. This earthly thinking is discarded in the region
    • kingdom to appear as a purely material realm is due to the fact that
    • the Mars region in order to continue working there. (See Lecture
    • of any philosophical argument or reflective thinking, but of occult
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • thinking in order to understand the secrets, the riddles, of the
    • which Greek culture and other deepened forms of thinking had achieved
    • through revolutions in our ways of thinking about the external world.
    • special attention to this triumph of human thinking at that time.
    • beyond what can be reached by the development of thinking. And the
    • to bring livingly before one's soul what thinking meant for
    • the ideas that sprang from their thinking, and then one comes to the
    • other people had thinking ever been like that! However sceptical
    • says to oneself: Yes, as this thinking flowers into idea, with Plato
    • dependent on those worlds; in thinking you take hold of something
    • in yourself; in your thinking you lay hold, as it were, of your own
    • refrain-from-thinking, think-no-more theory. But to anyone who
    • to immerse themselves, alone with their thinking, in the time when
    • geniuses lived. And they can best be encountered by looking at
    • Darwinism in terms of that mentality. Or, strictly speaking, at the
    • also the way in which your thinking as physical man tries to explain
    • certainly Maya, but with thinking we penetrate into a spiritual world
    • — and if one hopes that this thinking really can reach the
    • him, this thinking belongs to the thirty-first Aeon, to the physical
    • world. So not only sense perception, but human thinking, lies outside
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • one must say it — this working would have been in a sad way.
    • Now, fundamentally speaking, it is certainly not easy to
    • unravel the riddle I have been speaking of, and I avow that in the
    • as we start looking at the fairly detailed knowledge about the Sibyls
    • Prophets and the Sibyls. And in looking at these paintings we ought
    • similar, quietly taking into well-ordered minds whatever it is they
    • at rest in the spiritual and they are seeking to fathom the emergence
    • of humanity, from out of the spiritual. We see that in their thinking
    • lacking. They had everything for which the Gnostics, and the
    • the great Universe, and out of this working of the Cosmos on their
    • and fundamentally speaking upon the whole Indian culture of the first
    • world-spirit is thinking in me. As I have tried to show in
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling and willing. If nothing further had happened, these
    • have been continually disturbed by thinking, feeling would have
    • through a hypertrophy of thinking, and so forth. This was the third
    • Now these three soul-powers, thinking, feeling and
    • working together of thinking, feeling and willing has to be kept in
    • and Earth, so that through the inter-working of Sun, Moon and Earth,
    • thinking, feeling and willing were on the way to becoming; and he
    • was still making itself felt at that later time.
    • Nazareth, but we are speaking now of an event that took place in
    • angelic Being. And the effect was that human thinking, feeling and
    • if thinking, feeling and willing were to be harmonised. And so there
    • drive out from thinking, feeling and willing the element which would
    • of song and string-music he brings thinking, feeling and willing into
    • thinking, feeling and willing into harmony. They did not say so
    • thereby brought harmony into thinking, feeling and willing. The art
    • It is remarkable that when a certain man — King
    • expression of harmony in thinking, feeling and willing. The Healer,
    • harmonising of sense perception, of the life-organs, of thinking,
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • workings of Time — Zervan Akarana. Not, however, the abstract
    • But while all this was breaking in over the Western
    • which bring about ebb and flow, the swelling and sinking of the
    • to prevent it from ever breaking out.
    • sinking himself into it and speaking through her. The Prophets wanted
    • Prophets to the element of Geology. A future kingdom which will
    • redeem the existing kingdom while remaining in all appearance an
    • earthly kingdom, a heaven on Earth — that is first of all what
    • clouds and found his kingdom on Earth. The distinctive inner
    • commandments, making a covenant with his people, speaking directly to
    • had formerly been done for the harmonising of thinking, feeling and
    • plant kingdom, the laurel has a strong connection with meteorological
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • Christ Impulse working below the surface. Then we shall understand
    • dreams, the activity which the Christ was undertaking in the depths
    • the son of Constantine Chlorus, was making war against Maxentius on
    • already on her knees. And under the after-effect of looking at this
    • Troyes. There we are shown how, after often mistaking the way,
    • Fisher-King, and presently he encounters the Fisher-King in the Grail
    • Castle. The Fisher-King is old and feeble and has to rest on a couch.
    • While conversing with Parsifal, the Fisher-King hands
    • which the Fisher-King's aged father is nourished in a separate
    • Fisher-King and Parsifal partake. These two nourish themselves with
    • the Fisher-King's aged father, whose only nourishment comes
    • bringing about something like a redemption for the Fisher-King by
    • asking questions about the miracles in the castle. And then he is
    • death of the old Amfortas, the Fisher-King. Then it is that the
    • future Ruler, the King of the Grail, for thy name shines out from the
    • Parsifal becomes the Grail King. And so the name,
    • “I once by Fisher-King did stand.
    • lap. And then, when I was not in the least looking for it, I came
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • say: In the dark part of the moon we are looking at the spiritual
    • as having arisen from the working of the Christ Impulse in the depths
    • entourage of the King whom the Maid of Orleans liberated. After
    • out and conquer them, but only after previous warning. For the King
    • of the city of Rheims in Champagne, whither the King has hastily set
    • King of the French and of the Duke of Orleans, Seneschal of Berry.”
    • super-sensible, in ideas as well as in things, in the kingdoms of
    • and from this place, as though from a focus or source, its workings
    • already the power of the Grail is working in him unconsciously. Thus
    • King Arthur, [See
    • the working of the stars had been permeated by the Christ, a man had
    • Parsifal, in whom the Christ Impulse was still working unconsciously,
    • by day and night, looking at Nature by day and with the symbol of the
    • the saga: that whenever a King of the Grail, a truly appointed
    • in our Anthroposophy as a renewed seeking for the Grail, and let us
    • Earth-evolution and its connection with the Cosmos, we are speaking
    • from a focus or source, its workings go out into the ocean and the
    • world-conception is seeking; we shall gradually press on further and
    • than is a great deal of talking about the unity of religions, which
    • Prester John, who had his kingdom on the far side of the lands
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Perception of the Nature of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • life from Aries, Taurus, Gemini etc., we are then thinking in the
    • Earth are working. But it is active in what exists only in the mother
    • transition is found from a very remarkable ancient thinking to what
    • and that of ancient Greece. Our clumsy thinking believes that thought
    • must not speak of such a mode of thinking as is normal today, but of
    • thinking, where one draws the thoughts out of oneself, where one must
    • thinking in the modern sense might take root in the modern human
    • concerned with a thinking that is still not man's own
    • need arose to give certainty to thinking, — to prove thinking as was
    • see thoughts as perception. In the former Greek thinking that would
    • becoming aware of the subjectivity of thinking.
    • perceptive thinking, was still deeply influenced by the sentient
    • the external. The thinking of Thales, of the first philosopher was
    • Angeloi Thinking (Jupiter)
    • etheric bodies. And the laws of the Sun-existence, working from epoch
    • example of the working of the Sun-evolution in human earthly life. I
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Individualities of the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • Working, this lecture is also known as:
    • Working, this lecture is also known as:
    • this amounts to no more than making an image of — let us say —
    • speaking not in a very remote past — when the Moon was still
    • Thinker in our planetary system, and thinking is the activity
    • efforts to develop his capacities of thinking, he cannot, even if he
    • genuine activity of thinking. Jupiter is the Thinker in our universe.
    • of mankind. A man who has tried hard to apply clear thinking to some
    • that it is the Jupiter powers who imbue human thinking with mobility
    • slowly, very slowly, round his orbit, taking some 30 years. Jupiter
    • moves faster, taking about 12 years. Because of this quicker movement
    • many things concerning the past are revealed through thinking.
    • is why in ancient times, when active thinking was still at a very
    • dream. Mars has a great longing to be always talking, and whenever
    • Mars does little thinking. He has few thinkers, but many talkers, in
    • of the Masters of co-ordinative thinking; Jupiter, the habitation of
    • the Masters of wisdom-filled thinking.
    • The inner will-impulse contained in acts of free thinking is due to
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • thinks. You have often heard me say that our thinking activity does
    • life lives in their memory. This is strictly and radically speaking
    • disconnected. Modern men are naturally very proud of their thinking
  • Title: Lecture: On the Connection of the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • moment of our sleeping or waking life we are not in relation to the
    • etheric organism they are constantly taking place — we may
    • kingdom, as physical human beings, we receive few imaginations. We
    • While we are always, in a manner of speaking, akin to a large number
    • are. In a manner of speaking, we ourselves become an elemental being.
    • to his etheric body — as it were, making inscriptions in his
    • one has acquired a certain practice in making contact with an
    • into the feelings of the physical survivors, partaking in their grief
    • that which comes to us from them, and we can truly say: man's working
    • elemental world we are always connected in our waking life, and in
    • waking life — albeit then the connection, mediated as it is by
    • truly say to himself, ‘I am taking on his habits to such an
    • from taking conscious notice of our sympathies and antipathies, for
    • kingdoms, so do the dead interest themselves intensely in the human
    • an example of the way in which they go on working soon after their
    • actually sees Ahriman working upon the human being. On the other
    • hand, if a person on earth is vain, he sees Lucifer working at him.
    • working beyond the time when he passes through the Gate of Death,
    • dependent on this working of the dead into the life of earthly human
    • when, generally speaking, they divined far more of the reality of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Elemental World and the Future of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • — in all the kingdoms of nature, in every star, in every
    • explained yesterday, this has the effect that thinking, by no longer
    • rhythm of the external cosmos. We must go with our thinking out of
    • If one has in mind their physical aspect only, when speaking about
    • logical thoughts, but by uniting ourselves through our thinking with
    • eight, making out that two times two makes eight, or something like
    • Nothing is achieved by looking at these things merely from an
    • them to the recognition that a spiritual stream is seeking to enter
  • Title: Lecture: The Moment of Death and the Period Thereafter
    Matching lines:
    • speaking of things repeatedly and throwing light upon them from many
    • them on the surface of our body. Spatially speaking, they are
    • exists, spatially speaking, inside our body. What is inside our body
    • You see, even in this case we must set about thinking in
    • speaking, I might say that this world is merely rolled together and
    • we spoke with him and, in speaking with him, his thoughts
    • world: we face the mineral, vegetable, animal and human kingdoms.
  • Title: Lecture: Relationships Between the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • in which we should imagine the dead, only by taking all that
    • everybody knows, roughly speaking, that when he looks upon a blue
    • looking at it, has something that attacks something which comes out
    • speaking about colours, in order to have an example.
    • Even the modern physiologist, working in the laboratories, knows that
    • When I am looking at it, it seems almost as if I had already seen it
    • dead are looking on these bodies. What the dead see of our world —
    • experience thoughts by looking at them as we look at the stars, or as
    • in the mineral, animal and vegetable kingdom and in the kingdom of
    • thinking than his own. The standpoint taken by the materialist
    • speaking: — “Oh, of course, in the past, men thought all
    • human head looking out above. He would then be painting out of the
    • explained. It is most striking and sublime; for it proves to us that
    • Museum and looking at this Paradise-picture of Master Bertram, he
    • vision, the old way of looking at the spiritual world had to
    • But our thinking is far too inadequate for a true
    • will be led to a different kind of thinking about eternity, through
    • an insight into the significance of what is taking place only when we
    • and sorrowful events taking place on the physical plane, here in
    • also in connection with these events now taking place. And human
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • modern human thinking, but which nevertheless belongs to the most
    • as we are not now speaking about the path of knowledge — what
    • to-day — not taking into consideration the insignificant
    • working out the higher members, after the sentient-soul, the
    • the ‘ I ’ working with the forces of the
    • There is still something else to note, in speaking of
    • who are now working upon their etheric or life-body and are
    • working in the external world in a similar way to what in the future
    • evolved so far, that in addition he is also working at the
    • Try to form an idea of beings, working around our earth,
    • have been at work in those civilizations, working successively. We
    • words, ‘Change your attitude towards life, for the kingdom of
    • working at the transformation of the earth from its spiritual
    • again to their starting-point, and of working in cycles, they are
    • Egyptian-Chaldæan epoch, which is taking place in our own time. After
    • speaking the same language, out of this or that language of form, in
    • far the work of the Archangels, working down from above, from their
    • Spirit-self and is now working on the etheric or life-body of man, is
    • speaking the language of that people? That is not an individual
    • living and working, we must remember of what human progress consists,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • materialist we are only speaking of an abstraction. To clairvoyant
    • earth. But they also have their own paths to follow; for this working
    • suitable for working so intimately into man. They would act more
    • to a working with physical forces within our earth existence. You can
    • be on the earth, but are also only now working as Spirits of
    • delicately working Spirits of Personality who allow a man to do as he
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • man, Beings who are working at the transformation of their etheric
    • vegetable and mineral kingdoms. They are behind it all. So that a man
    • Therefore, when we look at a people, we are looking at
    • from the collective German people taking place externally; but the
    • so striking in this connection, namely, that a portion of a people
    • orders to the Archangel, taking a direct part in the history of the
    • four stages higher than man, and other Spirits working on the same
    • are certainly right in speaking of a German, a Dutch, a Norwegian
    • which he belongs, a member of the whole human kingdom, is brought
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • become capable of taking into himself an ‘ I ’.
    • be no sense according to the real meaning of the word in speaking of
    • being. And thus it is too with mankind in general. We are looking at
    • evolution. Here you are looking in an unique manner into the
    • work, the human kingdom is particularized, how then those other
    • being participates in the co-operative working of all these higher
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • man. (Below him are the three kingdoms of Nature, the animal,
    • vegetable and mineral kingdoms.) Above him come the Angels, then the
    • of the forces of certain Spirits of Motion, working inwards from
    • forms; so that we have to describe the co-operative workings of three
    • hears his mill when it is not working.
    • way of working. Each time a new incarnation appeared, such as the
    • being, his soul, you have there, willing, feeling, thinking; and
    • feeling and thinking.
    • astral body of man and human thinking are connected with that. So we
    • thinking — could so develop that man now possesses them as an
    • the working of Love outside our earth-planet; and we have been able
    • seen, is the astral world. But we can see the working of the
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • These have their centre in the other five planets, speaking of the
    • one such Mystery-Oracle the truths of which we are now speaking were
    • to the normal Spirits of Form, to the Elohim, he is looking up to
    • operate by attacking principally that which we call the reflection of
    • describe as Jupiter Spirits, working upon the senses. The Caucasians
    • senses working upon the nervous system, one or other of the senses
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • one who played a special part by working in a single people.
    • best understand this mission of the Semitic people by taking it in
    • beside the Christian Spirit of the Age, — who is the on-working
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • world, and could read in the Akashic Record what was taking place in
    • making a superficial study of comparative religion, we are merely
    • affairs of the Angels and the Archangels who were still working in
    • same time they saw the ‘ I ’ gradually awaking
    • had assumed the office of an Archangel when undertaking the important
    • mission of working into the souls of men. The Germanic Scandinavian
    • etheric body, whilst making itself at home in the physical body —
    • with those agitating and working Archangel-forces of Odin, which are
    • working in the wind outside. But one who still possessed the old
    • events have a past, which he himself can still see as a working of
    • and Moon, when it emerges again from pralaya, when the kingdoms of
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • impartially, but out of a philosophical way of thinking such as this,
    • of Lucifer, we are speaking of that which has caused man to sink
    • man if the Lucifer influence had not come in. The karmic working out
    • physical plane, just as one now alternates between waking and
    • the condition of waking day consciousness was there, one was blind to
    • knowledge of ancient times, and as a working out of the myths from
    • kingdom of Heaven is come nigh unto you.’ Over there, where
    • the words: ‘Change your view, for the kingdom of Heaven is come
    • kingdom of the heavens has descended even here to the physical plane,
    • not see into it, something was taking place through which it would
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • Egyptian-Chaldæan culture as working in the Sentient Soul. The
    • merely as the other side of idea. Take this on-working impulse, and
    • some ways lacking in history. Thus we have there something
    • nature, both really working together, so that they do not merely form
    • There you have a human feeling, thinking and willing into which the
    • divine Feeling, Thinking and Willing has immersed itself. The
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • his gradually evolving soul the workings of this old divine vision,
    • between day-waking and night-sleeping. Just as the human soul during
    • sleep and until the moment of waking is spread out in the macrocosm,
    • again be repeated, that materialistic thinking will transform the
    • and our thinking, and in our anthroposophical idea. The more we live
  • Title: Lecture: A Picture of Earth-Evolution in the Future
    Matching lines:
    • connection with the being of man, and with the kingdoms of Nature around him,
    • Saturn, Sun and Moon periods of evolution, during which no mineral kingdom
    • existed. The mineral kingdom as we know it today came into being for the first
    • separation of the moon and the incorporation of the mineral kingdom into the
    • kingdom into earthly existence. Man became a personality, and freedom was
    • century, super-earthly Beings have been seeking to enter the sphere of
    • But, speaking generally, what is the
    • earth-existence and seeking to gain a foothold there. And they will be able to
    • are speaking of concrete fact when we say: Spiritual Beings are seeking to come
    • even in the human kingdom itself — all these thoughts which have no reality
    • and the plant kingdoms, and possessed of an overwhelming power of intellect.
    • I have been speaking today of a matter upon which we cannot form a
    • in the mineral kingdom itself or in the kingdoms of plant, animal and man. Even
    • when applied to the plant kingdom, science must become a form of art, and still
    • more so in the case of the animal kingdom. To think that the form and structure
    • have been seeking to come down to the earth since the last third of the
    • earth-sphere, would combine with the moon-substance to produce that new kingdom
    • with the brood of spidery creatures of which I have been speaking.
    • events of fundamental and incisive importance are taking place? I have already
  • Title: Mission of Spiritual Science and of Its Building at Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • into consideration. These books, in their way of looking at things,
    • And now, before speaking
    • investigator in natural science is correct in making such a statement,
    • the spiritual investigator has to do to gain the faculty of looking
    • with a certain manner of making life easier — I would even say,
    • investigator sets out from this mode of thinking. In my books, The
    • done with thinking in order that it may become something entirely
    • spiritual investigator develops his thinking; he makes it undergo a
    • details; these are described in the books I have named. When thinking,
    • This the statue cannot do; but human thinking, inner logical activity,
    • bringing logical thinking to life within him, becomes conscious of a
    • Just as thinking is so
    • from what comes through the development of thinking. If we desire to do
    • be experienced in itself alone. Thinking may be made active, so as to
    • higher sense than is the case with thinking. Through the development of
    • states, waking life and sleep. In waking life man lives, consciously;
    • conscious between the time of falling asleep and awaking. But they are
    • by developed thinking, is not visions, but spiritual sight of
    • inward processes. The spiritual investigator is not speaking in a
    • materialisations, or knockings and the like. That which can be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Communion of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • Looking back into very ancient times
    • consciousness between those of full sleep and waking, in states where
    • the leaders of the Mysteries were working at the development of a
    • ascribes it to his own activity of thinking. He forms chains of
    • themselves the product of his own thinking. The man of olden times
    • the thoughts which in reality other Beings are thinking
    • thinking and he is then permeated by these powers. He can avoid this
    • Those who were capable of thinking in
    • When therefore we are looking at the
    • be understood in the right sense. By looking back over the evolution
    • In seeking for knowledge of the world
    • by looking upwards to the Sun and the starry heavens at the time of
    • But it once pleased a French King (whom even history acknowledges to
  • Title: Lecture: Michelangelo
    Matching lines:
    • come into human history as soon as we cease looking at it just as a
    • happened at the moment to be working on his David, so he decided to
    • when we are looking at his David.
    • can be seen waking out of a sort of world existence into that of man.
    • figures turning her curious glance to the just-waking Adam. According
    • Philosophy began in Ionia, and it was there that human thinking first
    • thinking to the highest level of clarity. The first of them appear in
    • purposes only by actual thinking by the conscious ego. They rejected
    • himself in the Medici Chapel, working in the night alone till he was
    • true spiritual being and working. That is supremely the case with
  • Title: Lecture: Technology and Art: Their Bearing on Modern Culture
    Matching lines:
    • creakings and rumblings of the wheels and machinery of the train. It
    • towards initiation, one can notice on waking from sleep how the Ego
    • passed just before waking.
    • The effects of all the discordant hubbub, the jerking
    • waking consciousness — is fully aware how little it conforms
    • Naturally I say this without making the slightest
    • implication, either general or specific, for in speaking of such a
    • During waking life, therefore, we are also entangled in
    • in such terms are speaking the language of Ahriman. We will try to
    • initiation brings back with him on waking the effects of what he has
    • to be truly Man only by seeking for it in his inner life, by being
    • and intellectual thinking, and now also, as we have seen, because
    • To face the waking life of day with dullness and
    • other sciences do. Speaking in the style of the other sciences, one
    • thinking that is customary in external life. There is really very
    • passions and emotions when speaking.
    • Rhine” they can be thinking of the river-bed, the indentation
    • or heard others speaking, something as yet undifferentiated in one
    • the Middle Ages or in antiquity without taking account of the fact
    • conception. Recall to your minds the shockingly homely simile I used
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Past Incarnations of the Peoples of Today
    Matching lines:
    • of the present time. Men are utterly lacking in that understanding of
    • kind of thinking can explain certain phenomena of nature, it is
    • upon the thinking of the masses of the people. In speaking thus of
    • individuals who are working in or are in some other way connected
    • with particular branches of science. I am thinking of the masses of
    • working as well as the inherited physical characteristics. We must
    • not fall into the error of thinking that it will ever be possible to
    • friends, that I have no hesitation in speaking about certain results
    • It is, of course, quite true that most people fight shy of taking the
    • Being and their religion was thoroughly monotheistic. I am speaking
    • Broadly speaking, the souls once living in those exterminated Indian
    • realize that, broadly speaking, it was not a Christian impulse at all
    • and received Christianity in this form, are, speaking broadly,
    • people’s liking. At the bottom of their hearts they are afraid
    • by the souls of whom I am now speaking, but for all that they had a
    • order and had the effect of making them think that the spiritual
    • into very hard and dense material bodies. Fundamentally speaking what
    • they are seeking to do now is to let their earlier experiences of the
    • been speaking of today, but even in public lectures one has to go
    • impossible to find a point of contact with modern modes of thinking.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Morality and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • The text of the lecture which preceded it was discovered on looking
    • Without taking into consideration the theosophical aspect it may be
    • observe the workings of Karma we should bear in mind that every
  • Title: Lecture: The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time.
    Matching lines:
    • ordinary way of looking at the world today does not really enable us
    • animal kingdom, and only during the 7th epoch the real kingdom of
    • The most striking fact of all is this change in humanity, this
    • cooking; i.e., in domestic economy, so that there they are truly
    • advertisements in all the local newspapers making propaganda for the
    • after him while he is working, but also when he ceases to work, by
    • On taking leave from you again for a couple of weeks, my dear
    • working in the world through our Building. For this Building is,
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Being in the Physical Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • if he remains within this whole way of looking at the world,
    • The moment of waking up in the morning has often been compared
    • processes of sleeping and waking. The course of human life during
    • processes of waking up and falling asleep which take place within
    • waking life from the moment of waking up to the moment of falling
    • asleep with the summer season, for man's waking condition
    • whereas his waking condition would more or less correspond to
    • falls; it then begins to think and lives through its thinking,
    • waking condition. This is daytime for the Spirit of the Earth, in
    • described to you when speaking of the Impulse of Golgotha. We
    • cannot help taking on the character of religious immersion in the
    • unity. — A second element is what we call thinking, our
    • is not the essential point just now, but our thinking activity is
    • memory, thinking, feeling and will.
    • them; feeling is older, thinking still older, and the activity
    • with feeling; he was endowed with thinking during the Sun
    • activity which lies at the foundation of thinking is part of
    • thinking power they will not be able to unfold much in a
    • being endowed with will. If he had merely the power of thinking,
    • looking at ourselves and distinguishing between two kinds of
  • Title: Lecture: The Coming Experience of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • which conflicts with their habitual thinking, they would soon see
    • second decade of the twentieth century by talking about the
    • blood relationship; consequently all that has happened is the making
    • ‘My kingdom is not of this world.’” For man will
    • have to say to himself: — “My Kingdom is not of this
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Knowledge: A Way of Life
    Matching lines:
    • impulse, it drives him — spiritually speaking — to feed
    • accordance with their laws, looking in them for cause and effect and
    • not expecting to find in them any ethical working. We boast that we
    • to see his life as the working out of a plan; he recognises how, when
    • do, though it may seem to result from the working of earthly physical
    • at all without our personality taking part in it. And as we grow into
    • the plant, animal, and mineral kingdoms we begin to behold beings,
    • kingdom of reality, where the ethical impulses that inhere in our
    • make in the physical world, the nearest approach to moral working is
    • understand it here, is, comparatively speaking, a new thing in our
  • Title: Lecture: How Can the Destitution of Soul in Modern Times Be Overcome?
    Matching lines:
    • undertakings depended to the greatest possible extent upon personal
    • terms of intercourse are such that, fundamentally speaking,
    • others depends upon the working out of individual karma. For we have
    • group-soul element. We find its peoples making part of a social
    • start from this age must consist in making it clear that in the first
    • in the sphere of religion, its own liberty of thinking and scope to
    • the fifth post-Atlantean epoch of free thinking, because from
    • of the heart. For the impulse for this new world-working must be
    • connections in human evolution, but the way of thinking peculiar to
    • fosters the freedom and independence of our thinking. Spiritual
    • mankind; He forsook their world. Speaking for themselves they could
    • looking one day into a shop window my eye was caught by the title of
    • earthwards, and which we offer up again in our thinking about Christ;
    • from the sphere of human thinking.
  • Title: Lecture: Modern and Ancient Spiritual Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • kingdoms of nature, the men of those times beheld spirit and soul. They
    • was walking along a river bank. If someone today walks along a river bank
    • depend only on our senses and nervous system as instruments of thinking.
    • rhythm. We never think without this whole process taking place, of which
    • element in his thinking within the rhythm of breathing.
    • thinking, which he had hardly felt as a function of the head at all, streamed
    • thinking to be merely a shadowy, logical process; he rather felt how
    • thinking followed the breath. When he inhaled he felt he was taking
    • the breath into his thinking. With his thoughts he took hold, as it were,
    • his thinking pervading his whole being. This made him aware of his thinking
    • the physical world he quite rightly does not pay attention to his thinking
    • soul-filled thinking pulsated through his inner being with the result that
    • but along the more inward path of thinking itself. The right path for man
    • logical thought sequence; it is a thinking that is much more
    • achieved to that of the yogi in ancient times. He blended thinking
    • thinking from breathing. Thinking is not on this account torn out of
    • rhythm, because as thinking becomes separated from the inner rhythm of
    • breath it is gradually linked to an external rhythm. By setting thinking
    • towards separating thinking from the breath and letting it dive down into
    • Thinking must pass over into
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Meaning of Easter: St. Paul and the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • world-history it shall be possible for him, through the working of the
    • not an event that can be grasped by any thinking concerned entirely
    • mankind through the working of the Christ Impulse.
    • those times which possess to a striking degree the characteristic
    • the words: “My kingdom is not of this world.” He was not to
    • divine and spiritual kingdom that could be reached only by inward
    • for man in a new kingdom of light,
    • [KingRomans 13:12]
    • knew that he must be giving himself up to delusions, he must be mistaking
    • bring men out of the habit of looking to the spirits of air and of
    • [4:9 But now, after that ye have known God, or rather are known of God, how turn ye again to the weak and beggarly elements, whereunto ye desire again to be in bondage?KingGal. 4:3,9]
    • working of the Event of Golgotha, He is here. But you must find Him; He must come again
    • rest content with looking at life in any superficial way; it is
    • festival, all their thinking about Easter runs along the lines of old
    • with thinking at all, and go on repeating the words they have learned from
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • us. He was speaking especially of the eurhythmists; though it may be
    • intentions, in the economic undertakings which grew out of the
    • These undertakings were created by industrialists, business men, but
    • explain it in the case of Agriculture, so that we may not be speaking
    • takes up, would be talking nonsense. You can only understand the
    • We, however, speaking
    • happens on the Earth is but a reflection of what is taking place in
    • every tilled field: Therein are working the silicious and the
    • that as a creature of a comparatively lower kingdom of Nature, the
    • plant can serve as nourishment for those of the higher kingdoms.
    • for animal and man, then Mars, Jupiter and Saturn, working via the
    • colossal is taking place on Earth. These forces spring up and shoot
    • it is not only working when it shines down upon the Earth; it is also
    • the working of these forces in the plant's life? We see it, not so
    • materialistically, the working of all Nature.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • Properly speaking, any manures or the like which you bring into the
    • this inner life of the earthly soil (I am speaking of fine and
    • Taking our start from
    • again and working directly in the air and water over the Earth. The
    • the Earth is essentially a kind of digestion. All that is thus taking
    • substances must emancipate themselves from what is working
    • upward the influences which should be working upward in this winter
    • out in all manner of directions. For that which is working above the
    • that live and abound in the distant planets are working, as we have
    • working upward, so here the earthly nature is working downward.
    • form, whereas in highly ramified roots we have a working of the
    • working-upward of the cosmic nature into the flower.
    • cosmic and the earthly are working there.
    • re-discovered if we wish to go on working on the Earth at all.
    • working. Such things must be penetrated once more with clear
    • farm, properly speaking we should only use it as a remedy — as
    • working above all the radiation of the Sun, the direct radiant
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • speaking.
    • of Nature wherein nitrogen is working, nor can they do so, so long as
    • working we must learn to know at the same time if we would understand
    • phosphorus — which have to do with the working of light into
    • significance in the working of the Cosmos as a whole. The knowledge
    • our time when speaking about carbon. It is quite true, carbon occurs
    • so-to-speak with sulphur, and working as a plastic artist —
    • finds there its physical expression. More accurately speaking,
    • carbon, so in a manner of speaking the Ego of the Universe lives as
    • framework such as the Spirit builds, working always with the help of
    • working). What is the physical carrier which is so permeated by the
    • carbon framework, wherein are manifested the workings of the highest
    • or the cosmic spiritual Being which is working in the plants. Observe
    • Everywhere — in the animal kingdom and in the plant and even in
    • of sulphur is working thus in nitrogen, is that which we are wont to
    • environment. For as you know, there too the astral is working
    • speaking we have the astral placed between the oxygen and the carbon,
    • and this astral impresses itself upon the physical by making use of
    • nitrogen from the air that fills the space, thus making the air
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • and the working of the Spirit throughout Nature must be recognised on
    • speaking of the experiments. What science says of the experiments is
    • working of the substances and forces, and of the Spiritual too. Such
    • a mound of earth, with humus entering into it, working in the earthly
    • to the manure, especially to the task of working with the manure. It
    • as I showed you. That is to say: in manuring we must bring to the earth-kingdom
    • the earth-kingdom to which it must be carried — under the plant,
    • Taking
    • We should have strange-looking cows if this were all. They would be
    • striking fast. It had no longer any smell, though naturally it began
    • thirty-four years, the methods of making and applying the Preparations
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • Science no longer knows the working of this all-embracing life. Insight
    • our farms, we are taking forces away from the earth — nay, even
    • in this respect. They are at pains to investigate the working of bacteria
    • the room is dirty. Nor should we clean the room by thinking out devices
    • can only do by working with organic matter, bringing it into
    • circumference of Nature's workings — that is the talk of
    • wider workings of Nature.
    • all around the Earth — actively working, though in the finest
    • then assist the working of the manure itself. We add these forces, so
    • as to assist the working of the manure, which, apart front these homoeopathic
    • (or potash, generally speaking) carry the growth rather into those regions
    • working of yarrow in the animal or human organism —if you know
    • tubes as they are commonly used for making sausages, make them into
    • as in all things, it is simply a question of breaking down prejudice.
    • for in the world outside — in its marvelous inner working and
    • diseases. I am speaking in general terms at the moment. Nowadays
    • once before. It restores order when the ether-body is working too strongly,
    • withdraw in a regular manner — so that its shrinking is beautiful
    • a short time ago. Are not they themselves already speaking frankly of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • not want to have there. You know, one sometimes has strange harkings-back
    • only answer this question by taking into account what we have dealt
    • sphere, from that which is over the earth, we must perceive the workings
    • Moreover, speaking in a
    • near planets are influenced by the chalk-or limestone-workings
    • influenced by the workings of silica. Although the silica influences
    • and ray back again, working upward from below. Everything that works
    • in a particular way. It is only by taking these varied forces into account
    • as weeds — are greatly influenced by the workings of the Moon.
    • this way. Quite generally speaking, you have far-reaching possibilities
    • have all made this mistake of looking to external methods to verify
    • But it proves nothing in reality. If you are working exactly, you must
    • try to get at these happy, simple-looking little creatures in untold
    • bring about the reproductive process. In the animal kingdom, on the
    • for the animal kingdom the Moon influence does not need to be considered
    • very much. For the animal kingdom conserves the lunar forces; it emancipates
    • itself from the Moon. The Moon-force is developed in the animal kingdom
    • speaking, we may say (Diagram 12), if this be
    • plant — the cosmic forces which should be working up above are
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • one is always working on the other.
    • to these coarse interactions, finer ones, too, are constantly taking
    • working in the atmosphere, and by the life-ether.
    • in Nature's household (I am speaking now of such fruit as grows on trees).
    • speaking, it is even separated from its root — only it is united
    • yesterday when speaking of human Karma). That which is poorer in ether,
    • whole animal kingdom. Take, for example, the insect larvae: truly, they
    • will reveal, quite generally speaking, the relation of plant to animal-nature,
    • Sun and Moon are working through the air. But the animal cannot relate
    • speaking, the plant is in all respects an inverse of the animal —
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • process, and yet, fundamentally speaking, that is how they think. In
    • combustion-process in the Body. (The materialists are fond of making
    • the body” is only speaking loosely — in a slipshod way,
    • if you will. If he has the true facts in mind, his speaking loosely
    • what at first was only a slight slipshod way of talking into a brilliant
    • what is actually taking place in Nature. In this domain especially,
    • for instance, seeking its food for itself in the open air; following
    • activity in this finding and taking of the food.
    • as it may be, objectively speaking this is the truth. It is none other
    • too. Thus, in a Sense, you mar the working of Nature when you take your
    • cosmic forces working plastically through the head may find the proper
    • If this co-operation is taking place, so that the streaming from behind
    • the way to become sexual secretion is met by the head-forces working
    • for foodstuffs working less towards the head than the roots, which latter
    • only proceed rationally by taking your start from a way of thought such
    • is quite correct. It is only unsystematic, lacking in precision. Precisely
    • process, by all such processes as cooking, burning, heating, drying,
    • herbs, where through the cooking process of the Sun, working towards
    • the limbs by artificial treatment, notably if it is anything like cooking,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Significance of the Mass
    Matching lines:
    • human being are: Atma, Buddhi, Manas. Formerly in speaking
    • Regnum The Kingdom
    • Kingdom.
    • “Thy Kingdom.” The whole is a symbol for the
  • Title: Lecture: The Universe
    Matching lines:
    • by saying: With his whole thinking, insofar as it is
    • looking back, as it were, into his own self. For when we
    • the world with his thinking that is connected with his
    • as it were. By looking back upon ourselves, we discover the
    • are taking hold of something which is your own self. You
    • a tiny bit poisonous. For life consists in taking in
    • inorganic world and seeking the balance.
    • taking his place culturally in the external life on earth.
    • pouring out water, by walking over the fields with urns and
    • contained in man, best be symbolized? Perhaps by taking the
    • always looking back; this gesture of Aries looking back is
    • Aries in the human being who is looking back on himself, on
    • characteristic lies in the gesture of looking back.
    • Taurus, you will find that he is always looking sideways
    • thing, the gesture of looking around and activating the
    • looking upon the human form: In regard to the shape of the
    • to obtain metabolic man with his limbs, seeking to become a
  • Title: Lecture: The Templars
    Matching lines:
    • in their I, but also in all their feeling and thinking, in their very being
    • spiritual kingdoms and want to bring Man down and lead him into evil, who are
    • hatred and mocking and irony against the Good, with all these the Templars
    • thinking leads also to the very extreme of intellectual
    • Working alone,
    • unconscious and takes its course there in a good and healthy way, working
    • Fundamentally speaking, seen from a deeper aspect, we all
    • hand, what happened through the working of Mephistophelian-Ahrimanic forces
    • has actually been taking place in modern times.
    • impulse one has recognized as proceeding from it and working on in European
    • working in the world; and those who were responsible for the French
    • then is one speaking in a sense and meaning that is in accord with the inner
    • workings are focused in a point, the point of the I. There we are alike, and
    • spiritually, between the workings of the nerves and the blood. They were
    • the influence of the inspirations of which I have been speaking to you today,
    • the sole influence working in history, quite a different evolution would have
    • recognize this principle of which I am here speaking.
    • speaking. “Person,” did I say? Here we must remind ourselves that
    • good forces are working, but others also. And a man like Goethe uttered in
    • and with whose working the working of the other stream is united. And what
  • Title: Paths to Knowledge of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • should be developed first of all are the forces of thinking. This is
    • must be made with a particular exercise in thinking.
    • The kind of thinking to which we are accustomed in ordinary life and
    • Anthroposophy must deviate from this way of thinking which is
    • that we completely surrender to such concepts, our thinking power
    • This intensification of the forces of thinking must of course be
    • mathematical thinking. If such a “mathematizing” culture
    • treading the path to higher knowledge, is that our thinking, which is
    • Then one comes to quite a new way of thinking. The old way of
    • thinking which is used in ordinary life and in ordinary science,
    • remains. But a new way of thinking is added to it, if we do the
    • might describe this new way of thinking which is added to the old way
    • of thinking in the following way.
    • cannot penetrate into the way of thinking which is employed in this
    • thinking which must be gained by systematic practice in order to
    • Ordinary thinking (it suffices to bear in mind the true nature of the
    • ordinary way of thinking, in order to see that my remarks are
    • justified)—ordinary thinking really consists of spatial
    • perceptions. In our ordinary thinking everything is arranged
    • come to the conclusion that ordinary thinking is a combining way of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Errors in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • this starting point, by taking into the soul those mental processes
    • investigation. An unsound power of judgment, lacking ability to
    • By taking such elements along into the spiritual world, the
    • soul-shaking event called the Meeting with the Guardian of the Threshold.
    • person to another, taking place within consciousness, actually can be
    • spiritual world. One could say mockingly that fear-mongering is the
    • basis of materialism, and although it is mocking it is nevertheless
    • ease of thinking, the love of ease of feeling. Fear is closely akin
    • error consists of mistaking the dying and withering in the spiritual
    • intensification of this self-seeking coming-out-of-one's self
    • corresponds to ecstasy leads to something else. By taking into us
    • realities, and not something unreal — but taking in only
    • isolated parts, after picking out what suits us — we receive a
    • he feels little obligation to test what he says, speaking rather of
    • of the human capacity for thinking. In the human capacity for
    • thinking reside faculties that stand in direct connection with the
    • thinking, however, can cultivate this capacity in such a way that it
    • mathematical-analytical, constructive thinking for that square
    • mathematical thinking does not suffice to prove something that is
    • of a way of looking that has been gained previously, victory over the
  • Title: The Supersensible Being of Man and the Evolution of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • certain that speaking about it in that way would not satisfy
    • speaking out of subjective feelings but out of the very kind of
    • is taking place unconsciously in the depths of their being. On the
    • thinking, sense perception, feeling and willing comprise the
    • external body, on the one hand, and the soul experiences of thinking,
    • raises thinking consciously onto a higher level than in ordinary
    • this development of thinking? It consists of making human thinking or
    • man's inner soul nature. In ordinary life our thinking or visualising
    • inner activity. Will must be brought into thinking, the kind of will,
    • however, that does not make the thinking arbitrary, but adapts it to
    • also has to free himself from this mere looking at nature. His newly
    • acquired capacity of systematic thinking and of observing
    • thinking is an activating of thinking. This is a fact that many
    • thinking and whole activity of mental picturing really takes on quite
    • these with the clear thinking of adulthood, we find that man's inner
    • anyone who develops his thinking in the way we have described
    • and progresses from ordinary thinking to active thinking. He feels as
    • certainly say that this activated thinking ‘awakens’
    • to use this active thinking man acquires an entirely new way of
    • human body, to begin with. Active thinking ascends to the kind of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Year as a Symbol of the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • our lifeless inorganic Earth, the mineral kingdom of our Earth. This
    • belonging to the mineral kingdom. We shall not occupy ourselves with
    • entirely different from the laws of human consciousness. In speaking
    • plant world, for we are apt to look on our waking consciousness as
    • our complete consciousness, without taking our sleeping consciousness
    • When speaking of this consciousness which as a second
    • our ordinary waking consciousness, we think of the things round about
    • in a superficial way, thinking merely of the stones against which we
    • can. The thinking consciousness of the plants — not of
  • Title: On the Duty of Clear, Sound Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • On the Duty of Clear, Sound Thinking
    • THINKING.
    • thought — of clear, precise thinking.
    • This decline in the power of thinking has taken place
    • regards the certainty of thinking has spread widely through all the
    • thinking and at the same time it is an age of the blindest trust in
    • nation, race or colour; that a certain element of cramped thinking is
    • like, has now for a long time been extended to the whole thinking
    • get no further. This unworthy thinking of the nineteenth century is
    • The fact is that such inaccurate thinking does not
    • only exist in the domain of which I am speaking, where it comes very
    • what they are if the thinking of all humanity was not permeated with
    • slip-shod thinking of the present day. Spiritual Science should
    • stimulate us to intensive, courageous thinking; that is what matters:
    • by the careless thinking of the present day. I have explained to you
    • how this careless thinking acts; I quoted: ‘results only do we
    • they are not making the same mistake that the whole world makes
    • little it is recognised. It enters into our everyday thinking, and
    • makes itself felt there, just as in the more advanced thinking of the
    • how important it is to be interested in such things, how lacking in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Peoples of the Earth in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • The Way to Healthier Thinking and Exigencies.
    • The Way to Healthier Thinking and Exigencies.
    • external life, which justifies us in speaking of a nation or a people
    • soul, the thinking, ideation and perception directed to external
    • life of the oriental. Into the feeling and thinking life of the
    • the Earth herself were speaking. The mysteries of the Earth's growth
    • concerned with what is taking place on the surface of the Earth. They
    • organ of thinking just as the oriental uses the organs connected with
    • abstract thinking. To use a figure of speech employed,
    • Speaking in the sense of spiritual reality, one feels that the
    • inheres, then, in what I will call the thinking system. The
    • and the Middle European to the thinking system, the Westerner, the
    • if, as he strives to rise beyond the thinking-system, he falls
    • into an empty ‘spiritualism,’ seeking for the qualities
    • rhythmic, breathing-system to the thinking-system, they
    • developed thinking-system, turns his gaze primarily to the world
    • were working in the oriental; the man of the West seems to pay heed
    • thinking-system, has been deprived of this Cosmos by modern
    • as a thinking being if this were not so, and he must also realise
    • looking up to the Divine — for, as I have already said, all men
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Mystery, Novalis, the Seer
    Matching lines:
    • working. The eye that beholds the Christ has itself been
    • the forms of objects in the kingdoms of Nature. Everything
    • king who has never been seen on the Earth! The
    • king in the realm of the Shades! (Homer: Odyssey,
    • a beggar on the physical plane than a king in the realm of
    • forth will grow on into the future, as the workings of the
    • spiritual world. It is just as when a man, looking at the
  • Title: Lecture: Some Characteristics of To-day
    Matching lines:
    • the hearts and souls of those taking part. Though this or that event
    • their physical bodies and taking their souls into the spiritual
    • perception. But other events of to-day are speaking to us loudly and
    • admitted at his trial. Speaking of the three or four hours in which
    • to enter human life from the spiritual world is now seeking to enter.
    • thinking and, indeed, of feeling and willing too. Men have persuaded
    • re-model our ways of thinking, to try a new way of regarding the
    • bodies for thinking. It is this that had led to the materialistic
    • life if we can rise to a thinking that is not produced by the
    • physical body alone. It is this thinking that should be
    • learn another kind of thinking than that which can lazily find
    • world cannot, of course, be understood with such thinking. It is not
    • one must train oneself to a thinking that is not bound to the
    • — gradually develops a thinking, a feeling and a willing that
    • unconquerable fear of taking these things seriously.
    • spiritual science itself i.e., through that thinking and
    • one wants to retain the old forms of thinking. But to-day it is
    • deeds, our whole thinking dependent on them. This is demanded of us
    • however, is really formless. When we speak of it, we are speaking of
    • “astral bodies” that were, comparatively speaking,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy's Contribution to the Most Urgent Needs of Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • learns about existence in conformity with today's thinking as it is
    • mankind has learned through established ways of thinking and knowing,
    • nothing that cannot be absorbed without contradiction into a thinking
    • But if we probe deeply enough, not with a partial thinking, but with
    • must hold fast to the current way of thinking about natural
    • a stable connection with the world, not only by means of thinking but
    • first obtain a true insight into what is in fact our own thinking,
    • There I have tried to make known that pure thinking,
    • that very thinking that can live in us before we have fully united
    • the thinking with some outer perception. I have shown that this pure
    • thinking itself can be perceived as an inner soul content. But what
    • man can certainly penetrate into his own thinking. Then he
    • far as to serve as a support, at most a ground out of which thinking
    • broken down where true thinking appears. To the same degree in which
    • now occupies the place where matter is destroyed, that is, thinking,
    • thinking unfolds itself a nothingness of material can be seen. It
    • we perceive thinking in its reality, we see the destruction of
    • necessary. One can never penetrate the nature of thinking in an
    • where our thinking takes place on the platform of our human
    • one learns to know the relationship between thinking and the matter which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha and Christ: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • between taking pleasure in a moral action and the doing of it.
    • KingExodus 28, 9-30;
    • 8:8 And he put the breastplate upon him: also he put in the breastplate the Urim and the Thummim.KingLeviticus 8, 8.)
    • 14:41 Therefore Saul said unto the LORD God of Israel, Give a perfect lot. And Saul and Jonathan were taken: but the people escaped.KingI Sam. xiv:41
    • KingI Sam. xiv. 18-43.
    • individual. In the case of most Europeans or, speaking
    • when Gautama Buddha was born as the son of King Suddhodana, he rose
    • [4:20 For the kingI Corinthians IV, 20.]
    • working of Karma after death is revealed to us by the Old Testament
    • clearly proclaimed when the Bodhisattva who was then the son of King
    • thinking, right action, and so on. The words uttered by the Maitreya
  • Title: Lecture: Nervous Conditions in Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • unpleasantly the prevailing nervousness is making itself felt.
    • energy quite otherwise than really thinking what the professors are
    • things where he put them. It may seem strange for us to be speaking
    • adding: ‘Without making too much effort, try every day —
    • here been indicating represents a definite way of working upon the ethereal
    • example, in school we have to learn by heart a sequence of Kings or
    • walking. It is good to make this experiment; only it must not always
    • of asking others (what I am now saying, by the way, must also be
  • Title: Lecture: The Position of Anthroposophy among the Sciences
    Matching lines:
    • is, when actively engaged in mathematical thinking. His attitude of
    • characterise it by speaking, first, of that branch of mathematics
    • of space; simply by making from it a kind of abstraction, now becomes
    • in things what we had first found in ourselves. Indeed, looking
    • looking back at ourselves, find that we are a part of this space. As
    • again in looking back upon ourselves.
    • for our eternal human nature, mathematical thinking has all the
    • On looking
    • of space — by walking and standing upright, by orientating
    • itself. By taking the third dimension negatively, we really
    • annihilates the third, making space two-dimensional. And in like
    • confronts us in the culture of our age? This — that its thinking has
    • scientific thinking — can help to a right understanding of what
    • our attention upon scientific thinking to-day. It is able to see clearly
    • continuous feeling in the waking state. When he looked with his eyes,
    • reach higher stages of cognition, we find something striking. Those
    • making Yoga unnecessary.
    • in which they were seeking higher knowledge. This stage was also gained
    • acquired by taking — inwardly, not outwardly — the spirit
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and the Visual Arts
    Matching lines:
    • on a secret pertaining to our human way of looking at the world —
    • quite lost. You will permit me to set out from a way of looking at
    • working plastically on the forms upon its surface.
    • head apart from the rest. But, looking at this formation as a whole,
    • forces working in from the cosmos.
    • Again, looking
    • respect to his chest, as its form is shaped by the cosmos, working
    • reacts to the cosmos, not only by taking in oxygen and remaining
    • forces working through the mother. He must be able to create in such
    • working inwards, from all directions, out of the cosmos, and the
    • centrifugal forces working outwards and opposing the former. Man in
    • material is suited; otherwise, one is not working sculpturally but
    • only illustrating an idea, working novellistically. If one is forming
    • working from within. I must press, lightly or strongly, as the cosmic
    • extreme periphery and working inwards; when one forms the chest, one
    • to survey the kingdoms of nature with the consciousness that such
    • a body of formative forces exists. The mineral kingdom has no such
    • body; we find it first in the plant kingdom. Animals have a body of
    • said that the respiratory organisation, working in a refined state
    • our forces act in speaking or singing. When one has grasped these
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Evil and the Power of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • speaking of Central Europe) learn to know in secret societies what
    • was something quite outlandish when Bulwer travelled about, speaking of
    • reflections, the mirror-pictures, of external life, when looking into
    • to tell how feeling and will are actually working. For this reason he
    • inner being. By looking into our inner being we get only to this
    • consciousness as we are to look behind a mirror without breaking it.
    • thinking, which is the highest attainment of modern times, could not
    • penetrate deeply into the connections of modern life by looking at
    • although only a crude idea of them can be had by modern thinking.
  • Title: Lecture: The Seeds of Future Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • to something like a breaking of the inner mirror. The memories can as
    • conception. Thus we come to the point of thinking in a living and
    • with a certain inevitability this modern thinking leads men to
    • theology, too, has fallen into that way of thinking which has
    • so speaking because for him both the Father and the Christ are
    • destruction of which I have been speaking the laws of nature are
    • when we behold moral laws working upon matter which has been thrown
    • taking place within us in a natural way. We become aware of the
    • speak or hear in intercourse with other people, hearing and speaking
    • being where speaking and hearing go on at the same time.
    • Hearing and speaking are once more united. The “inner
    • natural science way of thinking? How is it for him, when this way of
    • thinking has been grafted on to him from early childhood? He learns
    • sinking world, and it will drag man down with it if he is completely
    • nature, we are looking in a certain sense at the spread-out colours
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • resurrection of thinking: how dead thoughts can be awakened to life in
    • Speaking
    • properly speaking, upon human consciousness.
    • Looking deeply
    • finding all doubt vanishing, were talking together. The one might
    • this means: when man is thinking he does not truly live; he pours
    • spring from the force of pure thinking, and where in the
    • operations of pure thinking we understand the reality of freedom,
    • speaking of such matters one is always aware of the difficulty of
  • Title: Lecture: Realism and Nominalism
    Matching lines:
    • by asking someone who is firmly rooted in modern culture: —
    • divine thoughts. That is, in my thinking I create a link with the
    • spiritual way of looking at things had passed. Nominalism took hold of
    • possessed in a certain sense a way of thinking which had a direct
    • is, of course, placed into modern life, and in working out natural
    • thinking and of feeling in respect to most things. In Anthroposophy,
    • as we contemplate physical images; a new way of thinking must be found.
    • change our ways of thinking and of feeling — otherwise we
    • cannot reach a really spiritual way of looking at things. This gives
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Science, a Necessity for the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • in which so many things are taking place which widen the
    • the breaking up of European culture. To-day we can only have a pale
    • true light will it be possible to understand what is really taking
    • such happenings. A spiritual way of looking at the world will in
    • super-sensible worlds and that these souls are working in our midst,
    • you see a man walking along the bank of a river. Suddenly you see him
    • thinking of the many unused parts of etheric bodies rising up to the
    • secret working of the spiritual world which is interwoven with the
    • will go on working in other people. The burdensome, fateful content
  • Title: Lecture: Fundamentals of the Science of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • Metaphorically speaking, (yet it is not entirely metaphorical, but
    • world, and they avoid speaking about it concretely. They chiefly
    • undoubtedly succeed in making the third generation entirely
  • Title: Lecture: Cosmogony, Freedom, Altruism
    Matching lines:
    • beings made their workings felt. The commonest everyday
    • civilisation is gradually sinking into something where it can
    • lacking this, it lacks also the strength for true altruistic
    • are asking, “What is good absolutely?” —
    • They are not asking, “What is good for Europe? What is
    • is good for the twenty-fifth century?” They are asking
    • about absolute Goodness and Truth. They are not asking about
    • about the social question, but the temperament is lacking. On
    • it has in it the makings of a cosmogony. Although this
    • working it out and giving it shape; but no talent for
    • is, strictly speaking, peculiar to Asiatic culture. America,
    • to-day of anyone who is in earnest and sincere about working
    • it working as though Justice were sitting over there beyond,
    • what is taking place under our eyes ; we are always more or
    • — of which the American is making towards Cosmogony,
    • impulse of freedom — for talking about freedom is by no
    • very way of speaking, that the altruistic spirit is anything
    • making of a civilisation.
    • and believe that they are talking about realities
    • they would not be astonished; if they met a pig talking like
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Brunetto Latini
    Matching lines:
    • entered from the opposite side. What a wretched-looking
    • only seen myself, for a looking-glass was hanging opposite
    • occurs. Fundamentally speaking, every one who sets his foot
    • Latini now beheld the laws and principles of Nature's working
    • — enhancing our being, or making it smaller; making us
    • or your ears. There you perceive how the forces are working
    • within, he then breaks through the eye, and breaking through
    • its own way of seeking the spiritual world. Already in the
    • Initiation are always working in the progressive stream of
    • but that the spiritual is working everywhere. We must take
    • however, of the Mystery of Golgotha has been working ever
    • working through these dreams which could not be understood or
    • was working in them — livingly, actively carrying
    • Kings, the 6th of January. In this connection we remarked,
    • the spiritual science which we have been seeking to acquire
  • Title: Lecture: The Shaping of the Human Form out of Cosmic and Earthly Forces
    Matching lines:
    • Moon is working on the embryo. Then, you have, as a result of
    • the Moon working in from the Cosmos — in connection
    • move your legs in walking you have always to overcome the
    • between these forces of gravity and the forces working
    • working upon him by way of the Moon — only because of
    • to the working of the Earth alone, however, and the Cosmos
    • the year being involved, due to winter and summer working in
    • should be a pillar. This combined working of cosmic and
    • human strength, working there also as will, has from ancient
    • system, working through the heart and lungs and the
    • further by taking on, in soul-spiritual terms, the form of
    • if you follow up everything, taking note of what has been
    • which people today have no liking; they find it disturbing,
  • Title: Lecture: Yuletide and the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • of the world and way of thinking, will certainly be the
    • thinking, of the birth of the whole anthroposophical spirit
    • I am thinking now of times when winter swept through the land
    • the feeling of sinking down into the outer physical darkness,
    • the deep, persistent feeling that in sinking down into the
    • speaking to the heart by means of symbols: ‘Where you
    • physical world contact us? At the point when, looking back in
    • Pressburg. And he — I am speaking of my old friend Karl
    • Gospels' story of Herod and the Three Kings would be
    • place, the boys taking part in the Plays must be God-fearing,
    • when the Art of speaking in the ancient sense has been lost,
    • Christmas days were over, the actors taking. the parts of the
    • Three Holy Kings walked through the villages, but at no other
    • seeing the Three Kings going through the villages from house
    • by the Three Kings. The Kings wore the most primitive
    • thinking. Those who have a right feeling of the mysteries of
    • conceptions, anthroposophical feeling, thinking and willing.
    • parents and the shepherds, and the people looking on were
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • those who have deeper insight, this linking up of Buddhism with the
    • condition midway between waking and sleeping, man gazed into all that
    • alternates between the waking and sleeping states and we think of
    • “intelligence” in connection with waking life only, but
    • clairvoyant powers. But facts will in time compel thinking people to
    • Being who incarnated as the son of King Suddhodana. The Indian,
    • an event which happened untold ages ago, the subconscious workings of
    • he said: “The beams are breaking, the posts are giving way; the
    • advanced from thinking that the wheels of world-events roll on in an
    • seeking behind all these that Spirit whence the Spirit of man
  • Title: Lecture: Hygiene - a Social Problem
    Matching lines:
    • cannot help asking: What is the real attitude of social life to all
    • one cannot help asking: ought not an attempt be made to apply such
    • of taking any particular side. I have no desire to uphold ancient
    • chemical process taking place in matter. But the fact that a few
    • soul-and-Spirit, and realise that through the working of these
    • been happening to the body all the time, as a result of the working
    • the material workings of the Spirit.
    • No purpose is served by making statements in a religious or
    • within him, and then working in the different branches of science
    • are all that we see in the working of the nervous system —
    • atmospheric and extra-earthly influences are working on him as the
    • are ill, but he will always be working to keep them healthy —
    • psychical or mental diseases. As a result of materialistic thinking
    • rational way with what is actually taking place in the human
    • matter. What is lacking in materialism is that it has no insight into
    • Spirit right down into its material workings. Spiritual
    • the Spiritual-Scientific mode of thinking leads to a social, communal
    • making men and women out of the children who are being educated
    • enough to have, as well as the school teachers who are working merely
    • power working deeply into human beings. Intellectualism remains
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Speech and Song
    Matching lines:
    • thoughts themselves — our earthly thinking. Here on earth, our
    • thinking is gradually adapted to the earthly conditions. In
    • Walking, Speaking and
    • Thinking: — let us now consider, of these three, the middle
    • or song is but the final culmination of something that is taking
    • structure of the human body. We may say therefore, without speaking
    • — we are now taking, the human body is nothing else than a
    • spiritual world than in our thinking system. And it is of course the
    • thinking system which takes hold of speech when speech becomes
    • thing as this, we seem to be speaking in images, but our images none
    • totality. (It really looks as though we were speaking figuratively,
    • bodies it is singing, speaking as it sings to you, singing as it
    • speaks; and all your perception is a listening to the speaking song,
    • now formed for his earthly needs, just as his walking is transformed,
    • as human beings speaking upon earth.
  • Title: Lecture: Three Epochs in the Religious Education of Man
    Matching lines:
    • lowlands breaking the heights of the ascending development of man
    • existence than the souls of modern men, who in their waking life are
    • experienced his own being in a kind of waking dream. He knew himself
    • existence. Even in his waking hours man lived in this consciousness
    • his earthly existence hallowed, although in his waking life he still
    • I shall once again live in the super-earthly kingdom, I shall be
    • mere natural existence, if it is such that. Christ's Kingdom is
    • the Being Whose “physical kingdom” is the whole cosmos,
    • of full wakefulness in the cosmos. Gradually this waking life in the
    • riddle of death by linking man with Christ Jesus Who had passed
    • weaving and working through the cosmos. And inasmuch as man will
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning Electricity
    Matching lines:
    • of my age were young fellows, not one of them dreamt of speaking of
    • so closely connects itself with a definite manner of thinking. If
    • speak today, as I am speaking now, then the people whose heads are
    • entity. …But I am not speaking correctly ... for, in reality,
    • others, so that they saw them walking about with Faust's malevolent
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Jesus and Christ in Earlier Times
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, which had a spiritual quality and would have enabled human
    • Origenes working and struggling with the problem of how the Christ
    • Tauler, Meister Eckhardt, and others were seeking the Christ through
    • of what the ether body had become as a result of thinking, feeling,
    • working on ourselves inwardly in this way, during our earliest
    • seeking, we must truly have the feeling that we cannot reach our goal
    • seeking that belongs to the shepherds who are united with the
    • Christmastime, so that we may continue to become seeking shepherds,
  • Title: Lecture: On the Dimensions of Space
    Matching lines:
    • but of the thought no open-minded, unbiased thinking person can
    • thinking.
    • a spatial, a physical-bodily process. Simultaneously, while this is taking
    • have gradually come to this pass; our purely intellectualistic thinking
    • of approach, which is only made possible once more by taking our
    • if we are speaking of the will as of an element of soul-and-spirit, there
    • unless they were working one upon
    • three-dimensional. Man is a painter working from two
    • way, striking out pretty intensely with your Will into the
    • shall we characterise Thinking? To begin with we must admit with open
    • at least the foundation of our Thinking. Without
    • the brain we cannot think. Thus our Thinking takes its course in
    • connection with the activity of the brain. If Thinking had nothing to
    • old, you would have grown out of your Thinking. But that
    • is not the case. As we grow up, we do not leave our Thinking
    • even with our Thinking we are somehow in the world of Space.
    • experience our Thinking meditatively, as something that only has
    • extension upward and downward. Thinking is one-dimensional. It takes
    • the Feeling a two-dimensional and the Thinking a one-dimensional
    • we pass from Feeling to Thinking we pass from the two dimensions to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: What Has Geology to Say About the Origin of the World?
    Matching lines:
    • in stone quarries or mining-operations, any breaking-up of the ground
    • of the animal kingdom, from plants which, carried away by the waters
    • plant-kingdoms. We then come, as it were, to the lowest layers of the
    • secrets than all abstract thinking are the words spoken by Goethe
    • myself as I am looking down from this bare summit and hardly able to
    • always so conceived; this way of thinking has developed only very
    • He held that, generally speaking, nothing that we are able to observe
    • also when they are intent on thinking entirely in terms of geology.
    • to speculative phantasy. And looking backward from those beings which
    • process of the organism. Therefore we can say: As we live our waking
    • life today from morning till night, through thinking, feeling and
    • willing, processes of destruction are working within us which we then
    • spirit-and-soul, working into matter as they do, underlie external
    • these destructive processes that were due to the working of forces of
    • way of asking a question that is put quite wrongly today. No science
    • formation of our planet that is permeated with the working of forces
    • physical processes were an integral part of those working through the
    • yes, by spiritual and soul-processes. But what is taking place on the
    • Looking
    • kingdoms of the living beings could not use except as material
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Thinking and Willing as Two Poles of the Human Soul-Life
    Matching lines:
    • Thinking
    • during the waking state is never entirely one-sided; thinking is not
    • thinking in that we correct one thought with another. Hence even if
    • hand, unless we are actually raving, or given to walking in our
    • origin. And in this case the one pole of our soul-life, thinking, has
    • find that thinking always bears reference to something that is already
    • there; it takes certain presuppositions for granted. Thinking
    • of such thinking, and we are guided by it. Thus this kind of
    • thinking also is in a certain sense meditative or reflective.
    • stands mid-way between thinking and willing.
    • that which determines our thinking, that which enables us to think and
    • before birth, before conception. Fundamentally speaking, the faculty
    • first won for himself the power of making these sprawling,
    • is a pressing, a pushing of thinking into the forces of the will,
    • that, speaking from a more or less schematic point of view, we might
    • At the moment however we are speaking of normal human beings. Such people,
    • usually lost his power of thinking.
    • appear as though they really were thinking. In reality, however,
    • from thoughts given to him by Spiritual Science, such thinking is
    • thoughts have previously been embedded. This taking in of thoughts
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Vortrage: Denken, Fühlen, Wollen - Das Muspilhgedicht
    Matching lines:
    • Thinking and Willing as Two Poles of the Human Soul-Life (publ. 1931).
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 1: Introductory Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • them, should be conscious of the fact that they are working at
    • will be particularly striking this year to those who take the trouble
    • artistic undertakings as well as for the theosophical lectures. In
    • may be. Anyone speaking after the manner of the modern theologian
    • meditating about the Being of the Christ, or in making occult
    • every normally thinking person will look upon the cultivation
    • Orientalism; we refer to that Bodhisattva who was the son of King
    • can quietly wait till they oppose us. We can calmly go on working,
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 2: The Inner Aspects of the Saturn-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • expression. This teaching insisted, without taking an independent
    • inner world, in so far as this consists of the wonted working of the
    • world all the workings of the mind, all conceptions. And now, if you
    • clear concepts — they avoid speaking of the mighty,
    • kingdoms but Beings. This is a world where there are no clouds, no
    • is true of the old Saturn existence, speaking very comparatively,
    • Hierarchies, as though striking into it and playing into it. We can
    • picture, — but the recapitulation of the Saturn picture taking
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 3: The Inner Aspect of the Sun-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • air, but of ‘heat.’ So, too, in first speaking of
    • even exist. When we speak of ‘space’ we are speaking
    • of heat are the external expression — speaking in a general
    • described in no other way than by saying that the one making the
    • must be completely free of all self-seeking and must wait what comes
    • comparatively speaking at a later time than the gifts of the Spirits
    • conceived by thinking of a globe complete in itself and radiating
    • this as embodied in an intuition, we can, on looking at the
    • taking place on the Earth may perhaps be only of importance to one
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 4: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 1)
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual workings. To do this he would have to prepare himself by
    • able to accept Karma and its workings in this way, keeping quietly
    • of our thinking. In the case of a teacher or tutor who is above all
    • things fond of eating and drinking and has other masterful passions,
    • taking place. We have said that the Thrones, the Spirits of Will,
    • the last two lectures when speaking of Saturn and Sun. Time would
    • certain conditions which then came about. Just as we saw, on looking
    • resignation — so we see, speaking now of the ancient Sun alone,
    • accepted the proffered sacrifice, they would — speaking
    • possibility of taking their place as independent beings side by side
    • generally speaking from the immortal beings. So now, when we learn
    • should like to remind you of that Spanish King who considered the
    • would be just as little sense in thinking of a triangle without three
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 5: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 2)
    Matching lines:
    • now under consideration, we must clearly realise that in speaking of
    • working within him. All these diverse characteristics we include in
    • which we are now speaking. Just as we have inherited other things
    • when in that person's presence. And as we are now speaking of the
    • In speaking of the
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 6: The Inner Aspect of the Earth-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • acquainted by looking into our own souls, and which we can only fully
    • feature of the ancient Moon evolution taking place in the soul of
    • have within them something, which, speaking symbolically, could only
    • the other kingdoms surrounding us. We may ask: do minerals die? To
    • no sense in speaking of individual plant-organisms, only of the
    • at death in the mineral, plant, and animal kingdoms is only
    • higher than man, is there any meaning in speaking of actual death.
    • and animal kingdoms — as they have their beings in the higher,
    • portal of death, from taking part in this event when it actually
    • re-birth--know nothing of what is taking place with respect to the
    • the other kingdoms of nature. When we wish to study the historical
    • say — speaking of external history — that it cannot
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 1: The Driving Force Behind Europe's War
    Matching lines:
    • events now taking place are the opposite of our own intentions,
    • speaking, no one in the world knows what they want, and no
    • actually taking shape. Later generations will be able to use
    • the events which will be taking shape in Eastern Europe over
    • and reality. For you see, the generations of today are taking
    • fact still waiting in the wings, and they are wrong in taking
    • that we'll be making peace just as peace has been made before
    • set vast numbers of people thinking. But people never notice,
    • spirits seeking to gain access by reducing human awareness.
    • taking root deeply in a certain soil. People are taking it as
    • They are not at all interested in looking for the roots of
    • are speaking of states as something which have existed for I
    • asking themselves the question: What does it really mean that
    • chaos will certainly not be reduced if — speaking
    • people's thinking stops at the very point where it should be
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 2: Humanity's Struggle for Morality
    Matching lines:
    • acquired habits will have to go and a new way of thinking and
    • humanity. I think it is fair to say that, generally speaking,
    • and fail to notice many of the tremendous changes now taking
    • Taking note of
    • riddle I am speaking of is the discrepancy between
    • thinking have lead none other than the Darwinists to this
    • cannot penetrate to the deeper sources of human thinking and
    • ‘physical body’ we are speaking of something that
    • waking, the ego and astral body, having been outside in the
    • from the world of the spirit and intellectual thinking can
    • which we are between going to sleep and waking up again does,
    • to sleep and waking up again you are in a world devoid of
    • world in which we are between going to sleep and waking up
    • intellectual thinking, even our genius — for geniuses,
    • undertaking should go awry, we should not draw the wrong
    • evolution is taking. Individuals will gain in years, being 1,
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 3: The Search for a Perfect World
    Matching lines:
    • time, going back several decades and also looking decades
    • not be absolutely the case, but, relatively speaking, it is
    • ‘My kingdom is not of this world’,
    • illusion that their kingdom should be very much of this
    • it is not evil-mindedness that stops us from thinking their
    • agitators making great words about it, or in specific
    • said: ‘My kingdom is not of this world’, and why
    • Jesus Christ did not want to bring a kingdom of perfection to
    • kingdom of the physical world and make it into one of
    • had just made an important, epoch-making invention. Oh, I
    • had to start it up. This was certainly epoch-making! You will
    • having been thought up without taking account of reality.
    • making everyone happy, it will not be immediately obvious.
    • will typify a way of thinking which at heart is utterly
    • talking nonsense about things relating to the higher worlds,
    • not in the habit of working hard in the general rather than
    • next. Outer interest may have been lacking, but excitement
    • effort than to take up the points the opposition is making.
    • These asses are talking of contradictions in my works. I wish
    • saying in all the other places where I have been speaking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 4: The Elemental Spirits of Birth and Death
    Matching lines:
    • live, one would be speaking of something that would seem like
    • whose minds and whole way of looking at the world give them
    • looking at a world that is immediately next to our own, a
    • actual form it is taking now and in the immediate future to
    • involved and helping us in this. People are not taking the
    • them — keeping them dwarf-sized in growth or making
    • an unpalatable truth for people who never tire of making
    • it means to enter into iron necessity. Looking for an easy
    • seeking to be perfect in a particular direction, this search
    • up an ideal, but in making it part of the process of
    • time. Her thinking is: People will come to know God again
    • devil to be walking around in the street with horns and a
    • Modern abstract thinking immediately needs an apology, even if
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 5: Changes in Humanity's Spiritual Make-up
    Matching lines:
    • walking on something which is crumbling away; it is no longer
    • today. You find an excellent description of the breaking up,
    • just as Suess, looking at the earth, realized that it is now
    • today who simply are not themselves. Bodies are walking
    • Our souls are even now making preparations for the
    • ‘My kingdom is not of this world.’ But it will be
    • Looking at the
    • Looking at the way they do not immediately appear on the
    • when it comes to taking an inward look at the human being.
    • order was created by establishing classes and taking these
    • only the body speaking. The spirit has withdrawn and already
    • of a drug. Taking a ‘sound point of view’, people
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 6: The New Spirituality
    Matching lines:
    • thought is with us wherever we are in waking consciousness.
    • being you are also a breathing human being, walking in a
    • when someone has died and a living person who is walking
    • with the senses when in waking consciousness. Our own
    • the senses and drag around with us when in waking
    • thinking consists in having those corpses of thoughts inside
    • are not in the habit of making the distinction, and anyway
    • thinking about it, or you can actually produce the thought: I
    • switch off your own thinking and always get up like a
    • people still had the ability to live in waking dreams, and
    • that the way of thinking which enables them to reflect on the
    • thinking about them. Today the idea is that individuals are
    • may bring into the kingdom of this world a kingdom which is
    • not of this world but is present everywhere in the kingdom of
    • into a study of spiritual science. The whole way of thinking,
    • about the human being. The principles of political thinking
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 7: Working from Spiritual Reality
    Matching lines:
    • Working from Spiritual Reality
    • real weight — comparatively speaking — as if they
    • weight is lacking.
    • not believe in a devil with horns and tail walking around in
    • with these words. Luther was caught up in the thinking and
    • post-Atlantean age, taking this with him into the godless
    • not as light as air, this knowledge has not come from looking
    • always look, it will also weigh the same. Just looking at
    • looking at objects provide? Illusion! If you regard the world
    • like someone who is looking at weights made of cardboard.
    • seeking to develop and how it must unite with the
    • have to be made from the familiar, comfortable way of looking
    • quite certain, that, generally speaking, people were afraid
    • of fire even then; they did not enjoy walking over red hot
    • speaking figuratively when they say they are afraid of
    • class. Later, the boy was walking in the street when a man who
    • we can actually say: These people are not thinking for
    • themselves, they are thinking in the general thinking
    • difficult than working with mere corpses of ideas. Humanity
    • first. And if this cooking process were to include the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 8: Abstraction and Reality
    Matching lines:
    • and purely intellectual thinking, and thinking which is based
    • on reality, in order to relate our thinking to the reality.
    • The natural tendency is to make our thinking
    • form of thinking like a net over everything in order to
    • for I have to apply unrealistic thinking to reality.
    • Unrealistic thinking is, of course, also part of reality. The
    • unrealistic thinking which has developed over the last three
    • thinking about the physical world in abstract terms. We can
    • then in human actions. And we can see how abstract thinking
    • philosophical and ideological thinking. We see philosophers
    • compared this with the idea that the best way of making sure
    • achievements of abstract thinking when it is addressing
    • Fundamentally speaking, such ideas are part of the
    • also provide the background to the forms we are now seeking
    • speaking, the people who are considered to be most
    • enlightened today are often working with old ideas, without
    • work I am speaking.
    • are dealing with reality in making them. It is especially
    • in taking the thought to its conclusion. If you do so with
    • negatively speaking, that so many people are still asleep to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 9: The Battle between Michael and 'The Dragon'
    Matching lines:
    • forms taken by the ahrimanic way of thinking.
    • same way the ahrimanic, mephistophelean way of thinking has
    • thinking. Once again, it is necessary to be fully and clearly
    • way of thinking, and carrying this on into ages when,
    • materialistic way of thinking and want to keep it, would then
    • thinking, too, is in great danger of sliding into the
    • ahrimanic way of thinking. Consider how some scientists are
    • thinking today in the field of geology, for instance. They
    • taking note of how its organs gradually change, or partly
    • up with the materialistic way of thinking that they cannot
    • materialistic way of thinking will unite with the moon powers
    • war and the events taking place in Russia — what would
    • this with the old ideas is barking up the wrong tree. The
    • behind all physical things. Talking about the spirit in vague
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 10: The Influence of the Backward Angels
    Matching lines:
    • was speaking of something quite concrete, namely the battle
    • thinking, the inner responses and the will impulses of human
    • epochmaking literary works would remain unknown? Surely we
    • appeared at that time which was more epoch-making and of more
    • certain views and ideas which were taking root in people's
    • human intellectuality, human thinking, responses and
    • What they are doing is no different from asking the stove to
    • Science is looking at life that has died.
    • clever then as the present generation does now in looking
    • Speaking of Laplace's theory and of Dewar they will say:
    • fully into the Spirit and attitudes of scientific thinking
    • childish then, with people taking dreams seriously! Just
    • Human thinking would be dry as dust,
    • empty and corrupt, for the vitality in our thinking has its
    • and modern thinking to be right, is like someone who cannot
    • see the need for roses to grow on bushes, making it necessary
    • present age; yet that particular way of thinking has provided
    • direction of life. The breath of life comes into our thinking
    • and acquire scientific attitudes and thinking; their
    • thinking, as it is called today, is not really done by
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 11: Recognizing the Inner Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • different spheres of life. Speaking of processes deep down in
    • what you would expect! Much of the thinking in our
    • that the thinking in their world is largely childish, but it
    • they are just hunks of meat walking on this earth or
    • are a living reality. Let us assume a creature walking this
    • Sun, which relates to sleeping and waking and takes 24 hours,
    • typical instance of the abstract way of thinking which must
    • real thought to them, yet are positively smacking their lips
    • have no more than this strange modern way of working in the
    • has gone so far in his abstract thinking that he identifies
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 12: The Spirits of Light and the Spirits of Darkness
    Matching lines:
    • spirits of darkness now walking among us are of the same kind
    • spirits’, the spirits of light. Fundamentally speaking,
    • was done by taking human beings from the heights of the
    • the individual and seeking to establish laws based on this,
    • of the ideals of race and nation would have been speaking in
    • tribal membership today is speaking of impulses which are
    • souls are taking in impulses which they will take with them
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 13: The Fallen Spirits' Influence in the World
    Matching lines:
    • of materialism as during those decades. All the thinking I
    • have characterized, thinking that leads to technical
    • physical thinking and is bound to the brain. A materialist
    • well defined and critical thinking so well developed as in
    • spirits of darkness were seeking to achieve in the 40s, 50s,
    • physical acumen on the one hand, and a way of seeking
    • become poets. Speaking of the time when they first began to
    • particularly striking example of many things which will come
    • things that everybody is talking about today is especially
    • yet before people will feel embarrassed at taking seriously
    • waking will only come when people begin to feel embarrassed
    • evidence of their being used up without anything new taking
    • seriousness. Many are still thinking exactly the as they did
    • sense of reality to see that this kind of thinking has a
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 14: Into the Future
    Matching lines:
    • are in the image of the spirit. Looking for the indirect
    • route by which the Archangels guided humanity by working with
    • attraction for the regular Archangels who were seeking to
    • which I have been speaking.
    • happening in reality. Looking at events in outer life, one
    • A significant battle is taking place among us, you will find.
    • the world today serves the purpose of rocking people to sleep
    • even at the most popular level of thinking, exactly during
    • organic evolution taking its course without involving
    • live on into the decades of which I am now speaking. Their
    • social democracy does not compare, historically speaking,
    • above all to encourage the physical intellect by working
    • not teach us anything. In materialistic thinking, sciences
    • thinking is based on premises according to which a science
    • position of the sun. Generally speaking, however, the course
    • whole civilized world. Salvation lies in making the whole of
    • scale capitalism had succeeded in making democracy into the
    • You need not be afraid that someone speaking out of
  • Title: Lecture: Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • decision-making ability that is independent of the divine spiritual
    • just this kind of human decision making. As I said, we do not want to
    • speaking in Old Testament terms. If we look at this interpretation,
    • can investigate, has limits to his whole thinking, in fact.
    • kingdom represent the content of all our thinking today. These
    • activity — he attains pure thinking, when he, attains this pure,
    • willed thinking which is something positive and real, when this
    • thinking works in him. And in
    • purified thinking.
    • abstract thinking, but in real thinking.
    • something has remained with us: pure thinking, namely, the real,
    • energetic thinking that originates from man himself, that is no
    • longer mere thinking, that is filled with experience, filled with
    • wanted to say that this thinking can become the impulse for moral
    • filtered down into pure thinking — and how, from there, one can
    • energy and power, the goal, the ideal, of again taking the fall of
    • natural scientists, these dreams were delivered in croaking tirades
    • “Huckle, get up! The sky is cracking!” But our modern
    • in turn is connected with the fact that along with a possible waking
    • this of course without making any insinuations) it has sometimes been
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • particular conception of the thinking human being, and, on the other
    • man uses his thinking chiefly in order to know as much as possible of
    • the outer kingdoms of Nature, and to grasp human life with the methods
    • of thinking gained through the usual way of looking at Nature. To-day
    • in the light of this thinking, acquired through the natural sciences as
    • believe that this conception of the thinking human being, of man who
    • arrange their life) has evolved from earlier ways of thinking. Modern
    • thinking is the direct outcome of mediaeval thinking. I have pointed
    • thinking are thought out with the methods of thinking that have
    • evolved from mediaeval thinking. An essential trait of
    • mediaeval thinking which entered modern thinking is that the activity
    • thinking is ignored altogether and there is no philosophy leading to
    • the contemplation of thinking itself. No notice at all is taken of
    • on the kingdoms of Nature are dead thoughts. The life of these
    • thoughts that we form to-day on the kingdoms of Nature and on the
    • life of man are dead while we are thinking them; they were endowed
    • habits of thinking were alive, were living elementary beings during our
    • are dead and for this reason they are abstract. But our thinking is
    • continues working there, within us, in a way which remains concealed
    • philosophers of a theory of knowledge speak of thinking, they
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Calendar of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • The Mysteries of the Kingdoms of Heaven in Parables and in
    • ‘the mysteries of the kingdoms of heaven shall be revealed in
    • considered to be parables at all. What man sees in the kingdoms
    • be seen in the kingdoms of mineral, plant, animal, and also in the
    • physical human kingdom, everything that makes an impression upon the
    • KingSt Mark, IV, 1–9).
    • The process of which He is speaking belongs to the kingdoms of outer
    • But when Christ Jesus is making clear to His disciples that He is one with
    • given to all men through all time to come — then He is speaking
    • of reality, He is speaking of the Spirit.
    • consider a particular example. — Going to sleep and waking is an
    • alternation of sleeping and waking in man, many will think of the
    • the processes of his own waking and going to sleep with the budding
    • feeling and through thinking; fatigue is evidence that we have worn
    • within us, and as the moment of waking approaches it is autumn;
    • to sleep must be compared with the season of spring and waking with that
    • Earth that it is not possible to speak of sleeping and waking,
    • amounts to taking away from the Easter festival the very feature that
    • expression of the feeling man has of the inter-working of
    • that the divine forces allied with the Earth are waking. And with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Spirit in the Realm of Plants
    Matching lines:
    • think of taking into his own spirit — as spiritual content —
    • spirit in objects, however, usually remain with speaking about the
    • discovery had a powerful influence on all thinking and feeling in
    • resistance that can come especially through the thinking into which
    • epoch-making discovery for botany but who did away, in a
    • who penetrates into the science of our time, working through the
    • realm without also adding the plant covering, we are looking only at
    • revealed. The human and animal organ isms reveal a waking and a
    • that winter and summer in the earth organism correspond to waking
    • its being. Waking and sleeping move around spatially: the earth
    • fronts us spiritually with conditions like waking and sleeping in
    • who made so fitting a remark about the alternation of waking and
    • body — the human being is neutralized. Waking is a divided, a
    • polar condition; in waking the soul is pointed, localized. Sleep is
    • stimulus). Waking is the condition of the soul stimulus influence:
    • loosened; in waking they are tightened.
    • inclined to consider a waking condition) is something that can only
    • condition as corresponding to the waking condition of the human
    • thinking and feeling can be in the realm of the sun activity. Just as
    • whatever arises and disappears in us during our waking state, what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • Man. Looking backward as it were, he speaks of a deeply
    • that those who shared Saint Martin's way of thinking still
    • to supplant his ways of thinking?” No, we should rather
    • conceive all that is working towards the Earth from the
    • to-day a great number of things are working in social life;
    • chemical, physical way of thinking can in a peculiar way be
    • way that the brain which is thinking these things is at the
    • outlook works upon the things which he is thinking, of
    • compatible with a non-national way of thinking.
    • international in their way of thinking.
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • how the knowledge and awareness of super-sensible impulses working
    • of thinking which was typical of the 19th century. This
    • latter way of thinking is convinced that all
    • working of mankind, is subject to a certain law of historic
    • human being; and inasmuch as I do so, I am already working
    • to ripen, — then it goes on working. A seed of thought
    • — to ripen. When it is ripened, it goes on working in
    • be recognised in its working through three generations, that
    • that the Earth has its true waking season; then it is that
    • have often pointed out, have not refrained from attacking
    • one on the first page of which [in German- speaking
    • Christmas Festival, properly speaking, belongs to the Easter
    • for the working out of world-historic seeds. But there is
    • would truly understand the working of events in history.
    • working in a favourable or in an unfavourable sense?
    • no matter how profane the impulse of your speaking is —
    • working with us, giving us that which becomes the guiding
    • it is working in the outer physical world.
    • will be those thoughts which take their start from seeking
    • taking seriously things which if seen in their true light can
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • were speaking through their constellations, — they did
    • that is to say, if, taking our start from birth, we find our
    • broadly speaking, they only want to “guard their pounds
    • say, I have been speaking of all this only in the briefest
  • Title: Lecture: The World Development in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • when speaking of these. The way in which I characterized the exit
    • this way we were able to grasp that during our waking state of
    • during our ordinary waking consciousness the world of thought
    • produces this waking state of consciousness).
    • our physical and etheric bodies at the moment of waking up. By
    • organs. By making the thought and will exercises of which I have
    • sphere of pure thinking, when he surrenders to the external
    • to the moment of waking up, must, as it were, connect itself
    • during the waking daytime condition with our thoughts and with
    • When speaking from
    • vegetable kingdoms, but all these substances which we absorb from
    • the animal and vegetable kingdoms also contain mineral
    • builds itself up from mineral substances. By taking in vegetable
    • By looking back
    • not the faintest inkling; namely, the activity of thinking. We
    • have left behind our thinking. Our thoughts continue, as it were,
    • the physical intermedium of thinking.
    • activity of thinking, we learn to recognize that this activity
    • which the forces of growth are active within us, thinking is
    • dulled. When we wake up, thinking must, so to speak, have a free
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Supersensible in the Human Being and in the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • with penetrating into human soul life and with asking in what way
    • natural-scientific way of thinking, in the form in which it
    • form of thinking that only lived within his own being, for the
    • that world conception of which I am now speaking, is frequently
    • found, if we apply the strict, exact method of thinking which is
    • this method of thinking in the right way.
    • explain thought, the activity of thinking, as something that is
    • thinking activity is eliminated. We see everywhere that even the
    • science, of which I am speaking, consequently seeks to penetrate
    • possible for everyone to reach at least the point of checking the
    • aim through purely super-sensible exercises of thinking.
    • reached the point of exact thinking. When I contemplate the
    • and its capacity of thinking — what formerly lived within
    • particularly through his thinking.
    • able to turn inward the force of thinking. Just as we live with
    • way we rise and render our thinking so strong through meditation
    • form of thinking. Whereas the other way of thinking — that
    • thinking which can be reached through meditation enables us to
    • meditation, through concentration within the life of thinking, we
    • advance from the ordinary abstract way of thinking to an
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • being by seeking to know what the universe is able to give them,
    • and as an introduction let me mention a few striking conceptions
    • applies to this sphere the same way of thinking, the same
    • way of thinking and a scientific mentality the foundations of
    • into the room where Sir Oliver Lodge was making his experiments.
    • our thought to a high degree, so that our way of thinking becomes
    • our thought to a high degree, so that our way of thinking becomes
    • alternating conditions of waking and sleeping, these above all
    • we constantly change over from the condition of waking to that of
    • life, swaying between the conditions of waking and sleeping. The
    • relating to the alternating conditions of waking and sleeping.
    • alternating conditions of waking and sleeping can be studied with
    • ordinary cognitive forces, but with a thinking intensified by
    • thinking in the same way in which a muscle is ordinarily
    • thinking to such an extent that it can live within its own
    • really attain to such a living way of thinking, then something
    • morphological way of thinking. Our thinking then contains a
    • if we learn to strengthen our thinking in the right way, if we
    • own soul. In the same way we know through imaginative thinking
    • to know these things through an intensification of thinking,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: East and West in the Light of the Christmas Idea
    Matching lines:
    • modern thinking it may perhaps sound strange that we are
    • taking place particularly in the present day both in the visible
    • and in the invisible world. We see people making presents to each
    • greatest reverence can be felt for it when looking back from its
    • civilization in general shows a faint trace of looking upon the
    • superficial way of looking at things makes people say that in
    • grasp this by looking upon it as a kind of prophecy that one day
    • man! The whole way of looking upon life was inspired by a
    • of looking upon life was inspired by a world-wide cosmology which
    • world by looking into Jesus' inner being and by establishing an
    • everlasting Cosmic Word speaking out of the stars. The Mystery of
    • Jupiter days are like a sentence speaking out of the cosmic
    • taking place in connection with the Mystery of Golgotha,
    • gained by looking at the world, as Paul did before he approached
  • Title: Lecture: Man and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • man's inner life. But essentially speaking, also the senses which
    • From inside we bring towards them our thinking, the power of
    • eye, I obtain an impression from outside, and my thinking power
    • through the representing or thinking power which comes from
    • outside to the inside, whereas the direction of his thinking goes
    • things in the right way must even say: We are then looking upon
    • earthly man is the living human being walking around, and to him
    • grasped by the thinking or representing capacity pertaining to
    • horizontal direction and are met from within by the thinking or
    • thinking capacity. This process, however, remains chaotic and
    • to us from the earth's metals, even as our thinking or
    • of fixed stars. Even as our thinking capacity streams towards our
    • waking consciousness and may then look upon the process of
    • waking life on earth, we perceive the objects around us. Our
    • thinking capacity counteracts. For this we need our physical and
    • the perceptive and thinking forces. If we imagine this
    • sense impressions and with our thinking activity. When the human
    • faintly, during his waking condition. When he is really asleep,
    • that a very faint sleeping state exists even during the waking
    • service of technical-earthly interests, it is, cruelly speaking,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Human Freedom and Its Connection with the Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • us when looking out into the world, it is an illusion which
    • which fills his waking consciousness. But when he considers his
    • waking concepts, then all this is not only a semblance or
    • semblance, which constitutes our waking perceptive life, did not
    • in short, into everything which, symbolically speaking, lies
    • — the higher beings of the kingdoms of Nature: plants,
    • of free impulses born out of pure thinking. But in the same
    • danger of passing through the portal of death without taking with
    • Mystery of Golgotha and the old way of looking at the beginning
    • aid of the forces working through the Gospel. This is what
    • When speaking of Christ, it pointed to the Sun.
    • have to teach, will not only imply looking at Christ, but being
  • Title: Lecture: Knowledge Pervaded with the Experience of Love
    Matching lines:
    • older forms of thinking can show us that in the past everything
    • whole extent of the mineral kingdom, was to him ashes falling out
    • speaking, in a world of light. But this light continues to shine
    • attacking the truths, and lay chief stress on personal attacks,
  • Title: Lecture: The Golden Legend and a German Christmas Play
    Matching lines:
    • thought. But in olden times, for those who through deeper thinking,
    • forsaking his original state, when he submitted to the Luciferic
    • the whole time man remains on Earth, ever looking forward to the
    • the Three Kings offering their gifts. A great deal of this was
    • people passed, each one took part by rocking the child for a moment.
    • events now taking place show us, for the very reason that, if we look
    • called the little children who may enter the kingdom of heaven. We do
    • men, that they can in a sense remain children — speaking
    • transform the Christmas thought into an impulse; and while looking up
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Thought and the Secret of the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • with the play of the Three Kings, who bring their gifts. Much of
    • people began thinking about having to perform these plays during
    • curious. In looking at how these Christmas plays arose and
    • things had to be made more comprehensible to the people. By making
    • only a rocking cradle was placed in front of them, and people began
    • to take part by walking by the cradle, each person rocking the
    • have just been speaking. The situation itself poured its holiness
    • This book by Ernst Haeckel points to what is now taking place on the
    • mentions these thoughts with the background of looking at the world
    • prohibited from looking for a meaning of the earth in a spiritual
    • This is what Haeckel means. Looking for meaning is not permitted!
    • for and believe in meaning by looking just at what is going on now
    • different from looking at the same matter in a completely different
    • events that are taking place so painfully today that earthly life
    • conquered hearts, souls: the power that arose on looking at the
    • enter the kingdom of heaven” — this is not where it
    • our life (I am now speaking directly, not in a pictorial way) in
    • we can do this by looking toward the human being as he develops
    • taking place. But this spiritual aspect takes place in the right
    • Since looking up
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Zarathustra
    Matching lines:
    • Looking upon this evolution as a rational progress into which new
    • difference between a dream and ordinary waking consciousness. Such as
    • between waking and sleep and in these states man was face to face
    • states between waking and sleep when the spiritual world appeared
    • saw the working and the weaving of the spirit behind the physical
    • logical thinking which we regard as the most important feature of
    • and clearer. Looking into the past, we see the Ahrimanic powers in
    • Zervane Akarene — Zaruana Akarana. Taking the concept of
    • was thinking of these helpers of Ormuzd when he wrote at the
    • the forces affecting the animal kingdom. The Frawashars are to be
    • and working in him. The human head was to them the visible expression
    • kingdom of Brahman. But shun the world of the Asuras, those beings
  • Title: Lecture: Hermes
    Matching lines:
    • his knowledge by speaking of it as a renewal of the wisdom given to
    • possessed a clairvoyant consciousness unlike our waking
    • general was concerned, the old clairvoyance died out entirely. Waking
    • active thinking. After having been active in soul, we may then be
    • thinking and conceptual activity. Ultimately we perceive in our soul
    • the form that has been built up by our active thinking. Now the act
    • of thinking bears the same relation to the final thought, the
    • kingdoms of Nature: in the stones with their forms based on
    • instrument for the soul-activities of Feeling, Willing and Thinking
    • which enable the soul-powers to have real experiences without making
    • shown in picture form the processes taking place in his inner being.
    • to prevent the blood stream from taking a wrong path. These
    • writing were derived from processes taking place in the Heavens.
    • in the year 1322 before our era, were looking up to the Heavens. He
    • each, with five additional days — making three hundred and
    • was working was preceded by another, when all beings — not only
    • stages are to be seen in the three kingdoms of Nature. The first
    • the beings of the three lower kingdoms of Nature and had finally
    • seeking the fulfilment of our own existence in Their mighty powers of
  • Title: Lecture: On the Nature of Butterflies
    Matching lines:
    • Nature — as a rule people do so rather without thinking
    • to be aroused regarding the actual working of this Spirit, we cannot
    • In thinking
    • the scientist do? Generally speaking he takes scant notice of Nature
    • working and only concerns himself with the microscope, in other words
    • so, but anyone speaking the truth is deemed mad. People really view this
  • Title: Memory and Love
    Matching lines:
    • imagine, for example, that thinking is a purely spiritual act, and that
    • independent as human thinking is, it could not take its course here in
    • here on similar occasions. When a man is walking, the ground he walks on
    • same with thinking. In essence, thinking is certainly not a
    • human thinking In short, my dear friends, here in earthly life there is
    • We can never say that we have knowledge of an organ by looking directly
    • with in-breathing and out-breathing, and also with sleeping and waking.
    • looking within ourselves and finding there the world of the spirit, down
    • understand that I am speaking figuratively, but the picture is in
    • between going to sleep and waking, and now he is telling us something
    • between going to sleep and waking this is not the whole story, just as
    • between going to sleep and waking, actually experiences a kind of
    • is not simply that between going to sleep and waking — the sleep
    • is not simply that between going to sleep and waking man has a
    • waking, it is seen that man really experiences the going backward of
    • till waking, man lives without his body through what he has done with
    • going to sleep and waking, we have something that goes through the gate
    • body. Between going to sleep and waking his essential being widens if he
    • higher Hierarchies; looking out from within, becoming one with ourself.
    • speaking and singing — the physiological working together of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Experiences of Sleep and their Spiritual Background
    Matching lines:
    • In speaking of the life of the soul, a certain expression in common use
    • and working with experiment, observation and the combining power of
    • of the soul any further than that during waking life, ideas, feelings,
    • admit that, taking what can be learned about the experiences of the soul
    • knowledge, that all thinking, feeling and willing, as they are present
    • to be simply remembered in the waking life. From the way the dream plays
    • between going to sleep and waking. I have already described this region
    • consciousness all that we can say is that whereas from waking to going
    • during the time between going to sleep and waking. If the soul has any
    • being able thus consciously during waking life to experience in a
    • of the soul from going to sleep to waking as if they were experienced in
    • limited to the time between going to sleep and waking. For it works into
    • during waking life. We carry within us during the day, from waking until
    • unconsciously between going to sleep and waking.
    • consciousness of the fact that is lacking — you feel like a wave
    • forsaken and alone. It is like sinking into an abyss. If a man were to
    • the world of our waking hours. Hence one feels — one would
    • that when you experience something consciously in waking life, a great
    • ordinary waking consciousness can lift into consciousness the pulsation
    • time between going to sleep and waking is of great significance in its
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Reincarnation and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • truths come to man without his seeking; the literary supplements
    • thinking, which underlies the researches of Natural Science of
    • making these objections is correct; but one finds oneself in the
    • pass by without specially thinking about them. Then someone
    • of Nature's workings. His errors will rectify themselves. If he
    • contemporaries object to serious thinking. In truth, those who
    • superficial way of thinking, they know nothing at all on the
    • Honest thinking
    • psychologist, when speaking of soul-forms. The shape of the
    • they must be looked upon as causes and effects taking place in
    • particularly mention that I should never dream of attacking
  • Title: Lecture: Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • in asking first of all: “What becomes of the oxygen,
    • taking place within him, and if life could be maintained
    • embarrassed in speaking of life at all, and when all life was
    • one direction, and a continual sinking-into itself of another
    • course, I am speaking here with the limitation which this
    • man is. Every man is working towards the formation of what is
    • animal. The species in the animal kingdom corresponds to the
    • individual in man. Now in the animal kingdom every creature
    • at a certain maturity and has the opportunity of taking up
    • turns into wood in the plant kingdom, but in its place
    • up our life by making use of what we have acquired in our
    • know, indeed, that I am speaking figuratively; but all the
    • possibility of looking behind the Ego, as it were? Yes,
    • of consciousness in waking-up and in going to sleep. So long
    • in progress consists in feeling on awaking, enriched through
    • waking-day life, fill himself with a content not permeated by
    • himself a retrospect into former lives by looking towards the
    • necessary. The possibility of looking into the past can only
  • Title: Lecture: The Elementary Kingdoms
    Matching lines:
    • The Elementary Kingdoms
    • The Working of Natural Substance and Spiritual Essence in the
    • The Working of Natural Substance and Spiritual Essence in the
    • ELEMENTARY KINGDOMS.THE NATURE OF THE ELEMENTARY BEINGS,
    • the generally designated as the Elementary Kingdoms,
    • Elementary Kingdoms belong to what lies behind the world
    • kingdom of the sense-world, which are accessible to human
    • observation. Here, in the physical sense-world, four kingdoms
    • are spread out before our senses: the mineral kingdom, the
    • vegetable kingdom, the animal kingdom, and the kingdom of
    • clear idea as to the precise nature of these four kingdoms;
    • into the first, second and third elementary kingdoms. It is
    • mineral kingdom. All apparently lifeless beings, all
    • minerals, belong to this kingdom. You are told, to begin
    • to say: “The mineral kingdom is something which has,
    • the very opposite of what takes place in the kingdom of man
    • and in the animal kingdom. On the Devachanic plane, it is not
    • just as, imaginatively speaking your fingernails do not each
    • plane? In which one of the three kingdoms does it live? And
    • kingdom. This is the peculiar characteristic of the human
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: 'Goethe's Faust' from the Point of View of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • pleasure of speaking to you in earlier lectures.
    • and fool speaking from some fantastic imagination. He is made
    • everything living, in all the kingdoms of nature, in the
    • elements of the body out of all the kingdoms of nature in
    • lowest kingdom and rise higher and higher. The human soul is,
    • in the first place, sent to the mineral kingdom. There man is
    • informed that he has to pass through the vegetable kingdom:
    • out of the kingdoms of nature. There the soul unites with
    • entrance into the spiritual kingdom coincides with the
  • Title: Lecture: Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • which we stand, least of all excluded from taking part in the
    • pay homage to the kingly Being who is entering man's evolution.
    • Kings’ in the spiritual sense of the word: magic kings come to
    • pay homage to the great spiritual King Who appears in the high
    • order to reach the height of the spiritual King whom the magic
    • kings came to welcome. And so does the Spirit-King of St.
    • again do we see the Spirit-King enter human evolution: that
    • which must be enmity against the Spirit-King feels itself
    • challenged in the figure of Herod; and the spiritual King must
    • flee before that which is the enemy of spiritual kingship. So
    • Spirit-King, of Zarathustra reincarnate, the flower of human
    • surrounded by the three magic spirit-kings themselves, by
    • the Spirit-King Whom we see in the spirit surrounded by the
    • Spirit-King, the flower and summit of earthly evolution. It is
    • From kingly castles, sped the spirit-beings,
    • shown to the magic kings, but to the poor shepherds from the
    • spiritual kings, magic kings. The Child of St. Luke's Gospel
    • the world felt itself challenged by his kingly spiritual power.
    • flowing mood, making the Jesus-Being intimate to the human
    • we see this power working blessing as sunshine, as forces in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Galileo, Giordano Bruno, and Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • to-day. For we are now speaking of the days before the
    • quotation, for one could quite well go on making
    • had no idea that Aristotle was speaking of the Etheric
    • manner of thinking with the intellect does not go back very
    • far. This habit or manner of thinking with the intellect,
    • thinking was so rigidly mathematical. In illustration of this
    • seeking.
    • is the fact that, if we would be consistent in speaking of
    • working and weaving of Nature in the physical world, was
    • everything, working in a concrete way from plant to plant,
  • Title: Lecture: On the Occasion of Goethe's Birthday
    Matching lines:
    • himself. Goethe's personality is a striking example of the
    • Taking, for example, chemistry and physics, we see how
    • more striking tendencies, — as we might call them
    • everywhere, even theoretically speaking, that the mass of
    • of the body, and working apart through its bodily
    • during the last few decades, spiritual life has been breaking
    • without shrinking from the trouble. This is why I never
  • Title: Lecture: The Errors of Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • averse to such mediumistic personalities taking into their
    • in reasonable fashion without making himself a partisan of
    • preserved for himself the freedom of looking away from his
    • own standpoint, and asking: — how has my soul then,
    • seeking to deceive us, by presenting themselves in lying form
    • strong, making it possible to experience with strong content
    • longer making use of it — as if one stood at an abyss,
    • and ideas of the healthy human understanding, thereby making
    • investigation of truth. Otherwise, listeners, lazy or lacking
  • Title: Lecture: Factors of Karma, Deficiencies in Psychoanalysis
    Matching lines:
    • News for English-speaking Members of
    • and women (for ladies, too, are taking part in these things)
    • meaning this wrecking of a plan in life may have for the human
    • also working in the man's subconsciousness certain
    • aspects of his life, which, by a true working of destiny, have
    • then you will understand how many things are working upward
    • waking life largely belongs to the present incarnation,
    • I quote it here because I am now speaking in a wider sense of the
    • school, I dreamt I was walking past yonder lake, and in the
    • teacher had been talking. No doubt he kept his thoughts to
    • working. And it works in such a way as to expunge from the soul
    • to another. There is a whole complex of forces, working
    • incarnation. We may say therefore: The working of the
    • comes from the etheric.) The working of the astral body is
    • much of the working of the Karma of vocation finds expression.
    • physical body is developing, forces are working in (or rather,
    • is what shapes the situations of our life. (It goes on working, of
    • works to re-create it. In the working together of these
    • say, primitively speaking, 1 and 4, and 2 and 3, work upon one
  • Title: Lecture: Matter Incidental to the Question of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • News for English-speaking Members of
    • product of the thinking of the present time. So many of us
    • intelligence. In their artistic creations they are looking
    • was making the report, the Government policy had changed and
    • there; nay, more, he was making good, for he proved just as
    • the law-courts. He hears nothing; only once, as he is walking
    • two points into relation — looking at them both together.
    • societies knew how to reckon with human characters, taking the
    • at length to reach the goal which we are seeking in this course
  • Title: Lecture: Hereditary Impulses and Impulses from Previous Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • News for English-speaking Members of
    • speaking of this question, no calling need be thought
    • this connection they are generally thinking more or less
    • seven-year periods. Broadly speaking, as you know, the physical
    • transmitted to the descendants; but speaking in the sense of
    • in some way can be near to his soul, then, looking downward,
    • goes into our bodily organisation, making it the image of our
    • looking out upon wide perspectives, — but they have very
    • are working to bring about the very things they judge so truly.
    • stronger individuality was speaking; one felt the active rising
    • Stuart Mill and Herzen! Mill, speaking in the first place
    • conglomerated mediocrity! ... Looking to what was said by
    • followers and make it appear that one is speaking out of very
    • peculiar constitution — for immense forces were working
    • circles. Most of the occultists who were working with serious
    • People to-day are fond of thinking at short range, and so there
    • was working in a town belonging to the Section of which I was
    • that time in eliminating or side-tracking many things. Well, we
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of Man to the Hierarchies
    Matching lines:
    • News for English-speaking Members of
    • and so on. We speak of these kingdoms of the super-sensible
    • Worlds just as we speak of the animal kingdom, the plant
    • kingdom, the mineral kingdom, the elemental kingdom, and
    • kingdoms which he then finds in his physical environment: the
    • human kingdom, the animal kingdom, the plant kingdom, the
    • mineral kingdom and so on. And when he passes through the
    • rises to the higher kingdoms which tower upward stage by stage
    • from below, just as the kingdoms of Nature descend from above.
    • thinking of his God, but whether he is really doing so. We from
    • conceiving, who imagine that they are thinking of their
    • are only looking up to an Angel-being. You may search through
    • man, then the animal kingdom, the plant kingdom, the mineral
    • kingdom.
    • fancy, every one of them is speaking of his own God,
    • am looking up to my Angel,’ but says to himself, ‘I am
    • looking up to the one and unique God.’ He is living in a nebulous
    • that he is looking up to God, while in reality he is not
    • even looking up to an Archangel. By this untrue conception he
    • who ought not to be working in the soul creep in. That is to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of Christ in the Human Soul
    Matching lines:
    • soul, is working its way up through the present course of world
    • become as little children, ye shall not enter into the Kingdom
    • into the Kingdom of Heaven” — impels us to look
    • evolution. And in our own present time, when all that is taking
    • Kingdom of Heaven.”
    • thinking, declares in its simplicity that the human being
    • way of thinking, my dear friends. For, if we look upon the true
    • impulses working upon it are distributed in time. Let us
    • must enter into the waking consciousness of humanity what
    • into the Kingdom of Heaven.” The thought of equality
    • himself in full clear waking consciousness such cosmic thoughts
    • be expressed, eliminate self-seeking from the human soul. When
    • the force of self-seeking, you have then, my dear friends,
    • especially into the soul, overcoming sickness, making the
    • self-seeking: to overcome self-seeking through love, the mere
    • to achieve — perhaps, from a self-seeking motive —
    • human thinking is always perverted. Some one who
    • “My Kingdom,” said Christ, “is not of this
    • path to the Kingdom where He abides to give us strength, where
    • be a manifestation. “My Kingdom is not of this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Mysteries (Die Geheimnisse)
    Matching lines:
    • The Working of Natural Substance and Spiritual Essence in
    • Three Holy Kings, according to the tradition of the Christian
    • been brought here. Another legend relates that a Danish king
    • the Three Holy Kings. After he had returned home he had a
    • dream; in his dream the three kings appeared to him and offered
    • king awoke the three kings had vanished, but the chalices
    • understand that the king in his dream attained a certain
    • symbolic meaning of these three kings, these three wise men of
    • was possible for the king to receive these three virtues as
    • concealed in the three kings who brought their offerings to
    • Oriental Kings, and only with the deepest understanding may we
    • Later the idea was formed that the first king was the
    • saw in the three kings and their homage a union of the
    • imbue his feeling, thinking and his will-impulses in gazing
    • king attained an understanding of the Wise Men, of the three
    • Kings, and because he had attained it they bestowed on him
    • And longing for a little food and drinking,
    • O'erlooking all the country 'fore him spreading,
    • kings, and with its inner meaning. This star has an enduring
    • opens the mind for the gifts which the Danish king received
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 1. Angels, Folk Spirits, Time Spirits: their part in the Evolution of Mankind.
    Matching lines:
    • The lectures in this volume explore the nature and working of the
    • man's thinking today. I therefore beg especially those of our
    • which are really somewhat remote from the thinking, feeling and
    • asking a great deal of our present age to believe in the existence of
    • have already prepared the ground. We see the ego working with the
    • speaking of Old Saturn, Old Sun and Old Moon conditions another
    • working upon their etheric or life-body and are transmuting it into
    • his spiritual body as in his waking life. How remarkable would be
    • to form an idea of Beings living and working as it were with their
    • your mental attitude, for the kingdom of heaven is at hand.”
    • who at the present time are working from the spiritual aura of the
    • activity of the Archangels working down from above, from within their
    • wonderful pattern reveals the working of the various
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 2. Normal and abnormal Archangels and Time Spirits.
    Matching lines:
    • The lectures in this volume explore the nature and working of the
    • of potent forces which would not be suitable for working so
    • time are created and determined by the higher Beings working on the
    • as they ought to be on Earth, but are now for the first time working
    • work within man and create a certain way of thinking, a quite
    • backward Spirits of Form. Thus the way of thinking is an expression
    • when; furthermore, the mode of thinking which was brought about from
    • works through the brain (working. not as a normal Time Spirit, but
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 3. The inner Life of the Folk Spirits. Formation of the Races.
    Matching lines:
    • The lectures in this volume explore the nature and working of the
    • the Beings of the animal, plant and mineral kingdoms. And so man can
    • and mineral kingdoms.
    • spiritual realities in which it dwells, as man dwells in the kingdom
    • stocktaking place externally. But the inner reality is that the
    • meet with other examples which afford a striking illustration of this
    • of Form four stages beyond man and other Beings working in the same
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 4. The Evolution of Races and Civilization.
    Matching lines:
    • The lectures in this volume explore the nature and working of the
    • of the mineral kingdom. In the second seven years, between the ages
    • age. Western man will still be able to benefit mankind by making
    • specific human attributes of thinking, feeling and willing. The
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 5. Manifestation of the Hierarchies in the Elements of Nature.
    Matching lines:
    • The lectures in this volume explore the nature and working of the
    • Hierarchical ladder. Below him are the three kingdoms of nature, the
    • animal, vegetable and mineral kingdoms. Above him are the Angels, the
    • wheel only when it is no longer working.
    • formative Light, the trinity of the second Hierarchy, are working
    • who stream forth to meet the activity of the Spirits of Form working
    • life consists of thinking, feeling and willing; his outer vehicles
    • outer envelope — thinking, feeling and willing.
    • body, etheric body and astral body; thinking, feeling and willing —
    • between thinking, feeling and willing, first of all in his own inner
    • correspondence between the elements of thinking, feeling and willing
    • considering Earth-existence in this way we first described thinking,
    • feeling and willing and the working of Love outside our Earth planet
    • working of the Hierarchies more and more clearly in the truths
    • the astral plane, the Beings normally working from the depths,
    • fulfilled their normal evolution, would be working from without. The
    • from without, from the celestial spheres, but here they are working
    • Spirits of Wisdom are working from without, and the Spirits of Will,
    • working from within who should really be working from without. They
    • working from the depths. These singular Spirits of Movement who have
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 6. The Five Root Races of Mankind.
    Matching lines:
    • The lectures in this volume explore the nature and working of the
    • We must envisage these Beings as originally working inward from the
    • Jupiter, Mars, Venus and Mercury, speaking in terms of the seven
    • such Mystery Oracle the truths of which we are now speaking were
    • participation of the abnormal Spirits of Form working from the
    • the line linking the focal points or centres in my diagram a few days
    • looks up to the normal Spirits of Form, the Elohim, he is looking up
    • working especially upon the respiration, these activities of the
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 7. Advance of Folk Spirits to the Rank of Time Spirits.
    Matching lines:
    • The lectures in this volume explore the nature and working of the
    • own special part by working within a particular people. This is a
    • developed, working (in a certain respect) parallel with the Christian
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 8. The Five Post-Atlantean Civilizations.
    Matching lines:
    • The lectures in this volume explore the nature and working of the
    • insight into the hidden workings of that world. Now imagine
    • Cosmos, and could read in the Akashic Record what was taking place in
    • at a higher stage than the Germanic-Nordic peoples. The working of
    • of this whole world, the working of the Angels and Archangels, both
    • on, then we are making a superficial study of comparative religion;
    • Teutonic peoples not only preserved a memory of the working of the
    • working directly upon his soul; he saw the human soul wresting its
    • upon themselves the important task of working into the souls of men.
    • capacity Odin had undergone Initiation by drinking at the spring of
    • have a long ancestry, which he himself still sees as a working of the
    • and void comes forth again out of Pralaya where the kingdoms of
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 9. Loki - Hodur and Baldur - Twilight of the Gods.
    Matching lines:
    • The lectures in this volume explore the nature and working of the
    • power working into their souls. You may possibly find it difficult to
    • speak of Lucifer, we are speaking of that which has thrust man down
    • and is strikingly illustrated at a certain moment in history. The
    • inward path. Where the Luciferic powers are lurking he will not allow
    • which arise from muddled thinking, at almost every turn. Imagine the
    • normally alternate between waking and sleeping. When he gazed into
    • waking consciousness, he was blind to it. Thus he alternated between
    • your mental attitude, for the Kingdom of Heaven is at hand!” In
    • attitude for the Kingdom of Heaven is at hand!” They could
    • understand the words: “The Kingdom of Heaven is nigh unto you
    • Initiates had taught Nordic man that a change was taking place in the
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 10. The Mission of Individual Peoples and Cultures in the Past, Present and Future.
    Matching lines:
    • The lectures in this volume explore the nature and working of the
    • still working in from prehistoric times and imbued with clairvoyant
    • culture with great devotion, thus looking forward prophetically to
    • in His three bodies the capacities of feeling, thinking and willing.
    • It is a human feeling, thinking and willing into which the Divine
    • feeling, thinking and willing descends. The European man will only
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 11. Nerthus, Freyja and Gerda.
    Matching lines:
    • The lectures in this volume explore the nature and working of the
    • gradually evolving soul the workings of this old vision of the Gods
    • until the moment of waking spreads out over the Macrocosm, so too the
    • repeat again and again, namely, that materialistic thinking will have
    • feelings and our thinking and in the Anthroposophical goal we set
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • taking my start from these words of Hermes, I may perhaps be allowed
    • performances themselves some observations linking them with the
    • really grasp by looking beyond the whole historical tradition of
    • powerful in its particular workings. It did not confine itself to a
    • its inspiration was so strong that some of those particular workings
    • necessities of European civilisation, making themselves felt ever
    • rape of ancient clairvoyance by modern knowledge was already taking
    • for making armaments. But men no longer feel that this kind of mental
    • when Socrates first wrested scientific thinking from the old unified
    • result. Because forces are already working towards the reunification
    • harsh as King Thoas in
    • inspirers of European spiritual life working to conjure up out of the
    • may acknowledge that the thinking which has inspired our work for
    • many years, the thinking which has always been present with us as a
    • foodstuffs and thinking through the instrument of the brain were not
    • still felt at that time that thinking was alive there, that hope was
    • I am speaking of the three figures Luna, Astrid, Philia, the true
    • succeed to the full extent of our capacities. This undertaking proves
    • making our puny sacrifice — the sacrifice of modern
    • wonderful to see how each individual in undertaking his or her by no
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • development and formation of the ego principle, making it firmer and
    • task of making man clairvoyant, today they devote themselves to the
    • felt: ‘I absorb into myself the substance of the plant kingdom
    • in the world around me (a plant kingdom quite different from our
    • is taking in forces which are active in the inner earth, whereas
    • entirely the usual way of looking at things today, our own habits and
    • in ancient times. Now there were also other gods working in like
    • If Eros were not working upon the human body, if Demeter had
    • of the world. We do not come to know the world merely by looking at it.
    • time of Atlantis up to the present day a force has been working on
    • emanating from the ether body and working upon the physical body,
    • physical body, it is saying that one form of Hecate is working in
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • manner of thinking if we are to enter deeply into the mission of
    • is peculiar to our modern way of looking at things to draw a sharp
    • you as the working of the Demeter or the Persephone forces in the
    • if out of the bosom of the surrounding universe; in looking at it we
    • ourselves we can observe that out of a vague, unthinking brooding,
    • that he felt working within him the forces which caused thought to
    • When we are speaking microcosmically they are the forces in us which
    • our lasting emotions. Macrocosmically speaking they are forces more
    • Microcosmically speaking we have to look upon the physical body as
    • lacking, just as it is in the case of certain physical substances.
    • man does not do that. The normal man experiences the interworking of
    • himself, feels a mixture, a harmonious or inharmonious working
    • you have a still weaker impression if you are thinking with the same
    • more or less how it is done. By thinking of the relative sizes of
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • epoch, and through their instrumentality became kings and priests,
    • speaking of the ones who only inspired men, but of those who really
    • clairvoyant kings and priests were inspired by Angels, so Zarathustra
    • the death of the Earth? Not at all. I have just been speaking, for
    • of Beings working on another planet who yearn after some other
    • the bodies of the gods has become star. Looking up into the starry
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • what these gods were trying to do, what they were seeking to gain by
    • the domination of a hierarchy which is seeking to lay hold of the
    • Poseidon as the macrocosmic representative of the forces working in
    • all these laws at some time concentrated in a human body, walking
    • about, making use of hands and feet’ ... a modern man would
    • man of Atlantean mould walking about in Atlantis just like other
    • looking upon this denizen of Atlantis who was Zeus ... such an
    • walking about as an Atlantean appears to be concentrated in an
    • looking at the matter in the right light we see that however much
    • for making the elder Dionysos, Dionysos Zagreus, a son of Persephone
    • in asking: ‘Is Dionysos the younger alive today?’ Yes,
    • into the world and forms the mental atmosphere of the banking and
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • should we have spent so much time talking about the world of the
    • aspect. Abstract logic, abstract intellectual thinking, is always
    • because there is so much unclear thinking, that what I mean by the
    • plane, he would be making a mistake. In the higher worlds things look
    • the physical plane; only we are looking at it from within, and
    • his ego is taken into account, he does not belong. No more striking
    • the Earth had not endowed man with the ego, men would be walking
    • about with quite different-looking physical forms. Secretly, in the
    • he had brought over from the Moon without taking in the Earth
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • But we shall understand one another if we begin by asking how it is
    • thinking. Knowledge does not come of itself. The human being has to
    • talking expressly of the content, or of the activity of mental
    • happens in our souls in the forming of ideas and in thinking, the
    • am not walking about out here, that is not me. I must get inside the
    • understand thinking is about as clever as looking into a mirror to
    • cognition, we have to say: ‘No part of what thinking is,
    • time between death and a new birth these forces go on working. But in
    • lacking in clarity; they will carp at all sorts of things in the way
    • if we are speaking in the true sense of the higher worlds. Hence you
    • be compared with him. Hence it is no good looking for the figure of
    • upon Nietzsche — we are told that King Midas asked Silenus, the
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • occult experiences of the kind we have been speaking of has to
    • must accept the impossibility of making everything good in this life.
    • so on. It may be that just when one is most self-seeking one puts on
    • his environment without taking into consideration the Saturn, Sun and
    • evolutions was occupied in working upon the spiritual element which
    • the further working of the forces of the etheric body has been, it
    • striking, something of the highest significance. One comes to know
    • making ancient Saturn or Cronos, as the Greeks called him, the
    • were divine-spiritual Beings working directly on Saturn, Sun and Moon
    • Beings working directly in Saturn, Sun and Moon just as air surrounds
    • whose range is properly speaking more comprehensive, I mean those who
    • about thoughts. Thinking is a process which goes on in us, and while
    • designate these two generations of gods working side by side by
    • spoke of Jehovah or Jahve, they were speaking of Him, and that all
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • densification of the body is taking place in the human organisation.
    • of the higher hierarchies were working within it. At that time man
    • Spiritual Science as in their nature working through the Earth.
    • to beings of another kingdom, in the formation of which they were
    • animals. We have to think of the spiritual forces as working
    • influence upon man himself, working into his formation as if from the
    • But little by little other forces working from within the Earth
    • influence, upon which on the contrary the forces working into the
    • active. They are the creatures belonging to the bird kingdom. Our
    • those which work mainly on the bird kingdom, and, in a broader field
    • kingdom, forces streaming in from cosmic space are predominantly at
    • structure of the other members of the animal kingdom. In the
    • structure of the bird there is something very striking, even to
    • as regards creatures covered with hair. Forces working upward from
    • the Earth, forces working in the opposite direction from those in the
    • nature; there is something else working in me all the
    • taking place in us and the normal consciousness of present-day man
    • kingdoms of Nature which are our environment. Yes; we must face the
    • withstands the test, spiritual revelations are never lacking; though
    • used the word ‘Phantom’ when speaking of this
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • In this way he shows that he is seeking for an explanation of the
    • comes from speaking, not speaking from the speech-organ. That is what
    • for then one is thinking-out a theory of the universe, and a
    • working as a solvent, as a destructive influence upon our egotism. We
    • looking for ordeals, would be the first to run into them. For
  • Title: Lecture: The Mission of Raphael in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • figures stand there, making us feel that they emerge suddenly out of the
    • Raphael's creations went on working after the painter's death as a living
    • pictures we feel that something would be lacking if the creative, formative
    • of humanity. Spiritual Science is seeking the meaning and purpose in the
    • then to Florence, then to Rome. Fundamentally speaking, his life ran its
    • upon his words, but who had now deserted him and were looking with apparent
    • visualizing him in the company of artists and painters working at his
    • him in the kingdom of Nature. Spiritual Science knows that man contains
    • in greater or lesser proximity to him in the kingdom of Nature. Man
    • the mineral kingdom. In a wider perspective we look back to ages when
    • in which only later was incorporated into the kingdoms which now stand
    • whence the being of man proceeds. Speaking figuratively we cannot but
    • again in waking or dream life, whose gaze, once experienced, is with
    • soul like this, looking out into the wide universe, — a soul which
    • or was speaking those uplifting, godly words to Christian devotees,
    • worked upon the world. How this working of the gods is experienced
    • the workings of human fantasy, we can understand the depths of inner
  • Title: Lecture: About Horses That Can Count and Calculate
    Matching lines:
    • extraordinary was taking place. The owner of the horse called in strangers,
    • thinking, the whole mathematical conception, is something far more objective
    • than one generally thinks. The whole mathematical thinking is something
    • The foundation of mathematical thinking can be explained by the fact
    • of the whole earth. I could not help thinking: If we run a wire to the
    • amount of affection for the man, no thinking will then be required in
  • Title: Lecture: The National Epics With Especial Attention to the Kalevala
    Matching lines:
    • The Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature,
    • Kingdoms of Nature,
    • of making it possible within that time of adding the two announced public
    • belong to the human kingdom; how the whole way through the Iliad he
    • stands alone with regard to the human kingdom, and on the other hand
    • form and manner of thinking and perceiving we have acquired in the process
    • out with Agamemnon. And we continually see superhuman powers taking
    • by taking the forms of mortal men, inspiring them as it were, leading
    • the field of action on which the facts take place of which we are speaking,
    • that I am speaking as a stranger, and as such can only speak of the
    • we are speaking of a soul-power whose expressions we cannot really make
    • powers of human intellect and reason — the present manner of thinking
    • were not speaking of himself when he says “Sing to me oh Muse,
    • can see that Brunnhilde also is in a certain way capable of working
    • old clairvoyants as a superhuman Cosmic Power, working in man somewhat
    • connected, keep up its special results through the endless working referred
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture I: The Michael Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • his way to something new. In speaking of the course that the external
    • the various kingdoms of nature within it. This is the milieu in
    • activity of the forces and substances within our skin, so, by taking
    • blossoming of every flower, in the breaking open of the buds, in that
    • our overcoat in winter and lighter clothes in summer and taking an
    • waking-sleep, one might say — to enter into the doings of the
    • generally speaking, people feel they
    • wanes and autumn draws on; the season of sinking down and dying that
    • cosmic waking-sleep, with the elemental beings to the region where
    • sensitive to the secret workings of nature, and thus participates
    • will come to realise how he has been living through a waking-sleep of
    • taking form: my life is full of shooting-stars, miniature
    • blood. He must learn to keep the Michael Festival by making it a
    • turns from the iron which is used for making engines and looks up
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture II: The Christmas Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • looking at the sulphur-process. When we consider the tendency of
    • looking at the mercurial process. And if we turn our gaze to the
    • see as growing, sprouting life, we are looking at the salt-process.
    • result of the cooking or combustion process. This falling down of ash
    • still be working on a miniature scale. The flea would never come to
    • taking this in the widest sense to connote a physical deposit,
    • exemplified in the way ordinary cooking-salt dissolved in a glass of
    • reinvigorated. The quicksilver principle, working into the
    • is always seeking to tear itself away from the Earth. If
    • whole experience of thinking would be different. We should then have
    • garment has to be inwardly rounded, taking on the quicksilver
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture III: The Easter Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • the cosmos. The limestone's spiritual thinking qualities are dulled,
    • is much more exposed to all the Ahrimanic workings in the
    • him, so that he becomes a crude materialist, thinking and
    • Lucifer, working in the astral and striving towards the
    • influences by studying the working of the Ahrimanic beings in
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture IV: The St. John Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • thinking of the Christmas season, we had to start from the way in
    • have been turning our eyes on the active working of the spiritual in
    • So we can say: On looking downwards, we have an impression of
    • silver-sparkling crystal lines and waves are working within myself?
    • were speaking of autumn, I had to name Michael as the most
    • seeking to embody himself in a vesture of light, appears in the time
    • intelligence arises fundamentally from the working together of
    • working of the fixed stars of the Zodiac; Uriel, who in his thoughts
    • seeking to become the living growth of the following year.
    • of the working together of Spirit-Father with Earth-Mother, bearing
    • instantly, perhaps by making artistic use of vaporous substances or
    • looking up to the heights we would be looking at the weaving gold of
    • fact that the Christ, though the working together of the
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture V: The Working Together of the Four Archangels
    Matching lines:
    • WORKING TOGETHER OF THE FOUR ARCHANGELS
    • of man in the world, we must seek it through the working together of
    • talking in just the same way as if someone said: “There is no
    • these people talk in speaking of the combustion of oxygen and carbon
    • (red arrows), seeking to permeate us with the Sun-gold of summer,
    • souls the midsummer working of Uriel through nature into man —
    • nature, have the effect of making us citizens of the cosmos. For they
    • working in the springtime forces of nature as Uriel does in
    • Earth's silver-sparkling radiance, while Raphael below is working in
    • breathing. And this is connected with the fact that the workings of
    • his gesture of blessing. So during summer we have the working
    • Earth. Thus we have the working together of Michael in the cosmos,
    • transmute them into healing forces, working and weaving in the cosmos.
    • Gabriel, Raphael and Michael work together, one working in the other,
    • Archangels — permeate the universe in harmony, working and
    • these forces are led over into the breathing system. And in working
    • spiritual forces, active in sense-perception and in thinking.
    • Uriel and Gabriel, let us say, working in one another, but also
    • working with one another, one giving his possession to the
    • how Uriel and Raphael and Michael and Gabriel are working together,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • working through the centuries. If nothing else indicated the
    • was working, these dramas make the sovereignty and activity of
    • how his great Epic is all inwoven with the workings of the
    • Aristotle's thinking is something so phenomenal, even when
    • thinking was raised by him to an eminence unsurpassed to this
    • numbers of learned Romans and Greeks. Men lacking in culture
    • surpass them in loftiness and breadth of vision. Thinking of
    • schooled theologians? No indeed! Comparatively speaking, they
    • talking to them in the most homely, everyday language but
    • impulses, taking form in the souls of thousands and tens of
    • Christ Himself, working in simple men, Who sweeps over the
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • awakened, feeling at the moment of waking that they had been
    • am speaking of how it was experienced by the Apostles
    • observe them and hear how they were speaking now, they seemed
    • Golgotha, as we, looking backwards with clairvoyant
    • hinted at in other Gospels too, but is a particularly striking
    • you were with Him in very truth ... Just as on waking in the
    • consciousness of an Apostle, there — working as it were
    • His Kingdom; He went about with us, revealed to us the
    • mysteries of His Kingdom of which we are now becoming conscious
    • reluctance in speaking as I have done, this was outweighed by
    • such education. I grew up in an entirely free-thinking
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • forsaking of the sphere of Spirit in order that living
    • working on henceforward in the evolution of humanity. In order
    • effective means of making a stir among the people! He goes so
    • lectures we shall be speaking of the Being who came down to the
    • thou art the King of the Jews?” That was the Way of the
    • of the super-earthly, wonder-working powers of the Christ
    • before the Cross, mocking the powerlessness of the God who had
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • I set myself to the task of speaking to you to-day on the
    • speaking, as I wish to speak in these particular lectures,
    • were saying without himself speaking a word. But while this was
    • had in many respects actually come to the point of taking the
    • which I have been speaking. Jesus of Nazareth heard the
    • that Man severed himself from Your Kingdom,
    • say no word to the Essenes — something seemed lacking as
    • asking it, but as if it were being driven into his soul with a
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • so she tried to comfort him by speaking of all the noble and
    • grew heavy while his mother was speaking in this way, prizing
    • that Man severed himself from Your Kingdom
    • was no possibility of making it comprehensible to men. And then
    • the Self too highly and are lacking in humility and
    • Gospels: Behold me! The other kingdoms into which man's
    • the primeval Gods and Spirits — these kingdoms have grown
    • old. I will establish a new kingdom. If thou wilt enter my
    • in these old kingdoms. But thou must sever thyself from the
    • from breaking through the law of gravity. If thou wilt
    • looking for contradictory passages in the other four
    • dwelling-place to another, working among the people and with
    • who after their labours would sit together after sunset, liking
    • together they had been talking in this way, it would happen
    • to the needs of men living in the new era and making it bear
    • Man severed himself from Your Kingdoms,” He transposed
    • into: “To us may Thy Kingdom come.” And the line:
    • scribes speaking together to this effect: It would be possible,
    • For wherever the Spirit was working, wherever even a trace of
    • convincing power was working, He could not be taken. Only where
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The (Four) Great Virtues
    Matching lines:
    • through the gate of death, working within our spiritual movement, and
    • looking down upon that to which their love is directed. In the period
    • physical world, taking its source from what they have experienced in
    • the physical world everything which man is to experience in waking
    • astral body, during our periods of sleep. In our conscious, waking
    • we can say: invisible forces are working there, which compose the
    • because we are looking at something much more eternal when we
    • intemperate in excessive eating and drinking; this is its lowest
    • accompanies the physical. While during waking life in relation to the
    • indicated. Only a self-seeking man can be unjust. Only a self-seeking
    • this for those seeking to found a genuine, truthful Monism. Those who
    • life. We have to come more and more to the real knowledge, looking
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 1: Natural Science
    Matching lines:
    • human thinking in the civilized world.
    • speaking, what is interesting about science is something
    • research is a transformation of human thinking. Any impartial
    • development, thinking inevitably added something
    • was approached in former times — how human thinking as a
    • Under these conditions, what has become of human thinking? It
    • great. It means that we must look upon thinking as something
    • science approach thinking? that we come up
    • against the paradox, and find ourselves saying: If thinking has
    • to confine itself to the working-up of natural processes and
    • scientific law, understand thinking as a manifestation of
    • today: To the extent that thinking has had to withdraw
    • trying to encompass thinking, but it cannot succeed.
    • Since it is methodologically excluded, thinking is also
    • of it. Only as thinking beings can we regard ourselves as
    • human; it is in thinking that we find our human dignity —
    • semblance nature of thinking and, by actually pursuing the
    • impulses within that pure thinking which science itself fosters
    • pure thinking I have, not compelling forces, but forces
    • him to semblance thinking it educates the man of our culture to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 2: Psychology
    Matching lines:
    • the soul, making us courageous and vigorous in life or making
    • unconsciously, when on waking, perhaps after passing through a
    • looking from within, we ourselves, by means of ordinary
    • corporeal? In looking at the physical, on the other hand, and
    • characteristics of thinking and feeling (volition is
    • will as of thinking and feeling) — anyone who looks at
    • thinking and feeling with the tools of psychology finds them
    • to life and methods of research. And anyone taking the
    • functions is, strictly speaking, only indirect knowledge,
    • Anyone looking back, with intellectual modesty, on his
    • from the soul those powers of thinking, feeling and volition
    • mental exercises to remove thinking from its ordinary state of
    • thinking by carrying out exercises in meditation
    • arrives at the crucial point, how his thinking, from what I
    • have previously called dead and abstract thinking, becomes
    • inwardly vital thinking in tune with the rhythm of the world. A
    • the senses. Man today, seeking to know the spiritual, does not
    • only; and in it, as we know by direct perception, thinking is
    • life does he feel his thinking, in contrast to abstract
    • thinking, as something vital and not as something dead. Our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 3: East and West in History
    Matching lines:
    • way of looking at human history as cause and effect does indeed
    • Looking at these ancient Oriental attitudes, as they were
    • the spiritual world, seeking them out repeatedly, it will even
    • ways of thinking we have obtained from a fundamental study of
    • have learnt through science the thinking that is suited to our
    • present epoch. Yet what we gain in thinking techniques
    • use ordinary thinking, trained on the objects of the outside
    • super-sensible world. The nature of their thinking from
    • days ago. Even in ordinary life, therefore, their thinking
    • virtue of the fact that our thinking cannot just be extended
    • strength our thinking has achieved, we shall be all the more
    • word. Even here, it is apparent that our thinking today is
    • brings us in the end to thinking and to the transformation of
    • this thinking in the course of man's development. But in
    • thinking, and what he achieves in history man produces from his
    • we must turn to human thinking.
    • the thinking employed today for natural science on the one
    • thinking is thinking, whether it occurs in John Stuart Mill or
    • will conclude: our thinking today is fundamentally
    • us examine our present-day way of thinking. (I shall have an
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 4: Spiritual Geography
    Matching lines:
    • looking at much that I have already outlined than to give a
    • Looking at the East, Western man — the man of recent
    • workings of nature and the world, affects us, it is often
    • in its life, diversity and imaginative working to the soul's
    • Yet track them we must, if we wish to observe nature's workings
    • that functions supersensibly, in seeking to establish what he
    • agree that ordinary, everyday thinking is a function of these
    • speaking in the last few days. Yet there is a dream-like
    • millions of people are thinking, then the word
    • abstract concepts. And in making its appearance in pure
    • thinking, our noblest feature, the moral and religious
    • makes its appearance in abstract thinking.
    • intuition, makes its appearance in pure thinking, the task of
    • enters this maya-thinking, this “ideology,” we
    • stage of development at which, looking at only one side of the
    • confluence correctly, by taking a first step that will
    • looking at the image of the dead body, however, did not simply
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 5: Cosmic Memory
    Matching lines:
    • anthropomorphism, that is of taking features of human mental
    • and careful method of seeking truth. In particular, this view
    • individual with our clear and lucid thinking; on the contrary,
    • certainly cannot be the right way. Mysticism seeks, by looking
    • once again, human knowledge is limited when it comes to looking
    • within man. Assuming that man were capable of looking into
    • With the kinds of knowledge I have been speaking of in the last
    • vitalized thinking of which I have spoken in previous
    • vitalized thinking, we find that, at the very moment when we
    • abstract thinking into the world around us: one that carries
    • relationship of being. Only by developing vital thinking
    • against the curious fact that, by making ourselves increasingly
    • he is looking at it only physiologically or anatomically, from
    • by looking at what physiology and anatomy tell us about man.
    • us when we visualize our thinking, feeling and volition, and we
    • then transfer the vitalized thinking that detects something of
    • — is commonly illustrated by taking a drop of oil, making
    • with our thinking, feeling and volition, are moral
    • providing a basis of reality for the spiritual and taking from
    • seeing how the finer element flows into vitalized thinking, we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 6: Individual and Society
    Matching lines:
    • of consequence about present-day social life just by thinking out
    • There is much talk nowadays of social needs. Looking back over
    • is that almost everyone these days is talking about social
    • Looking back over man's development, we see that, in the course
    • when thinking rises to distinctly apprehended and
    • the pure thinking that inspired Copernicus, Galileo and their
    • life, of looking for Utopias (which are also dogmatic). The
    • comprehension is not intellectualized. He is taking
    • men. Only through vital thinking, which re-approaches certain
    • phenomenon. A particularly striking personality among those
    • the platform, her way of speaking was ... well, I will quote an
    • the old instinctive power of looking at social forms, we can
    • take the final step. We might say: scientific thinking as such
    • man's activity, not only his thinking, is stimulated. A
    • short while before, were speaking with incredible confidence of
    • among a wide circle of the working class. Anyone who looks
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 7: The Individual Spirit and the Social Structure
    Matching lines:
    • transformation now taking place in the social structure of the
    • date it has only been possible, generally speaking, to extend
    • man with his whole thinking and feeling is bound up in the
    • practice first of all; but he is always looking over his
    • working-class. What he constructed from them is a system of
    • Socialism there is embodied an abstract thinking, culled from
    • Looking at human history from this standpoint, we shall find
    • very diluted form, metaphorically speaking; so that,
    • Darius and Xerxes. There comes to the fore a mode of thinking
    • right down to their terminology and the workings of their laws,
    • thinking. We notice, however, that with the transition from
    • emancipates itself in human thinking.
    • he later absorbed from juridical thinking and feeling. Even so,
    • West, an independent economic life is seeking to develop.
    • thinking.
    • industrial thinking today, however much it has developed its
    • been impossible for agrarian thinking and industrial
    • thinking to come to terms properly, for reasons I have
    • based on law and legal thinking.
    • today, any undertaking is viewed, in point of fact, in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 8: The Problem (Asia-Europe)
    Matching lines:
    • the conversation turns to what is lacking in society today, there is
    • opinion cannot help striking us as something out of the
    • statement as striking precisely because it comes from Herman
    • as creative and productive forces. It is striking, moreover,
    • Light comes from the East. What is most striking of all,
    • looking at Wilamowitz. What we find is that, in Oriental
    • really means that, in looking at tragedy, man enters a world of
    • thus making its appearance in human development, the sense of
    • certainly has an organic connection. Looking back once more at
    • from what it had in civilized Asia. Only by looking back at the
    • observer cannot help looking at, say, ancient Egypt or Ancient
    • on a society of men who are now seeking to expand their
    • audiences of working men, I saw a good deal of evidence that
    • about social problems in a working men's club. A man came
    • another working men's association (I am giving one or two
    • organism, taking account of the fact that everything men do,
    • what is lacking in the social order. What we need to find,
    • next two days we shall be looking at capital — is capable
    • making of every key and every lock gave pleasure, because the
    • mind, or whether we are not justified in thinking that mankind
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 9: Prospects of its Solution (Europe-America)
    Matching lines:
    • are seeking, within the present social system, forces that inspire
    • could see people working in factories for months on end, in an
    • working people and been astonished to discover what it is
    • regard thinking, when it springs from a philosophy of life, as
    • working hours in order to pursue their genuine and human
    • thrown back upon himself, as the working-man is and very many
    • creature of instinct. They describe to the working-man how
    • were prophetically, looking into the future — regard as a
    • as human beings. Man can come to know man only when, looking
    • things that people are always speaking of nowadays, is to
    • outlook. In speaking of our human make-up as it really is, we
    • was lecturing to a group of working-men. I was originally
    • themselves determine. On this occasion, a working-man took out
    • are speaking a language that is not for the people. You already
    • knew this. That was why, when speaking to people who expect a
    • speaking of man, can there arise any hope of attaining a social
    • — which yet carries within itself striking
    • (even though the working man cannot help being materialistic at
    • intellectual topics that would be capable of taking hold
    • But they did not get beyond abstract thinking, which had not
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 10: From Monolithic to Threefold Unity
    Matching lines:
    • demonstrate how mankind could achieve social thinking and
    • speaking, have other limitations — limitations that
    • looking at this democratic trend, we are particularly struck,
    • if our thinking is realistic, by the way in which, out of an
    • man's innermost essence, socially speaking? They believed that,
    • looking solely at what has exercised mankind historically, we
    • lives a certain formalized element of social thinking.
    • human thinking, under the influence of the principle of law,
    • overreaching; fundamentally, it is always seeking to encompass
    • speaking in Germany to a fairly small group of working-men
    • judgment in associations linking producers and consumers,
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • It is also known as, Working with Sculptural Architecture - 2.
    • Working with Sculptural Architecture — 2.
    • Working with Sculptural Architecture II.
    • waking-consciousness, man lives with his ego and astral body in his
    • few days that this waking state of man, from waking until falling asleep,
    • thoughts are awake, from waking until falling asleep, but the Will is
    • because people have not noticed that what they know of the Will in waking
    • only dreams in daily waking life.
    • ordinary waking life; and most things, we do not even dream, but sleep.
    • more refined existence that self-enjoyment afforded us by eating, drinking
    • they can still live with the after-pleasure of eating and drinking;
    • itself up ever more thoroughly to the impressions of eating and drinking.
    • asleep till waking in a state of longing for his physical body. Sleeping
    • during waking conditions, nor by diving down into this body from outside
    • not taking up.
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • It is also known as, Working with Sculptural Architecture - 2.
    • Working with Sculptural Architecture — 2.
    • Working with Sculptural Architecture II.
    • we all know, from the fact that, during daytime waking
    • emphasized that this waking state of man, from waking until falling
    • really only partially awake. Our thoughts are awake from waking
    • waking daily life is really only a dream or a tale of will
    • waking life.
    • willing during ordinary waking life, and in most things we do not
    • drinking and similar things. Just as an inner after-effect arises
    • the after-pleasure of eating and drinking, in fact these have even
    • eating and drinking. We can easily observe the complete “volt
    • asleep till waking in a state of longing for his physical body.
    • our body from within during waking conditions, nor by diving down
    • being taken up, not taking up.
  • Title: St. Augustine
    Matching lines:
    • Again in a striking way, in the 5th Post-Atlantean epoch,
    • him. Every tine you go to sleep until the moment of waking, the
    • Atlantean epoch knew that, from sleeping until waking up, there
    • from waking to sleeping, still continued to work, but in other
    • forms. Their waking life of truth dived down, as it were, into
    • going to sleep and waking, there arises an experience which is
    • talking of Mystery-knowledge and not merely giving forth
    • there would be no such thing as Birth in all the kingdoms of
    • kingdoms of nature and man, is dependent on the activity of the
    • throughout all the kingdoms, there ruled the laws of the Moon,
    • various kingdoms of nature. That is a deception, a Maya. It was
    • playing into it. (WE know that even waking-man is
    • “Try to recognise that in your waking-life consciousness
    • shines; for the Sun-Forces pour into your waking-life, just as
    • scientifically-thinking men. What we think and feel in our
    • which St. Augustine was speaking, and for which there is no
    • directions of their thinking, and one may say that Auguste
    • longer looks to Metaphysical concepts when seeking the basis of
    • Christ is lacking in the Positivistic Church of Auguste Comte,
    • speaking of religion but of Theology) is
  • Title: The Social Question and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • “In a community of human beings working together, the well-being
    • Social Law reads: “In a community of human beings working
    • must have a clear heart and clear thinking, that he must not
    • thinking as a universal remedy, even though this thinking is
    • theories. It will teach mankind thinking, awaken thinking
    • power of practical thinking without Theosophy. Look at the
    • [free] market. If you set about looking into things with
    • healthy, comprehensive thinking, Theosophical thinking, you
    • the thinking which will lead to making the single branches of
    • thinking. Theosophical thinking develops clarity about the
    • and powers working in the world. To look at the matter rightly,
    • contemplative thinking. And so let me indicate with at least a
    • now making no distinction between workers and non-workers,
    • products are produced. Even the seamstress working for
    • been produced for a starvation wage, then we are looking deep
    • thinking, to self-consciousness, and because their needs have
    • then the human being would have overlooked the kingdom of
    • because we are looking into the workings of the soul.
    • social area that are perpetrated by looking at outer
    • development of compensation. All thinking moves in this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Architectural Forms
    Matching lines:
    • the human spirit is not seeking admittance to any universal
    • see a spirit such as Winckelmann seeking a truly religious
    • prove how far the culture of the present day is taking up the
    • backward-looking vision. The thick night of modern
    • “In, and with man, God is seeking a guiding principle
    • “God is seeking a guiding principle.” As a man he
    • feels himself incapable of thinking out guiding principles,
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • on what they are meant to illumine. He used the phrase, speaking of
    • thinking’ and he enlarged upon the phrase by saying: Goethe's
    • thinking is a quite peculiar thinking, really inseparable from the
    • abusing Fichte. To him he is a windbag, thinking and writing empty ideas.
    • united with what the pure, thinking philosophy derives from
    • sense-observations and the formal working out by the mind of what
    • we should be able to show the working of his whole method.
    • ‘methodical thinking and willing;’ and the day
    • taking them over. The Ferryman is not enthusiastic about the golden
    • trouble of taking down the river the golden pieces you've thrown
    • therefore devours them and becomes, by thus taking the golden
    • latter still shaking themselves and throwing away what they
    • shake out, the Snake, having acquired a taste for gold, taking up
    • kingly figures standing in the four corners: a Golden King, a
    • Silver King, a Brazen King, and in the fourth corner a Mixed King,
    • figures, the Golden King puts the very significant question:
    • the Golden King.
    • The King asks further: ‘What is more comforting than
    • where the four Kings live and there enters the Old Man with the
    • he may also come in with his wonderworking Lamp.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • King, who stand for this or that. I do not intend to expound the
    • thinking capacity, the one-sided capacity to form ideas. The
    • quite clear that of the powers of the human soul — thinking,
    • thinking, which then enables him to comprehend things with objective
    • lead deeper into the nature of a thing, speaking however to other
    • The Golden King represents the initiation for the
    • thought-capacity, the Silver King represents the initiation with
    • knowledge capacity of objective feeling, and the Brazen King the
    • Kings.
    • looks because of the earth's power of crystallization, one King was
    • second the Silver, in the third the Brazen King. In the fourth was
    • the King who was a mixture of the other three metals, in whom,
    • could not distinguish them. In this fourth King, Goethe depicts
    • from the three Kings separately, so that they are no longer
    • unalloyed as the metal of the respective Kings: his mode of
    • Conception, pure as the Golden King (for nothing is mixed in
    • as the Silver King; and so too the Will, pure as the brass of the
    • Brazen King; Concepts and Feelings no longer govern him, for he
    • making use of each separately. He can grasp according to necessity
    • and the nature of things either by means of thinking, feeling or
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Looking back to the first part we can see how
    • kingdoms, right up to man and to that perspective to which man is
    • for the clearest thinking with relation to the world; and on the
    • unsatisfied pursuit of knowledge, seeking for the deepest
    • of life, and working powerfully on the soul. These were the steps
    • superficial. We see many people taking it up in a hurry, but
    • way, in the centre of his soul, seeking to drag him down through
    •  And for a kingdom gavest me the glorious nature
    • Now these striking words meet us:
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • sun-aura.’ We are reminded of Zarathustra, who, looking thus
    • a holy but forbidden kingdom, forbidden, that is, for him who is
    • must descend into this kingdom in order to bring to pass what has
    • to be brought to pass — into this kingdom where one sees what
    • making a particular triangle round itself. The soul goes through
    • finally by father and mother. On the whole — taking the
    • thought has been spent on this Homunculus. But thinking and
    • nature kingdoms. We are shown how the soul has to traverse again
    • re-incarnated?’ We must keep in mind that a poet is speaking
    • Christ and promised him all the kingdoms of the world and their
    •  The glory of the Kingdoms of the World.’
    • the Kingdom of darkness. In that case it could have only the shape
    • virtues or vices. If Faust's soul were ripe for the Kingdom of
    • the sinking down of the sense world and in the red roses
    • ‘'Twill be! the mass is working clearer!
    • working clearer!’ And the explainers of ‘Faust’
  • Title: World History: Lecture I: Evolution of the Soul and of Memory
    Matching lines:
    • thinking man must be inclined to ask: ‘How has the present
    • have generated the Earth with its kingdoms of Nature, the Earth
    • To-day we are not in the habit of asking, how does one breathe
    • thinking, feeling and willing were present among the ancient
    • described by saying: Mercury was working in that person.
    • Through the fact that we to-day put our puny thinking in the
    • time however there was no such thing as making notes even in
    • olden times, has arisen the whole custom of making monuments
    • looking principally to the external phenomena, by investigating
  • Title: World History: Lecture II: Mysteries of 'Asia'
    Matching lines:
    • evolution (we are now speaking of what may rightly be called
    • feeling, such as we have to-day was unknown. A thinking that
    • had in those times a thinking that was inwardly experienced as
    • contained in the three kingdoms of nature, he had around him
    • that which weaves throughout the Cosmos, working upon what is
    • waking dream; it was a dream condition that with us only occurs
    • Everything outside in the kingdoms of Nature was transformed in
    • Hierarchy. Asia he perceived in his ordinary waking-dream
    • utterly strange region is approaching me. It is taking me to
    • consciousness — the waking-sleeping,
    • sleeping-waking and the sleep, in which the Third Hierarchy
    • waking-dreaming, dreaming-waking. As long as he went about with
    • this waking-dreaming, dreaming-waking, he saw everywhere
    • This is, however, broadly speaking, the substance of oriental
    • For in this waking-dreaming, dreaming-waking, the will does not
    • about on Earth with very nearly the perception of the kingdoms
    • Hierarchy, there they would meet some Being from the Kingdom of
    • than a king in the realm of the shades. Neither to death
    • And in this contrast is expressed what is taking place on the
  • Title: World History: Lecture III: Asiatic Mysteries of Ephesus, Gilgamesh and Eabani
    Matching lines:
    • waking condition, bears the Ego and astral body within him
    • the substances of the external kingdoms of Nature.
    • are speaking he had already experienced many Earth
    • seeing that the two personalities of whom we are speaking were
    • Something that is really a higher spiritual force, is working
    • in it the working together in the two personalities; but now in
    • speaking, it was a matter of clear and exact knowledge to man
    • knowledge in this way by making a journey over the human being,
    • looking into the spiritual world, or at least of receiving
    • we think and feel to-day. His whole thinking and feeling was
    • upon the kingdoms of the Earth that were round about him
    • of his connection with the kingdoms of the Ether. He felt
    • animal kingdom. And the human being felt himself within all
    • spoke in Stuttgart and of whom I am speaking to you again here,
    • earlier incarnations. And now, as the origin of the kingdoms of
    • Ephesus. And now this working together was able to continue
    • From 336 King of Macedonia. Died in Babylon.].
    • understand, as I explained in Stuttgart, all that was working
  • Title: World History: Lecture IV: Atlantean Wisdom in the Mysteries of Hibernia, Gilgamish and Eabani at Ephesus, Logos Mysteries of Artemis at Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • the times when all these things were taking place, we must look
    • working of the Sun in the Cosmos, and how its working is
    • influence of the Sun-statue, is because other forces, working
    • in from other corners of the Cosmos, ‘mummify’ this working of
    • us, or from the experience of our ears can tell the working of
    • speaking goes a wave-like surging and seething of the whole
    • to him through the experience of speech into the working of the
    • whom we have been speaking. Verily it was as though a torrent
    • kingdoms. Underlying his Song of Alexander, there was this
    • Earth the kingdoms of the elemental beings.’ How different from
    • described — the entry of the Nature-elemental kingdoms,
    • fine and delicate workings, that Alexander was perfectly able
    • looking from Macedonia, towards Siberia — men had the
    • and said: There I feel the Water-Spirits working upon the
    • manner of speaking that was as closely bound up with the
    • and mighty change that was taking place in the world's
    • have therefore to see in these events the working of a
  • Title: World History: Lecture V: Mysteries of the East, West, and of Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • Through all that the human being learned concerning the working
    • of the elementary spirits in Nature, and the working of the
    • growing up, being changed, taking on different shapes and forms
    • the animal kingdom and the plant kingdom. In relation to the
    • plant kingdom he was the bearer, who bore the seed to the Earth
    • the Gods. In relation to the animal kingdom he felt as though
    • Some experience or other could perhaps only be found by making
    • brought to man a vivid sense of his relation to the kingdoms of
    • went through, making himself ripe, by sacrifice and devotion,
    • of the astral light is, comparatively speaking, easy for one
    • Greece was however gradually working herself free from the
    • civilisation and taking on more and more the character of a
    • can see this taking place. In the dramas of Æschylus we
    • impulse working in them all, — to tear mankind away from
    • his idea of making an expedition into Asia, going as far as it
    • hitherto bound the people. He permeates the kingdom of Persia
    • all this we see two elements interworking; one that had gone,
    • Looking across to the East and letting our imagination be fired
    • by the tremendous events that we see taking place, we are able
    • you, it will give you a true insight into the hidden workings
  • Title: World History: Lecture VI: Mysteries of the Ancient Near East Enter Europe
    Matching lines:
    • passes between death and a new birth, and looking only at its
    • beholding them in the several kingdoms of Nature. He was able,
    • What remained was a looking back. In the time, however, of
    • stupendous change is again taking place.
    • suggestively on men, making it possible for them to behold the
    • opposition to the working of these beings. For what was it they
    • that speaking lives as intensely in the whole human being as do
    • the art of speaking; thinking was all that mattered. The
    • There is, in truth, a wonderful interworking in all these
    • fruitless undertakings are fraught with deep significance for
    • asleep to important events that are taking place in the
  • Title: World History: Lecture VII: The Fifteenth Century and the Transition from Mind-Soul to Spiritual-Soul
    Matching lines:
    • Spiritual Soul is taking place, and it is an age that is
    • working in all the kingdoms of Nature work in the human being;
    • kingdoms of Nature. In modern times however there is no longer
    • Earth, it has weight. We discover other forces working in the
    • distance — comparatively speaking — away from the
    • unmeasured distances forces work upon the Earth, working
    • working in everywhere towards the centre of the Earth. It is
    • to the working of the entire Cosmos.
    • disorganisation, the breaking down of the albumen cannot go far
    • the oak in order to get help in the breaking down of its
    • Here we can gain an insight into a strange working of Nature.
    • But this same working is present in Nature in other places too.
    • sucking in the juice, and then, having gone into the beehive,
    • circumference, working, as ethereal-astral forces, and building
    • the human being we may see working together, first of all the
    • understand them when you know that in them are working together
    • lung to the too strongly working etheric forces, then you will
    • search the whole kingdom of the plants to discover something
    • possibility of speaking about the healthy and the diseased
    • the relationship of the human being to the surrounding kingdoms
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture VIII: The Burning of the Ephesian Temple and the Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • ritual at the very time when it was taking place physically
    • so. I am not speaking in mere pictures. I am relating a
    • receive within you the mineral kingdom and transform it, you
    • to continue working in the spirit of the Goetheanum with the
  • Title: World History: Lecture IX: World History in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • least most of them were still thinking only a short time ago,
    • men. A kind of revolution is taking place in the Cosmos, the
    • that must be working in what is now to go out from Dornach must
    • Fundamentally speaking, it was this that was demanded by the
    • waking consciousness were to be seen. In our present time, when
    • souls who in waking consciousness lack the strength to approach
    • consciousness then prevailing — in the waking state
    • they would feel on awakening: I am incapable of thinking,
    • a time. During waking life souls would have no inkling of the
    • ideas in their future earthly life; and all thinking, all
    • speaking as he did, Dr. Zeylmans also indicated what attitude
    • Speaking:
    • Speaking:
    • Speaking:
    • The wise Heads of Kings.
  • Title: Purpose of the Goetheanum and Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • thinking and a logic of life. And anyone who immerses himself
    • in Goethe, not merely with a logic of thinking, but who takes
    • observe dreams from the waking state, you will find that these
    • when we wake up can we truly form a judgment, from the waking
    • the waking life to judge to what extent the dream is related to
    • particularly the will that, upon waking, is projected
    • feels as his own being, in his thinking and feeling, his
    • entirely different the experience is when looking outward
    • and receiving sense-impressions, from that of looking inward
    • standpoint of waking life, then he must strive to gain a
    • everyday waking consciousness? and does' there result from such
    • second waking a knowledge about the sense-world, just as from
    • vague powers. At the moment of waking, we feel that we now have
    • extravagant is that, when waking up or going to sleep,
    • developed out of these soul-forces, just as the waking
    • that even this waking soul-life of the adult person has been
    • thinking and representation, a notable aliveness is developed,
    • thinking force of our soul-life is strengthened, if we do not
    • this way we finally reach the point where the thinking
    • way, streams into thinking that has thus become active.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe, Comte and Bentham
    Matching lines:
    • and waking up; that is, the sleeping condition. Of course,
    • world, I told you in yesterday's lecture that in his waking
    • man by day; in his waking condition there only comes to his
    • to sleep until waking up, or, let us say, if he became conscious
    • Although throughout the whole of man's working
    • this consciously during the waking condition; and that constitutes
    • the deception in man's waking condition. He remains aware only of
    • is the essential — that throughout the waking condition man
    • time there is working into his Ego those Beings of the third
    • Imaginative Consciousness when we so experience our thinking that,
    • because, from the moment of sleeping until waking he is permeated
    • member of all humanity, we are generally speaking, already far more
    • going to sleep until waking up, the reality of man's ego and astral
    • waking condition, the state of affairs at the present cycle of tine
    • ourselves above the deception which belongs to the working of our
    • by reason of the forces working through our present epoch of time,
    • effective working of Christ Jesus (and of this we shall speak
    • working at the present time, they are acquiring reality in
    • If man in the waking condition could perceive
    • Mystery of Golgotha, man in his waking condition stood in a more
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Whitsuntide in the Course of the Year
    Matching lines:
    • at all with our thinking into the spiritual world. It is
    • organism, We shall never grasp the working of consciousness
    • what we have destroyed during our waking life of thought may
    • to believe that man's waking life is to be compared with life
    • waking life — with the Christ Impulse — that this
    • signifies a conscious union with the waking Earth-spirit. It
    • mighty Earth-being sleeps and wakes, taking the whole year
    • outside this figure; in waking life, however, we must picture
    • processes It is an inner working at one's own organism and,
    • strictly speaking, lies at the root of all works of human
    • speaking, we do this in all works of art. We do just the same
    • have a true idea of what the waking consciousness brings
    • being. We are wrong in thinking that the man lies there with
    • express in a few words the feeling of this working and
    • consciousness of the earth, the waking earth-life, in the
    • since the Mystery of Golgotha, we do this by taking the
    • life is the expression of the thinking, feeling and
    • perception of the waking Earth-spirit. But we must think of
    • thinking, especially of what it is thinking during winter,
    • within the thinking of the earth, in all that weaves and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Meditation and Concentration
    Matching lines:
    • our physical body in the waking state whenever we wish to
    • people strive again and again after this, asking: What is the
    • seeking the unitary principle of the world.
    • belongs to the head, we must, even if we are merely speaking
    • significance, for fundamentally speaking, in our present
    • various kingdoms of the earth; whereas head-clairvoyance
    • see all this working, constructing, and creating of the
    • I especially mentioned there, that our thinking
    • we develop a thinking freed from the body. On that occasion,
    • We must say to ourselves: Our thinking ceases, and our head
    • thinking, and it is therefore not surprising when this love
  • Title: Tree of Knowledge and the Christmas Tree
    Matching lines:
    • statement, when speaking of virtue, which we cannot
    • truth is something which must, to a great extent, be lacking
    • characteristic and striking example of Francis of Assisi. The
    • us consider what happens by people mentally working upon the
    • thinking of ourselves as being united with him in his work?
    • individual; you are making yourself into a part of this
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • without taking the time to announce him in the proper manner.
    • “every working force and seed.”
    • the animal kingdom, on to man, to history, and even to the
    • all the kingdoms of nature up to God. He then did this in a
    • this. And thus, a profound longing to perceive “every working
    • lacking in skill as a lawyer. That was by no means the case. He
    • not at all lacking as an attorney. When lawyers these days
    • taking up history and becoming acquainted with it. The way in
    • in a vital way into the silent working and weaving of the world
    • He wished to study the connections within the plant kingdom and
    • speaking about him, for many this Goethe period belongs to the
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • am taking, although I really wish to discuss something that is
    • he was five, making him an imbecile. Anyone who traces the
    • but is more diffuse, it does not appear so strikingly. Anyone, however,
    • things, as I might call it, without taking hold of them
    • lacking. In accordance with his individuality, he had to write
    • non-working persons living on their private incomes who are
    • fact is not that we sleep because we are tired, but waking and
    • of sleeping and waking stands. It is a reproduction within the
    • rhythm of sleeping and waking must be drawn from the cosmos,
    • the morning thinking he is unchanged from what he was when he
    • the same upon waking as we were when we fell asleep but, as a
    • inner impulse just as the rhythm of waking and sleeping reveals
    • individual human being. In the last analysis, the laws working
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • ego. In explaining the alternation between waking and sleeping,
    • we say that in the waking state the ego and astral body are
    • speaking generally, sleeping and waking are really a sort of
    • cyclic movement. Strictly speaking, the ego and astral body are
    • indeed, during sleep, when the ego and astral body are working
    • the head in the waking state is exerted upon the rest of the
    • relationships are lessened during the waking life of day. They
    • Taking
    • sleeping and waking. Thus, you will not be surprised when the
    • about that so little is known of that vivid state of waking
    • system and that in the waking state the possibility is given to
    • waking life between his soul-spiritual and his organic-physical
    • loosening of the etheric body influences the entire waking life
    • relationships during the waking state with his spinal cord
    • was taking his direction from his trainer and followed nothing
    • light, working everywhere, even through the animal kingdom. In
    • abstract thinking whatever, but only through the succession of
    • it strange how closely actual thinking is approached and
    • indication through an equally slight sound, like the clicking
    • system, are greatly impaired during the waking life of day. But
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • quite shortsighted in their thinking, usually assume that
    • waking state. At that time the aura of the earth is permeated,
    • ponders the outer universe, just as we men, while in the waking
    • that is, the fine manner of speaking so much admired today,
    • there they are in spiritual science talking about many spirits
    • even though the one working at the vice is unconscious of them.
    • thinking would be tantamount to a woman's arguing that men had
    • the experience of working people these days. In the new age,
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • his life. He comes now to the King's palace and produces paper
    • position in life. So far as her daily thinking and feeling are
    • very region where present preconceptions are working in a
    • present thinking tends strongly to take its directions, since
    • place in a person's conscious life from waking until sleeping
    • consciously during our waking life belongs largely to the
    • falling asleep to that of waking, and this often influences our
    • I will introduce here because I am speaking of vocational life in
    • father and his son. They are walking together and, after the
    • in which I was walking by the lake over there and in my dream I asked
    • these four strings of life may interplay in many ways, making
    • of his life. I refer to what is there taking solid form; not
    • astral body manifests itself in a special way by working back
    • working of vocational karma.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • thinking of the present, and even though many of us suppose we
    • have attained to unprejudiced thinking, it is always well to be
    • especially the unprejudiced character of our thinking. Before
    • without taking into consideration that what appears in the form
    • while he was working on his report, the market changed, as
    • am speaking is no longer alive — he produced a very
    • societies had a way of dealing with human characters by taking
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • vocation through the vague and unconscious working of certain
    • thereby making us a copy of our preceding vocation. In the
    • rather than taking fantastic ideas as truths — fantastic
    • Naturally, we are here looking out over wide perspectives, but
    • himself or herself in a connection with what is taking place
    • taking on the nature of China. As you can deduce from the
    • significant fact that the age is taking on a certain character
    • also give the impression that he is speaking from profound
    • our circles much.” Most of the occultists who were working with
    • truth as their objective but are really seeking quite different
    • discontinuity in his thinking. He is one of those people who
    • direction. There are, indeed, many individuals working as
    • the present distressing conditions. Right thinking about it
    • bourgeois nothingness. The Chinese way of thinking is the final
    • thinking.
    • thinking? Why may we not expect that the so-called most
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • truth as it meets us in life with the one-sided thinking about
    • had a dream in which he saw himself walking over burning coals
    • without thanking him. He became fairly prosperous but not
    • taught Gustav Adolf, who later became the king of Sweden —
    • refrain from speaking my mind. For twenty years now, and indeed
    • and also of everyone who might support me in such undertakings,
    • Grace, as if I were seeking for support without a corresponding
    • the dream where he was walking over glowing coals and ashes.
    • that much knowledge is lacking in what many think. They
    • example of right thinking about the question of heredity. It is
    • certainly impossible to think correctly of it without taking
    • highest point — of materialistic thinking, feeling, and
    • with this materialistic thinking, and we shall still have to
    • may also be seen on certain occasions making use of whatever
    • while looking into the face of the one under whose nose he held
    • of all. But I saw so many decent working class couples here
    • knowing what has been working at the bottom of it before it has
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • and so forth; we speak of these kingdoms of the higher
    • mineral, and elemental kingdoms within the earthly world. It is
    • the super-sensible world to the kingdoms of the human being, and
    • to the higher kingdoms that tower upward from below just as the
    • other kingdoms descend from above downward. The individual
    • ascends into the kingdoms of the angels, archangels, archai,
    • really looking only to an angel. If you examine all the
    • archangels and angels — then comes man, the animal kingdom,
    • the plant kingdom and the mineral kingdom.
    • this, believing on the contrary that he is looking up to God,
    • while really not looking up even to an archangel, he deadens
    • boundless pride that they are speaking of God, whereas they are
    • speaking only of an angel, and incompletely at that. In the
    • period of time. When we are talking about an individual's
    • is lacking in our age for a real view of the world, capable of
    • impossible when a person is really speaking of Christ. So the
    • making speeches here and there about these things and that what
    • ancient times because in speaking with words we must speak with
    • He is a real power. Now, while we are speaking about karma, we
    • believe that today's science is capable of thinking of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • Taking
    • this looking up to an ancestor in ancient times? In those most
    • between waking and sleeping such as was universal in the
    • angel more, even making him often somewhat more egoistic than
    • earth into his spiritual kingdom. He had no interest in the
    • “Thinking is the true communion of humanity,”
    • knew very well in my youth, is again in the process of seeking
    • spiritual things. He is not seeking them in spiritual science
    • neutral person not taking sides with any of these opposite
    • book. As I said, I am speaking in this supplement to our
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • forces, working into the present time. And to understand what
    • is working anywhere nowadays it will become increasingly
    • own that they are thinking of a great world machinery.
    • forces of this great world machinery is ruling and working;
    • speaking, simply as a kind of glowing ball in universal
    • who were thinking at the time of the Mystery of Golgotha,
    • Mystery of the Sun, making mankind forget this mystery, not
    • instance, they have today applied their way of thinking,
    • present time, are talking utter nonsense about their own
    • believe that they are talking, have talked, more
    • reflection that they are simply talking nonsense — pure
    • between sound thinking and the thinking of the times.
    • to follow the same theme that he used in speaking to his
    • the kingdoms of mineral, plant, animal and man; look at all
    • looking for the seeds of the real future of the world where
    • them in any other creation or any other kingdom. But before
    • spirit — saw through the kingdoms the cosmic All. If we
    • they saw Sun and Moon, air and water, the various kingdoms.
    • human organisation, with the human kingdom. It is literally
    • saying: Just listen: So and so has been speaking quite
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • waking conditions. One definitely cannot say that the
    • other diagram of waking man saying: when physical man is
    • waking and sleeping man.
    • these formative principles will be working at their full
    • already known. There is a beautiful saga concerning King
    • becomes conscious during sleep. What today man has as waking
    • look within on all your memories you are actually looking at
    • ego sense, and the senses of thinking, speech, hearing,
    • suppose we have to note down as senses: hearing, speaking,
    • thinking, the ego-sense, and the senses of warmth, balance,
    • the interchange of day and night in his waking and sleeping,
    • might say ego-sense, sense of thinking, speech and so on.
    • by the concepts that are working in historical life.
    • years they have been thinking a tremendous deal. We can
    • gather up what they have been thinking for two hundred years,
    • about the various ideals, men have been thinking during these
    • quite different, by the thoughts that have been working and
    • In recent years people have been breaking each others heads
    • this head-breaking but have left those alone who have looked
    • abstract way to avoid the breaking of heads. Thus in a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • is something in them for which men should be seeking a
    • sense in speaking of Helios, the soul-Sun, or for that matter
    • anyone accepts when taking as his authority modern physics,
    • there is nothing there I am not speaking quite
    • instrument of the soul-life, of the thinking. The reverse is
    • brain and imagine we are looking at the soul-life of an
    • behind, checking itself, not so well able to enter, held up
    • of liking and disliking which I should have to give to the
    • all this ultimately of which we have been speaking but an
    • without reference to this world, means that we are speaking
    • are not talking of what lives in man between death and a new
    • between death and a new birth we live with the kingdoms of
    • a week, perhaps, we shall be speaking of them) shall we
    • sense in speaking of this figure only if we have first spoken
    • know everything that is working together in these souls, how
    • the higher hierarchies are working together on these souls.
    • There is no sense in speaking of this figure if our gaze is
    • yesterday and about which I shall be talking further in these
    • possibility of thus speaking was lost. And gradually the
    • (for those whose thinking is sound, it is amusing) in which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Threefold Order II: Lecture 1: Influence of the human will upon the course of economic life
    Matching lines:
    • undertaking, must each time pay good heed to the
    • natural-science way of thinking during the last three to four
    • sound, social way of thinking can proceed ... here it is
    • just the working classes of the day who are peculiarly prone
    • working classes of the day, — finding no understanding
    • end altogether incapable of thinking straight in social
    • induced a number of European banks, and European undertakings
    • business undertaking concluded a purchase ‘for future
    • undertakings, these banks in America concluded purchases
    • then, a European undertaking had bought these stocks, on the
    • from over there. The business undertakings in Europe were to
    • working classes. If one would learn to know life,
    • simply impossible for any sane thinking to comprehend, from
    • economic thinking, — in particular as regards
    • in the habit of thinking of this — what returns one or
    • thinking should lead on in the end to practical undertakings;
    • undertaking like the "Kommender Tag". It is obviously not
    • possible to put such an undertaking straight away upon a
    • nevertheless, where an isolated undertaking of this kind is
    • matter-of-fact thinking can only come as the result
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Threefold Order II: Lecture 2: On Propaganda of the Threefold Social Order
    Matching lines:
    • concentrated in our business-undertaking, the Kommender
    • the Threefold idea does not succeed in making its way through
    • as a whole, this single undertaking can at best be but a very
    • working in the way I have just indicated: by trying to win
    • attended for the greater part by working men only. The
    • arranged things only to suit the working classes. Well, in
    • simply dried up in this way. I am just picking out one
    • cannot help thinking, in comparison, of an occasion I had,
    • through their own practical thinking on business matters, to
    • technician, they go hawking about the old, old party
    • thing of which the book is talking, instead of being compared
    • direct our efforts to making people see, that it is really
    • to us, asking for information about some point or other. They
    • are always asking for information about this point or that.
    • practically speaking, the whole of the Threefold propaganda
    • Most people, in talking about the social question, talk about
    • the business-houses; that they have difficulty in making
    • of the working class throughout the civilised world. Of what
    • these working-classes there exists a will: a will,
    • working classes to a really understanding conception of life.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture I: Free Will, Immortality
    Matching lines:
    • to grips with them purely on the basis of thinking,
    • thinking attempts have been made to gain the most shrewd,
    • when on the basis of its thinking, the soul then tries to
    • the magnificent and admirable work of scientific thinking
    • and particularly its method of thinking are more of a hindrance
    • directed their particular way of thinking to what goes on
    • looking at the title of a book about mollusks? I close my eyes
    • scientific thinking cannot achieve anything that leads to a
    • develop logic in our thinking, — logic that is designed
    • clear that by undertaking certain exercises and functions, the
    • our thinking, our minds in a different direction from the
    • we have to try to introduce something into our thinking that is
    • thinking. In fact, this absolutely clear thinking, carried out
    • somewhere in the air, it falls down. If in looking at the outer
    • captivate a public without thinking as to the means by which it
    • pictures arise, when speaking in the ordinary way, or when
    • by taking into our souls the first available means to penetrate
    • second power consists in making the pictures transparent and
    • making the whole world of pictures transparent. We have to be
    • sleep. This making ourselves free of the physical body in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture II: The Historical Evolution of Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • each day brings a very great deal. Catastrophic events breaking
    • superseded by a quite different way of thinking and quite
    • connected with the German way of looking at things. We can see
    • of Wilson speaking in his lectures about the American people.
    • He is seeking a science of soul applicable to his own times.
    • way of looking at history that can offer any convincing
    • method of looking at history what had led to sure results in
    • is shocking that one must say such things, but the present time
    • must learn to grasp things as they really are. Taking care to
    • sphere. For their way of thinking can be applied only to the
    • life as a whole, proceeds in alternating states of waking and
    • extent into our waking life. Our waking life is completely
    • awake only in part. Beneath the surface of our waking life is
    • raise our feelings into the waking condition by having them
    • waking consciousness, but proceed from our dreaming and
    • working in his soul, then something bursts through from the
    • by taking into consideration how this instinctive
    • is needed for what is taking place in the individual human
    • in our consciousness only the fact of this taking in. Parallel
    • taking in the image in order that the thing sticks! With our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture III: The Supersensible Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • effort in his own thinking, even told his students at the
    • audience tried to put itself into the position of thinking the
    • thinking the wall.” Fichte knew what he wanted, and
    • who had thought the wall, and how their thinking was in a way
    • thinking about thinking. Goethe always sought to be aware of
    • felt that the attempt to think thinking put a person, keeping
    • to the ordinary means of thinking, into an impossible
    • super-sensible worlds can only rely on the thinking at the
    • thinking he is within himself, and in employing the power of
    • his soul to penetrate the inner activity of his thinking he can
    • with our thinking as employed in ordinary life, the greater our
    • convinced through this experience of our thinking that —
    • think thinking than we can wash water.
    • we shall see later, be experienced, is by way of the thinking.
    • However, this method does not use the thinking as we do in
    • everyday life or in science, but thinking is developed in a
    • worlds — that we learn to experience how the thinking can
    • undertaken in order that the thinking becomes a different power
    • go into the things that the thinking has to perform to get, as
    • detailed description of how the thinking is handled in my book,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture IV: Nature of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • danger seriously: one may not arbitrarily extend that thinking
    • supersensory. Such thinking, relying upon itself alone,
    • that this thinking, which can observe the beings and phenomena
    • two, between the thinking which has trained itself through the
    • muscles of an arm can be strengthened by exercise, thinking as
    • meditation or concentration, a thinking is to be
    • way, thinking has been strengthened by meditation and
    • This thinking is transformed, however. It does not appear
    • before the soul's gaze like the ordinary pale thinking which is
    • thinking no longer; it is experienced as intensively as colors
    • certain point one knows that one is no longer thinking with the
    • completely.) Now thinking has detached itself from the nervous
    • fantasy, but because this thinking lives in the soul in a
    • mathematician making his calculations, one gradually becomes
    • entirely different. These have the aim of making possible the
    • asleep and waking is beyond our consciousness, with the
    • will, a kind of sleep is included in our waking life.
    • asleep and awaking. The thought falls asleep into the unknown
    • act, there is really a kind of sleep present in man's waking
    • of thinking, feeling and willing, which we have to distinguish
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture V: Mystery of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • conscientiously applying one's thinking to the phenomena of the
    • in terms of the physical body just as the working of the forces
    • was seen as a natural process: the process of human thinking
    • discovered by our normal perception in looking at the ordinary
    • briefly — instead of looking at the very small, we look
    • universe, in the relatively large, as we find working
    • here on the earth, so that when instead of looking into the
    • looking at the things that surround us, and at the events that
    • arbitrary decision, but it is acquired by a person working as a
    • possible to do it by taking our ordinary conscious life as a
    • scientific way of thinking as a distinct and necessary inner
    • even when the mind is not working in sleep.
    • are speaking is present in the same way in our day
    • awake, about what lives, even as far as our waking
    • have exactly the same existence in our waking day life as
    • waking life of the day from our dream life and our sleeping
    • asleep and our ideas and images, even in waking life, are like
    • dream pictures? What is the difference between the waking and
    • differentiates waking life from sleeping and dreaming.
    • after waking up we are able to incorporate ourselves into the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eurhythmy (Introduction to a performance)
    Matching lines:
    • Eurythmy, the Visual Expression of the Speaking Soul,
    • Eurythmy, the Visual Expression of the Speaking Soul,
    • evolving a theory, but only of making myself clear.
    • the individual, making him or a group of individuals into a
    • with difficulty was quite negligible, the remainder taking
  • Title: Differentation of Primeval Wisdom into East, Middle, West
    Matching lines:
    • of the mineral kingdom; at most understanding something of
    • of our present age tends absolutely towards making this
    • developing its own economic thinking. The East would come
    • actually cultivating the soil, of working upon the immediate
    • the East by the West in an economic way. That means making
    • working-man, of world phenomena. There what rests an the
    • So it has come about that this way of thinking, which is
    • march of this Aestheticising making itself felt, especially
    • of thinking, the inner soul-constitution of the Bethmann and
    • Ludendorf way of thinking, and those human beings who guided
  • Title: The Real Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • kingdoms of mature, or man himself, or the Hierarchies next
    • defined thinking, who rebel against forming clear concepts of
    • mineral, plant, or animal kingdom. All those are simply
    • waking-intelligence depends upon the union of the soul with
    • making of it. Those physical forces will fall away and be of
    • thinking — dividing and separating everything up
    • question of our speaking of Cosmic beings as better than
    • gravity, that would be working for the Ahrimanic
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • employees of the Daimler works are sitting. As I am speaking
    • have a living feeling for the active working and weaving of
    • his experiences to speak about the animal kingdom, assume
    • that in speaking he wants to make the following
    • spiritual forces are working. From knowledge of the spiritual
    • forces working in the world of the animals, he will perhaps
    • of what, strictly speaking, has arisen during the centuries
    • into making a compromise, this must be done consciously and
    • spirit is working in all we now observe in the world. Matter
    • three kingdoms — animal, vegetable and
    • below his body there are animal kingdom, plant kingdom and
    • mineral kingdom, so above there are the three spiritual
    • kingdoms of the hierarchies of the Angels, Archangels and
    • Archai. No one has the right to speak of animal kingdom,
    • plant kingdom and mineral kingdom as being below physical man
    • if he does not realise that three other kingdoms, spiritual
    • kingdoms, are above him. For man as a being of the physical
    • world stands in bodily connection with the three kingdoms of
    • stands in connection with the three kingdoms above, which,
    • spiritually as the three kingdoms below are real physically
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 1 (alternate translation)
    Matching lines:
    • working, of the nature and essence of the Spirit which exists
    • statements about the animal kingdom; suppose be wished to
    • make comprehensible the fact that in the animal kingdom and
    • its evolution, spiritual forces are working. It is quite
    • which work in the animal kingdom, he might nave to speak in
    • knowledge of the animal kingdom, to speak of the Spirit! Or
    • then we are not taking that book seriously. Matter is nowhere
    • him in the world are the three kingdoms, animal, vegetable,
    • animal, vegetable and mineral Kingdoms, so upwards are to be
    • found the three kingdoms of the spiritual hierarchies of the
    • the animal, vegetable and mineral kingdoms as lower degrees
    • the spiritual exist the three other spiritual kingdoms. For
    • his body, with the animal, vegetable and mineral kingdoms,
    • with these three higher kingdoms, which, for perfected human
    • lower kingdoms are real for the physical senses. As long as
    • the three higher kingdoms of Angels, Archangels and Archai.
    • Up to the time of our epoch, these three higher kingdoms had
    • working on him. The spiritual beings of the Hierarchies
    • the higher beings to use, by seeking for concepts which are
    • are of no account and there is no sense in speaking of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • surface of the Earth to be of a spherical shape. Speaking for
    • world. Now, for every really thinking man, the question must
    • at rest, you are in process of taking a real world journey! I
    • experiences have changed their character. I am here speaking
    • way of thinking.
    • and stultify certain forces instead of waking them into
    • taking up into his consciousness this absolute movement
    • thing to working arbitrarily: without any such aim. Certain
    • speaking to him about aesthetics and Carriere — who was a
    • great deal of abstract talking today about the ages or
    • the opposite of thinking which imagines that once a blessed
    • point, that is organic thinking in contradistinction to
    • mechanical thinking — and mechanical thinking is what
    • and for particular times; there must be concrete thinking
    • permit of our thinking out a certain condition of things
    • consider who the person is who is speaking
    • men avoid making themselves fundamentally familiar with such
  • Title: Man and Nature: Intellect in Man and Nature Bereft of the Gods
    Matching lines:
    • only with ideas concerning the natural world, man is making
    • deeply into the material world that he is no longer speaking
    • thinking. Man is becoming a kind of automaton in the
    • altogether. Locking at clouds, mountains, rivers, at the
    • that surrounds us in the mineral and plant kingdoms, and to a
    • certain extent also, in the animal kingdom, but apart
    • Past. When we look at Nature we are looking at
    • something which represents the spiritual Past, we are looking
    • concepts, man has been making his inner being empty and void.
    • And to what end has he been making himself empty? It is in
    • highest kingdom of Nature are the point from which the Divine
    • speaking, the element we speak of in a representative sense
  • Title: The Physical-Superphysical: Its Realisation Through Art
    Matching lines:
    • investigating more deeply the processes taking place in the
    • talking lies in a certain constitution of the human soul, in
    • Strictly speaking no colour, no line, appear in nature
    • working from outside — what stir a man up to take his
    • nature is seeking to do in one of her works — what can
    • the parts which nature killed by making them into a whole.
    • breaking- up of what is otherwise union — an imitation of
    • is widened and we find that, strictly speaking, what I have
    • from the realm of painting, of working in colour, to that of
    • one of which, however, I shall be speaking about. To begin
    • this breaking down of nature into the physical-superphysical
    • looking is, at the same time, always feeling. In ordinary
    • by looking at the other man, What is thus aroused by what we
    • breaking down of nature into what is physical-superphysical
  • Title: The Sources of Artistic Imagination and the Sources of Supersensible Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • this question: If the seer must suppress the workings of the
    • full of reality than ordinary thinking, is born from feeling
    • introduces into his buildings, by means of the thinking that
    • shadowy thinking of ordinary life, he feels related to these
    • the clairvoyant develops a new kind of thinking that is to
    • architect thinks and which he elaborates: Thinking as it is
    • thinking that is active in seership embraces space within its
    • senses, but that he must develop and elaborate this thinking
    • working. He learns to recognise the forces of the universe in
    • between numbers as they exist in his thinking; hence, in his
    • thinking, he feels related with what the architect creates.
    • nature of the seer's thinking and new life of feeling, by
    • with his different kind of thinking and perception, the seer
    • experiencing inwardly, while this mood is working within him.
    • forces that were working at the evolution of man at the stage
    • speaking of certain matters first and others later, or again
    • impressions he is speaking out of the spiritual world. And so
    • soul as nebulous, lacking in clarity. A human being has his
    • envisage this by thinking of the art of music,. While a man
    • complicated processes are taking place within the body. He
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Foundation Stone Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • The wise kings' heads.
    • By thinking
    • hierarchies by making the salutation more abstract. He wanted this
  • Title: Lecture: Human Knowledge and Its Significance for Man and the Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • to what extent it is valuable as a foodstuff, would be making a curious
    • of which they are fully conscious. The forces that are weaving and working
    • itself? It is true that during the 18th century a loose kind of thinking
    • over into another sphere of working altogether.
    • sphere of working. I beg you to take this truth in the deepest earnestness.
    • knowledge we acquire without making it a holy offering to the evolutionary
    • the teachings of Spiritual Science, nor of making them into a body of
  • Title: Anthroposophical Ethics ... St. Francis, Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • statement, when speaking of virtue, which we cannot
    • truth is something which must, to a great extent, be lacking
    • characteristic and striking example of Francis of Assisi. The
    • us consider what happens by people mentally working upon the
    • thinking of ourselves as being united with him in his work?
    • individual; you are making yourself into a part of this
  • Title: Teachings of Christ the Resurrected
    Matching lines:
    • there already existed thinking of a certain kind, although
    • nevertheless a certain sort of thinking; and when we
    • sleeping and waking, and the dream with its pictures belongs at
    • primeval man coincided with the waking state; it was a waking
    • possess a day-waking consciousness by means of which he would
    • waking consciousness, the perception of the immortal soul is
    • demanded of a human being who in his thinking is able to grasp
    • During earth-life the thinking part of the soul has streamed
    • into the human nervous system. Thinking no longer exists for
    • of speaking about the estate of the divine teachers of
  • Title: Christianity in the Evolutionary Course of Modern Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • thing: that a corporate body has been maintained which, linking
    • historical events when he was speaking of the Christ. He
    • observe the mode of his thinking; try to analyze his thought
    • has the keenness of his thinking? He gets it from the Christian
    • with his present-day thinking, could only be developed out of
  • Title: Eternal Soul of Man in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • in the waking state.
    • proceeds. We would be accompanied not only with waking
    • we see with the eyes, such as we have in the waking state,
    • thinking and action as a reality within you — now you see
    • initially, through active thinking, concentrated fully on
    • self-knowledge, the real self-knowledge, to the waking
    • things we are not speaking now of philosophical speculations,
    • When you compare the thinking, the feeling,
    • also in the waking state, they are actually a dream. We
    • only dream about even in the waking state, we gradually switch
    • on through reinforced thinking, through the deep silence of the
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture I: The Significance of Supersensible Knowledge Today
    Matching lines:
    • science; the results arrived at through painstaking research
    • for a moment what is taking place in a country where for
    • its people. But a change is taking place in this country
    • faith of the woman who preceded her son, the present king,
    • the contrast to what is taking place now: This woman sits in
    • while in Spain the young king is obliged to allow new ideas
    • to saturate the rigid system. A liberal minister is shaking
    • are making themselves felt, and against that, mere human
    • understanding of the change in attitude that is taking place.
    • What is taking
    • research is embarking an some strange investigations.) For
    • information of this spiritual research, thus making spiritual
    • looking at things. The person must, as it were, say: Here is
    • thinking to the matter, and see if life itself bears out what
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture II: Blood is a Very Special Fluid
    Matching lines:
    • spirit world behind it, just as when looking at a human face
    • social upheavals taking place make this evident to anyone.
    • one has in common with the vegetable kingdom.
    • Thus, we see that creatures belonging to the animal kingdom
    • insofar as they are related to the animal kingdom. The
    • world of light the workings of the great cosmic laws.
    • a person senses his ancestors in the same manner that waking
    • waking life we perceive external objects through the senses,
    • working in not only his blood but also in his memory. By
    • consciousness compared with modern human waking
    • it to a higher consciousness, whereas today's waking
    • animal kingdom where strange blood kills strange blood. In
    • the human kingdom strange blood kills the hazy clairvoyance
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture III: The Origin of Suffering
    Matching lines:
    • from the modern way of thinking; most of today's educated
    • victory over death. From looking up to a universal suffering
    • also possessed by the vegetable kingdom. Our third member,
    • life-force, causing a breaking down of tissue. Consciousness
    • already in the lower animal kingdom where the level of
    • generally speaking from a unity in humans must separate; a
    • soul forces in human beings: thinking, feeling and willing.
    • then there is no longer consistency between thinking, feeling
    • constituted human being of today, thinking, feeling and
    • is to become capable of higher perception, then thinking,
    • non-initiate. Because the contact between thinking, feeling
    • of feeling, a person of will and a thinking person; above
    • a twofold event taking place: a destructive process at work
    • mimicry of thinking as the expression of suppressed pain on a
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture IV: The Origin of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • with evil. In the animal kingdom one can speak of ferocity
    • animals. Evil is confined to the human kingdom. But modern
    • a kingdom by itself. Let us now consider this issue in the
    • that the one seeking entry would only use the knowledge for
    • will constitute a lower kingdom. Human nature is already
    • planet, and that which will be a lower kingdom. The earth
    • interdependence applies to all stages and kingdoms. Just as
    • mingled with love. Thinking and wisdom now became servants of
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VI: Education in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • the vegetable and animal kingdoms. In shape and size the
    • kind of cloud. We have it in common with the animal kingdom;
    • physical body is related to the mineral kingdom, the ether
    • body to the vegetable kingdom and the astral body to the
    • animal kingdom. The “I” humans have in common
    • must ensure that it does so, while also taking into account
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture V: Illness and Death
    Matching lines:
    • to the animal kingdom and saw how all striving is directed
    • animal or vegetable kingdom. This is because the beings of
    • the various kingdoms do not have certain abstract
    • similarities; each kingdom has its own specific
    • body, which we have in common with the vegetable kingdom,
    • animal kingdom, is the bearer of the life of feelings,
    • strictly speaking, only these organs that come into being
    • seeking and recognizing its origin; and life by recognizing
    • looking at a plant: This plant is composed according to
    • incorporates the poison into his own organism, thus making
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VII: Education and Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • Alexander the Great (356-323 B.C.) was king
    • person does not stem from the animal kingdom, though
    • pictorially the teacher should not be thinking that it is
    • thinking and memory; history the life of feeling. A sense for
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VIII: Insanity in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • their children for such illness, mistaking it for
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture IX: Wisdom and Health
    Matching lines:
    • being, looking at the stars, will recognize the eternal laws
    • of walking her dog in the evening. On one particular night
    • it with the Life Spirit, making human beings powerful
    • brother's Operation was taking place. For a long time he
    • throughout nature. Strictly speaking, it is only a human
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture X: Stages in Man's Development in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • Taking all
    • satisfaction is lacking. This indicates the nature of the
    • organs are lacking through which satisfaction can be
    • physical characteristics he needs for making use of the
    • destination ever more clearly, the working of these laws must
    • the right food it will develop a liking for what is
    • body. If that is lacking, then the strong inner life
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XI: Who are the Rosicrucians?
    Matching lines:
    • they were meant as satire, mocking a certain secret brotherhood
    • stage demands. It requires the student to develop a thinking
    • world — and that is logical thinking. It is precisely
    • thinking. Ordinary thinking consists of combining physical
    • facts. Here we are concerned with thinking that has become
    • philosophers, who deny the existence of such thinking. Modern
    • person concerned is not capable of thinking in pure thoughts.
    • Rosicrucianism, this is known as self-created thinking.
    • Someone who resolves to train his thinking in this direction
    • find a thinking that combines physical facts, but thoughts
    • continuous thinking. And as anyone can follow it, the reader
    • thinking.
    • the pupil's thinking. For those who seek a still stricter
    • thinking with the characteristic that is self-generating.
    • Without this kind of thinking the higher stages of
    • thinking; the more thorough schooling is not absolutely
    • stage is the acquisition of imaginative thinking.
    • is meant by imaginative thinking?
    • thinking was, in the words uttered by the Chorus Mysticus, in
    • kingdoms of plant, animal and human. The World-Soul is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XII: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • would have thought of it before speaking. It must be borne in
    • separate ways, he saw their working together as an ideal,
    • formed into the various creature's of the kingdoms of nature:
    • the mineral, plant and animal kingdoms, and that of humans.
    • operate as separate undertakings; they all functioned in
    • became self-seeking, egoistical. Wagner looked back as it
    • past. What one witnesses is no longer drama taking place
    • some action taking place on the stage, we should become aware
    • mankind's evolution. Looking back to ancient times, Wagner
    • once been the normal consciousness of all mankind. The waking
    • background of the momentous upheavals taking place all over
    • mighty revolution was taking place. Up till then a person's
    • a beautiful interpretation of this idea, taking it as far as
    • the green hill.” Looking out over the fields watching
    • Looking towards
    • succeeded in bringing religion into art, in making art
    • as it was when there was still a feeling for the working of
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XIII: The Bible and Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • stand up to close historical investigation. Looking at events
    • investigation does not bear this out. Looking back we come to
    • themselves they shall find the Kingdom of Heaven." No words
    • spirit, for within themselves they shall find the Kingdom of
    • the Kingdom of Heaven; it penetrates everything physical. As
    • kingdom we see the physically imperfect side by side with the
    • physically more perfect; in the human kingdom we see all
    • Our clear waking consciousness developed from it. At the time
    • themselves they shall find the Kingdom of Heaven.”
  • Title: An Impulse for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • to this seeking and asking. He mastered today's exact science; he can
    • sinking of the ship were offered to us, but we were not mature enough
    • among the appropriate persons a method of working is endowed of which
    • to make is that a method of working shall enter the world as an
    • provides the required sanction. Within this working group a purely
    • spiritual method of working and in its results.
    • working group who holds to a different viewpoint, but only if he has
    • you may say that I am talking a lot
    • Three-Kings Day (Epiphany) a number of members of the community will
    • This will only be for the time between now and the next Three Kings'
    • of course not be expected to adhere to such a way of working. For
    • nothing but complete free will for such a way of working is
    • the next Three Kings Day passed and no
    • Kings Day. Nothing was informed and it is therefore obvious that the
    • the coolness of the stone kingdom and the almost exciting affecting
    • seeking new ways, which by experiencing the sharps and flats, over
  • Title: Article/Lecture: West-East Aphorisms
    Matching lines:
    • material bearer of the life of thought, even in the most abstract thinking,
    • The ancient Oriental entered into his dream-like thinking more from the
    • conscious breath with conscious thinking, in this way, he laid hold in his
    • unite his thinking with the breath. Through meditation, he must lift his
    • thinking out of the life of logic to vision. In vision, however, thought
    • Western man must do, he would have led his dream-like thinking into
    • wisdom of the world. Later wisdom was given over to thinking; it became
    • wisdom, warm with feeling and speaking of the beauty of the cosmos, the
    • the thinking Western man of being soulless, and the thinking Western man
    • are material ghosts, taking their place before the eyes of the soul because
    • thinking. The Western man is still living amidst the processes of this last
    • West a stand in thinking which manifests itself in social turmoil, the East
    • economics. It is for this reason that the social thinking of the ancient
    • dreams of truth in a true awaking, the man of the West will then have to
  • Title: Contrasting World-conceptions of East and West
    Matching lines:
    • evident — from the moment of waking up to the moment of
    • which we can study our waking life and all that it
    • we do not only live in the world during our waking condition,
    • and we look back without really thinking about it into
    • obvious to our ordinary way of thinking that we must be
    • very elementary development of the thinking forces. Oriental
    • moment of waking up to the moment of falling asleep, he felt
    • different way of thinking.
    • before you schematically. In the waking human being, the Ego
    • vicinity of the head. Strictly speaking, when we are asleep,
    • without speaking metaphorically, that in the most remote epochs
    • waking up, the human being thus found in his head the deeds of
    • gods. And when he then lived through his waking life and was
    • essentially speaking, they had the same thoughts, feelings and
    • from his sleep, because on waking, his fully developed senses
    • during his waking condition, because his senses were not
    • Now, however, a time came — speaking generally, in the
    • really have to admit that this is the way of thinking of the
    • during his waking life man's own natural development no
    • will lie the possibility of breaking away from the forces
  • Title: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • two parts. We can grasp this best of all by seeking an answer
    • When speaking of the last Judgement, Christ says in his
    • Come, ye blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for
    • three days, when you travel through the kingdoms of heaven; but
    • One will come, Who will bring the Kingdoms of Heaven down to
  • Title: Year's Course as a Symbol for the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • earth's mineral kingdom; let us look upon everything
    • consciousness which forms part of the mineral kingdom. We
    • we study the vegetable kingdom from the standpoint of
    • kingdom as a whole is an independent being in respect to the
    • kingdom which develops upon the earth. The laws which govern
    • consciousness of the vegetable kingdom of the whole earth,
    • kingdom. In the height of summer the vegetable kingdom
    • external physical development. The vegetable kingdom is then
    • earth-consciousness pertaining to the mineral kingdom and the
    • vegetable kingdom have ONE consciousness; that is to say, the
    • thinking consciousness of the vegetable world (of the WHOLE
    • vegetable kingdom, not of single plants) is far more limited;
    • vegetable kingdom becomes aware of the secrets of the stars, it
    • when all human thinking developed under the influence of the
    • development of the vegetable and mineral Kingdoms during the
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • and from there over again into the waking state, we see that on one
    • on the other side ego and astral organism. Though in waking state these
    • first have to make it clear to yourself, while looking at this large
    • But, while looking at the large red surface, during this time, the red
    • this wants to go. There is always a tendency like that taking place,
    • four times slower pace of the head has in its working all that which
    • it, so that the act of striking from outside will be sufficiently fastened.
    • kidney system works very fast and brings its inner working to the etheric,
    • will show. What is working there, what basically is a thrust pulsated
    • coming from the head is working, that wants to slow down these processes,
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • animal, plant, and also partly from the mineral kingdom. But what man
    • we receive it ordinarily — at best prepared by cooking
    • way the whole process is taking place. By taking articles of food into
    • outer surrounding, from the animal kingdom. But by eating it man drives
    • organism from the animal or plant kingdom, has to be thoroughly killed,
    • In our cooking we accomplish
    • in there the forces of,the astral body are working. This is then something
    • not working in us, which maintains us through the astral body within
    • higher animal kingdom, not with the lower animals, not even the gallic
    • if it is working too strongly. I had said, the ether body might be all
    • right;, but let us assume now, that it is working too strongly. If this
    • condition and the astral body working too strong the kidney is not engaged
    • enough. What is radiating across, because the astral body is working
    • too strongly, will be claimed by it without the kidney working along
    • not working together in the right way.
    • is stimulated too strongly, so that really everything that is working
    • it can also be that the plastic activity of the kidney, is working too
    • ourselves to looking at a God who is separate, but instead follow God
    • It is so, that the kidney also develops an activity of thinking. The
    • particular that kind of thinking which has also played a direct role
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • it in this way: in him death is fighting. And making well one regarded
    • forces are working. Therefore one prepared these or other plants by
    • always was asking: what does one have to do regarding the ether body?
    • light comes from the plant kingdom. This we do not take up at all any
    • But all that is there in the animal and plant kingdom becomes something
    • one takes something out of the mineral kingdom. It does not matter if
    • especially in the plant kingdom.
    • transition from a mere looking at the darkness in substances —
    • today — to an imaginative way of looking, by “striking the
    • making a diagnosis of, let us say, an enlargement of the heart. He does
    • question of looking at what the finished organ is, since it simply is
    • are making a row — and now the tools for instruction are making
    • Fichte had something of an inkling beforehand of this in making the
    • of his Faust. It was really provoking for Goethe, of course! So one
    • of the West — or taking the trouble to adjust ourselves to the
    • The plants were, so to speak, drinking the cosmos light and man in turn
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture I: The Past Shows Us a Picture of Necessity
    Matching lines:
    • willing, and thinking within these events, considering them for
    • differently in it?” Or, looking more toward the future,
    • infinity, our thinking becomes confused. The problem arising
    • know, at a place where people are attacking us rather severely
    • science, and thinking it might be especially effective, he
    • thinking gets so confused?” And we will now look at the
    • very confusion we were speaking about. This confusion is
    • happened differently?” we are only looking at the
    • external events. We are looking at the events as they happen on
    • had the feeling that while this experience was taking
    • say, deeper natures may feel that events not taking place on
    • of people setting off by coach and taking a drive, and a
    • they did. Looking at it this way we can base the whole thing on
    • another being is working on or withdrawing from a task.
    • emerging, that they are quite confusing for human thinking.
    • These shocking events seem to Haeckel to prove his dogma that
    • events are making Haeckel tremendously superficial where
    • approach these things than their thinking gets confused. Yet
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture II: The Legend of the Prague Clock
    Matching lines:
    • thinking and believe we can solve it that way. I showed that in
    • the first place we use our thinking only for the physical
    • thinking precisely in life's most difficult problems, why we
    • are, so to speak, lost in the woods and imagining we are making
    • where our thinking is concerned, we do not notice that we
    • thinking, feeling, and willing. I mentioned that as late as the
    • perpetually to have his vanity aroused, the man looking at
    • man looking at his reflection, and Death. And how many people
    • to move first, accompanying the striking of the hour with a
    • can also imagine something else. Taking this aspect into
    • karma. One might say that the making of that clock and placing
    • comes to making it a principle of life, wouldn't it? Someone
    • happening in many cases. He has seen people looking at
    • again, taking a shortsighted view, someone could say
    • thinking now if we want to judge our actions by asking,
    • thinking is very marked. As a rule this confusion cannot be
    • disapprove of an author's breaking away from the
    • matchmaking scoundrel could have done just as well without
    • by my sympathy and antipathy. Naturally the man I was speaking
    • look into our own souls and see only what is taking place in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture III: Three Teachers with Different Attitudes
    Matching lines:
    • their different ways of looking ahead. The first two
    • certain that I will be talking about such and such a subject at
    • year, and our working together is not affected by the mistakes
    • intention of enhancing their abilities but only of making their
    • have the wish to be effective as a result of working in a
    • thinking in a luciferic way.
    • horse is pulling him, it is taking him where he wants to
    • looking for the chain of causes before we come to the
    • fashion of looking at his heredity, and so on. However, let us
    • looking at things, even of looking at what we call freedom,
    • making him a postman, a country postman, who has to go
    • utterly futile occupation. By specifically not thinking
    • as it has learnt something, then we are looking at things the
    • by taking both the good and the bad into himself and simply
    • now and next Tuesday. Then, taking this illustration as
    • the sight of the object. Now, by a remarkable interworking of
    • taking the mirror away again, then none of our knowledge
    • livingly. But we must not keep on looking at it, otherwise the
    • to looking at ourselves in a mirror. We can make progress
    • to heart. Then, taking this illustration as a basis, let us
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture IV: The Roman World and the Teutonic Tribes
    Matching lines:
    • appearance. All the various events we have seen taking place in
    • did if that encounter had not occurred? Here, we are looking at
    • What is taking place today is in turn the starting point of
    • possible consequences of the battles taking place in that time,
    • stream of events taking place on the physical plane there
    • physical plane. We must be in no doubt that looking at human
    • our past achievements, looking at a successful or
    • really striking example. Suppose someone has nothing to
    • This is a striking case, but in a certain way it applies to all
    • Broadly speaking, you will find all this analyzed, though more
    • moved forward or backward in time. But speaking generally we
    • within him through looking down from the spiritual world. For
    • speaking of the physical body, we ought really to say we grow
    • free by not eating, because you feel the taking in of food to
    • making ourselves more and more free with regard to life on the
    • time is the time for taking part in spiritual science, if we
    • is why in connection with working our way into spiritual
    • necessity we speak of working our way up to the beings who bend
    • through thinking in the way of spiritual science can we find
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture V: The "I" is Found on the Physical Plane in Acts of Will
    Matching lines:
    • is given, we can state that in our ordinary waking condition we
    • dispersed or die. Yet anyone with sound thinking will
    • falling asleep and waking up.” Then of course we would no
    • are speaking of something entirely different.
    • the process of waking up consists of our I coming into
    • I. And throughout our waking day we are not really in
    • our body. This impact is just like looking into the mirror and
    • picking up of the watch remains a mystery even for the physical
    • exercise the strong thinking necessary for the understanding of
    • whether it is the mineral, plant, animal, or human kingdom,
    • astral body back to you. Anyone observing nature or making an
    • scientist were to follow his way of thinking to its logical
    • Ziehen goes on to show that there is no sense in speaking of
    • deed after another and others who keep on attacking people for
    • making the soul drunk, awakens the soul to spiritual
    • metaphorically speaking, he falls down with a loud thud as a
    • properly, it is a straightforward matter of embarking on a
    • to the development of thinking on the one hand and the
    • development of will on the other, showed how thinking proceeds
    • through thinking. It also showed how we find the other
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture I: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • materialistic thinking and feeling, on the earth became more
    • these things in their seeing, speaking and thinking. The
    • aims of Eurhythmy, not just superficially seeking sensation,
    • (naturally you must take this in the right way, I am speaking
    • gradually into their language, into their speaking into their
    • thinking something written over from the abstract to the
    • Where then is the concrete thinking,
    • or where in the whole world is there any concrete thinking,
    • conception of the right? Let us examine the matter by taking
    • means of such things that one can succeed in linking concrete
    • the fifteenth century. But this thinking in imagery has been
    • thrown overboard. We must once more cultivate this making of
    • conventional use of words. Who today in speaking of
    • adjective is much better than the noun. I'm speaking much
    • speaking of it for the most part, everything significant is
    • one speaking concretely the only possible conception is that
    • be speaking of spirit, spirit, spirit. Take the word
    • to think of Spiritus, spirits of wine: in thinking
    • will again support imaginative thinking. Through forming
    • should be made a practice so that in speaking one begins to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture II: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • People become more and more different in their thinking,
    • and farther afield making enormous demands of the people.
    • to abstract, unimaginative thinking. What must be evolved
    • Furche (furrow) we make in walking over the ground;
    • beings walking about on the physical earth, but with men
    • that language is a mere medium for making oneself understood.
    • consideration in it as a means of making themselves
    • speaks of a table he means a chair, or when speaking of a
    • merely as a means of making ourselves mutually understood is
    • others so that no one knows what the other is thinking. You
    • other is not thinking! Well now — we understand each
    • life because we happened to be speaking human beings; but we
    • speaking we are simply producing sound-gestures, hinting at
    • have been speaking, men must, if they are to evolve
    • light he was taking in: this feeling was an experience in
    • what man today holds to be most essential. For on looking
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture I: The Difference Between Man and Animal
    Matching lines:
    • must above all be borne in mind as a particularly striking fact at present
    • modern thought is taking, within the limits, that is to say, of what
    • still taking the standpoint that must be taken in Spiritual Science.
    • that has an extraordinary way of hoodwinking the modern thinker. It
    • shining lights of protestant theology in Berlin strictly speaking in
    • has schooled his thinking to the point of being able to grasp the whole
    • The curious thing is, however, that the abstract concept is not lacking
    • thinking back to the most elementary, the most instinctive perception
    • happening. It has to draw attention to what is now taking place in the
    • all conceptions enabling them to direct this conceiving, this thinking,
    • To make thinking in accordance
    • him? It actually takes him back into the animal kingdom. And this explains
    • images with the spiritual, by taking up the spiritual into our
    • him of sinking back to the animal. When man in primitive culture epochs
    • the animal. Strictly speaking man is thoroughly unobservant about his
    • all the warm-blooded animals. I was walking once with a university man
    • man would really arrive finally at thinking differently about himself
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture II: St. John of the Cross
    Matching lines:
    • world, making it necessary at present for man to take a new standpoint
    • taking into account all the prejudice belonging to certain religious
    • Pantheism that is forever talking of how behind the outspread world
    • today of making man capable of being permeated with the Holy Spirit.
    • in his acting, thinking, feeling, and that because the Holy Ghost is
    • working in him the practice of certain virtues becomes easy which otherwise
    • Rome. And it in widely recognised that anyone thinking differently about
    • St. John of the Cross, admits the possibility of God Himself taking
    • and cast its shell. And by then taking beliefs which has nothing to
    • today all thinking men are candidates. This exactly represents the progress
    • thinking men—in the actual sense of John of the Cross one turns
    • evil that would come were man to throw back the breaking wave of the
    • cosmic lrws in any case in the unconscious, is taking place in the soul
    • God Iho is working. ( within the soul, that is to
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture III: Clairvoyant Vision Looks at Mineral, Plant, Animal, Man
    Matching lines:
    • For you certainly know that taking earthly evolution as a whole it divides
    • new relations are making their way into mankind's evolution. I have
    • the surrounding world in the mineral kingdom, plant kingdom, animal
    • kingdom and in his own human kingdom. This is what is visible around
    • man. And in the visible human kingdom there is played out what comes
    • side man can look upon the mineral kingdom and the plant kingdom; on
    • the other side he can look on the animal kingdom and the kingdom of
    • man himself. Both—mineral kingdom and plant kingdom as well as
    • human kingdom and animal kingdom—unveil themselves to him in such
    • of the way in which on the one hand the mineral kingdom and plant kingdom,
    • and on the other hand the animal kingdom and human kingdom reveal themselves
    • unwilling to go into all the doubts which arise from observing the kingdoms
    • the mineral and plant kingdoms, as well as in our view of the connection
    • with the animal and human kingdoms. Unconsciously men already have,
    • pressing on so that they come to this change. I am speaking in Imaginations,
    • looking at the mineral and plant kingdoms with this transformed power
    • people just get frightened. When such knowledge is acquired, on looking
    • at the mineral and plant kingdoms, one always experiences something
    • as if in a vivid feeling what is living in the mineral and plant kingdoms.
    • kingdom and the kingdom of man, there is always a sensation that can
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 4: Human Qualities Which Oppose Antroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • We have been speaking of
    • arises above all about this is why so many people today avoid making
    • far less liking today for sound human understanding than people imagine,
    • in mind our entire life in its alternating states of sleeping and waking.
    • to sleep and waking up again: (Compare Z-233) we do not know it, however,
    • the same things to begin with in which we are when making use of our
    • just from the external facts to gather what I have been speaking of.
    • Now in that I am going to say I am not speaking here to you individually,
    • to as the thinking about nature and natural phenomena. It is on this
    • to be active. Thus in social life there are always taking place between
    • clear thinking about these things is sent to sleep simply by men being
    • whether these, while thinking out their so-called social and political
    • making an objection. You will say: Yes, on earth matters are so arranged
    • to succeed in making all mankind into one family; whoever wanted this
    • it is not only physical sound speaking but the divine spiritual being
    • when speaking of such things as these, for the simple reason that people
    • stage not only of taking things materialistically in accordance with
    • science, but also of taking life itself materialistically confounding
    • men. To be sure, speaking of these things today, people believe one
    • really strikingly conspicuous, at times even taking grotesque forms.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 5: Paganism, Hebraism, and the Greek Spirit, Hellenism
    Matching lines:
    • into harmony with the working of the Jahve God. The whole tragedy of
    • kingdom is in fact indicated, in which are the good and the evil and
    • this is rather different from the Kingdom of Nature. It may be said
    • man in that he was thinking about himself was nearer the divine not
    • taking place inwardly in mankind, he would have had to says mankind
    • then for earth to give mankind. In other words looking to Golgotha and
    • For what strictly speaking
    • the path of those seeking initiation in the Ancient pagan mysteries.
    • the external social structure for mankind. Christ became a special King,
    • be described as seeking a personal relation to Christ Jesus in contrast
    • the kingdom of ideas. When he spoke of ideas, it was not to the abstract
    • forth from his intimate inmost being because Goethe is so honestly seeking
    • does not grip the heart. what can modern man do if he wishes to awaking
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 6: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation
    Matching lines:
    • this force, for making oneself acquainted with the spiritual world by
    • outer form. It would be shocking prejudice to think that English civilisation
    • is working with all its power to bring to naught, to
    • him in the studies he was then making concerning the spread of mid-European
    • to be the spiritual king not only of mid-Europe but of all mankind.
    • lengths to serve as herald, had it been a question of making Goethe
    • king of all earthly culture. But neither can one get free of the other
    • the task of our time is to find the way back to Goethe. Strictly speaking
    • making every effort to model, to form the human, to work out of the
    • finds in them the thread to which to hold when seeking that way. There
    • has done. Goethe would have nothing to do with the abstract thinking
    • who really could give Goethe what was lacking in the intimate circle
    • case of Linnaeus, but, Goethe needed the possibility of taking from
    • which enables the bridge to be built from the kingdom of the physical
    • world of the senses to the kingdom of the superphysical; and between
    • supersensible kingdom may be experienced.
  • Title: Regarding Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • physical place, taking place in the physical world, they too
    • world. Much taking place in the physical world can be more
    • our physical plane which belong to the various kingdoms of
    • different kingdoms we conclude that their form is firm,
    • world working in us; this is our own astral body. This is the
    • looking snakelike protuberances, distinguishable in colouring
    • principle working. At the top, where the bony skull capsule
    • of pain and reluctance, the opposite happens through working
    • experience, we also start to recognise the working of it into
  • Title: Goethe's Relationship to his 'Faust'
    Matching lines:
    • to the consideration just mentioned. One discovers, on looking
    • knowledge, couldn't grasp what really was working in his soul.
    • Goethean in “Faust”? When looking at Faust —
    • working at length with “Faust,” one doesn't get the
    • merger linking our wishes, feelings and desires within our
    • “Faust” from the standpoint of taking everything
  • Title: What is Self-knowledge?
    Matching lines:
    • Through taking a clear view and getting to know the entire
    • objective way. Looking into oneself is a danger. The causes why
    • a small aura. When we start to refine our judgement, making it
    • understand the working of karma. Take an example of how karma
    • “I,” while taking into consideration the karmic
    • thinking, a self-evident requirement: just like an oven warms a
    • themselves. Thus it is with the anthroposophic way of thinking,
    • consider the question: what is karmic thinking?
    • this case, “karmic thinking?” I was here in a
    • thinking about the self without all-embracing world-knowledge,
    • as people looking at the world from the most diverse angles. On
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture I: The Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • representation of that which is of a spiritual nature, was lacking in
    • a certain intellectual thinking, an intellectual feeling concerning
    • with the sense of something new making its way into the development
    • about these things, but this evening we will begin by making a survey
    • way of thinking. This does not imply that the form of an organic being
    • quite originally and elementally, out of the intuitive thinking.
    • a natural organism, he then possesses a kind of thinking which is able
    • the lobe of his ear; if you have the right intuitive thinking and feeling,
    • On the line dividing the two will be the speaking-desk, on both sides
    • on the one hand it is an instrument for thinking and on the other hand
    • arches which can only be understood by organic structural thinking.
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture II: Bau Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • that the law of change from Saturn to Sun is an inward law whose workings
    • can be seen. This inner law whose workings can be seen has been expressed
    • sinking from every-day consciousness into dreams we cannot sufficiently
    • and where possible avoid thinking, which is so very exhausting, when
    • we are following our everyday concerns, cooking or tending machines
    • for a shaking-up and not less for a becoming more aware than in ordinary
    • that it is exactly with regard to the things that are at present working
    • speaking of the paintings in the cupola, to speak more of many things
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture III: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, especially in the art of painting must make itself felt. This
    • produces in the seeking man. You see it brought to expression especially
    • seeking few men as yet are conscious. Since the 15th century we have
    • freedom. self-consciousness. Humanity can only do this by breaking adrift
    • he who to-day is not himself dead as regards his seeking, finds in the
    • seeking of these principles an incentive to what makes man free but
    • Hero you see the seeking man, who to-day is under the impress, under
    • Trinity is to be understood: Death, the Seeking Man and the young Child
    • indeed our powers of thinking because we continually bear the forces
    • for the purpose of thinking to penetrate our whole organism we should
    • you must give up asking inartistic questions. When an artist paints
    • here wholly lacking.
    • here we are shown how man is seeking the state of equilibrium between
    • the point of view of the spirit: man is continually seeking the balance
    • is always seeking the balance between these two conditions, and we may
    • undertake the,risk of making it known to and understood by those to
    • to-day without taking up the impulses which come to us from this knowledge
    • which is fermenting and working in humanity, and the moment one occupies
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture I: The Problem of Faust
    Matching lines:
    • the further working of its impulses was something very
    • looking back to the ancient magic, to an older type of
    • self-knowledge; seeking the spirit within itself.
    • particular moment. Those who know the workings of the deeply
    • on working, and now they influence an action of Faust's which
    • sinking lower.
    • of sense, thinking, because he has an astral body. Faust
    • is rising higher but he is sinking lower.
    • and the physical body are working together in him, through
    • these impulses prevail, for the external barking of the dog
    • him, and by making use of the living force of what dwells
    • truth, are working, and now he sees himself with a clearness
    • — and represented also by his final waking. Then Goethe
    • short passage, and we may be sure that many seeking spiritual
    • “The King's crown should be of
    • by hunger. Throw hire the body of the King that he may
    • certain process. “King” is a name given to a
    • Wolf”, and the other the “Golden King”,
    • devoured the King. ...” It comes about, therefore,
    • mountains, is amalgamated with the Golden King, a certain
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture II: The Romantic Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • irony. The underlying idea of linking this scene with the
    • calamity, Faust is to be seen full of vigour walking with
    • may be objected, no doubt, that is asking too much of us to
    • just thinking out something about spiritual worlds and their
    • speaking thus to a large congregation, for he himself
    • strange-looking individual with a pale face moving towards
    • before the other, but making himself glide forward. —
    • For this deeper element Faust is seeking
    • making use of the luciferic arts at his disposal, but how
    • given an accurate picture by Goethe of a scene taking place
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture III: Goethe's Feeling for the Concrete.
    Matching lines:
    • spirits of men were seeking with infinite enthusiasm for
    • mind of men like Fichte, Schelling, Hegel, when I'm talking
    • pit-goers, looking there, as Goethe imagined it, for
    • Faust has lived, while Homunculus traverses all the kingdoms
    • away by abstract thinking and the desire to live in abstract
    • Mocking itself, not knowing what befalls it.”
    • where Homunculus is speaking to Mephistopheles, by some
    • soul doing while the animal is digesting? The soul is taking
    • processes taking place within her, but truly, though all that
    • have to draw the processes taking place between the stomach
    • is lacking, on the other hand we have the inevitable parallel
    • when men talk so, they are indeed not talking of anything
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IV: Faust and the "Mothers"
    Matching lines:
    • poets, in speaking of the Mysteries, refer to those who were
    • into regions, into kingdoms, that Goethe thought to be like
    • that kingdom of the Mothers into which the initiate into the
    • however, by an external cause end not by gradual painstaking
    • Mephistopheles, the force of evil working into the physical,
    • anthroposophical circles, are seeking knowledge of the
    • that takes place through the interworking of the cosmos with
    • embryo. That is not so. A working of the cosmic forces of the
    • those forces that, working down out of the cosmos, prepare
    • has the feeling that an unknown kingdom is making its
    • still working — working on into our own time. And those
    • prompter's box making his insinuations from there.
    • flowed into modern history, were already there, were working.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture V: Faust and the Problem of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • Looking into
    • fundamentally speaking, was after all but a faint repetition
    • Faust sees the picture in the magic looking-glass. Faust, as
    • Witches' Kitchen, in the magic looking-glass, Faust is to a
    • magic looking-glass in the Witches' Kitchen. You can perceive
    • his Thinking. The ‘Classico-romantic
    • king Proteus was ruling. Slaves who had escaped from Paris'
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VI: The Helena Saga and the Riddle of Freedom
    Matching lines:
    • of the nineteenth century there have been working among human
    • speaking.
    • working in a magical way, — it was the descendants of
    • by Paris are accomplished by something taking place in the
    • Goddesses with the conflict that is taking place among them.
    • working of the Dark Powers since the, last third of the
    • you can tell from the whole context; the seeking of social
    • certain. This preparation, this making-ready, can, however,
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VII: Some Spiritual-Scientific Observations
    Matching lines:
    • taking place and the lecture can therefore be independent of
    • wish to stress the fact that I shall not be speaking from the
    • We should discover the working-together, the mutual relations,
    • As I said before, I am not speaking to-night from the
    • surrounding us in the kingdoms of nature can combine to form
    • works. This is a heroic undertaking before which any other
    • knowledge of the kingdoms of nature. And that is actually the
    • feeling, thinking and willing as men, but we really only know
    • lies at the root of his taking Faust to Greece, of his
    • course than the ordinary life of waking consciousness. This
    • conscious, waking life in which our bright ideas run round,
    • springs than do his waking moments.
    • world-order is different from what it is in ordinary waking
    • us to perceive the difference between the life in waking
    • the point of view of our waking consciousness, we speak here
    • world out of which dreams are working, there are no such
    • are with our waking consciousness, no longer have meaning, As
    • asleep and waking. With our physical body we could not
    • asleep to waking, and out of it spring dreams.
    • is quite unlike the world we see today during our waking hours
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VIII: Spiritual Science Considered with the Classical Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • making of man's being than can be known or fathomed either by
    • experiences in waking, life, between waking and falling
    • themselves to know a little more about waking. If they would
    • would find that, during this waking time, they do a great
    • between waking and sleeping is really only apparent. We might
    • say that not only do men dream during their waking hours,
    • things. As we all know, we are in a genuinely waking
    • Sleep-life projects itself into waking life. We could be far
    • evoking all kinds of images as they come and go, ideas that
    • his waking life, very often there are moments when he
    • thinking power, with which rightly to follow their daily
    • waking life, few are able to set the right value on
    • intellectual thinking, and yielding conclusions beyond the
    • totally different, from the experiences of waking life. We
    • in just one case as to how far dream-life differs from waking
    • people were the same in waking life as they are in dreams.
    • you speak, for speaking is only learnt in waking day life,
    • this were continued into waking life. You see, it is the
    • consciousness. That is all covered up in waking
    • man would never attain the ego-conscious thinking he is to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IX: Goethe's Life of the Soul from the Standpoint of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • thinking where natural science is concerned is precisely what
    • thinking. He took a peep through the prism; the wall was
    • this lies some kind of working together of super imposed
    • matter of any theory. Darkness and lightness are working
    • And he was looking for something of the same kind in the life
    • is willing to apply thinking only for assembling phenomena in
    • organization was such that while looking into things thus his
    • used by him that in looking at it thus he is not deluded by a
    • theories and hpotheses — for in the realm of thinking
    • phenomena but theories and hypotheses — and seeking to
    • thinking is developed, it is not possible today to unite the
    • the phenomena; it means making merely a useful servant of
    • thinking, but not letting it interfere in results. Where
    • conception — and death. And by looking on one side into
    • reflected in the other; that is to say, instead of seeking to
    • that were already being prepared in Goethe's way of thinking
    • thinking works with tremendous reality and in accordance with
    • which had been working in him since his childhood. It was
    • the sun with a burning glass, making it light his candle. He
    • the sense of the theory of metamorphoses through thinking of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture X: Faust's Knowledge and Understanding of Himself
    Matching lines:
    • special significance in foresaking the land and sailing out
    • this is not said in any belittling sense — by making
    • of soul and spirit where, between falling asleep and waking,
    • origin and evolution of mankind. Thus, by evoking from the
    • abstract concepts, and taking them for symbols. the more you
    • whoever wishes to understand the sometimes grotesque looking
    • when so speaking? That is why very modern and sceptical minds
    • talking, even if it is about the spirit. Follow what is said
    • becomes free, even during the waking condition. Only, a man
    • active of the forces of nature — then we are speaking of
    • that can be created artistically, out of what is working in
    • — the waking world of day, and the world that is
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XI: The Vision of Reality in the Greek Myths
    Matching lines:
    • that the Greek felt when thinking of his Kabiri in
    • echoed in his own feeling. He expresses all this by making
    • applied, the same laws that he himself was tracking down. And
    • her he is making one look back from the superphysical to the
    • Homunculus-Homo problem by looking across to the
    • these elements overpower what is here taking place. And it
    • physical waking existence. These forces are identical. Every
    • over us unperceived. The holy mystery of waking is
    • concerning this waking. It may be understood in imagination
    • world, towards making a Homo of Homunculus, is dashed to
    • wished to do; the moment of waking has to be brought about so
    • making him wake to life in Greek reality.
    • penetrating the art of the south, of making the spirit of
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XII: Goetheanism In Place of Homunculism and Mephistophelianism
    Matching lines:
    • thinking and willing; sometimes it partakes more of thinking
    • consider the one pole of forming ideas, thinking, and then
    • an thinking and a willing being. But there are special
    • features about this thinking and willing. The
    • on the path of thinking, that with his thinking in the
    • thinking, my dear friends, it is exactly as if a man were
    • farther. And he says: Thinking, the forming of ideas, drives
    • be able to reach the goal thinking itself has indicated.
    • the goal of thought by thinking, he is doomed to
    • arises. It is not so much that in our thinking we are stopped
    • thinking and willing. But it is on these paths of complacency
    • intention themselves of making good. And then look at the
    • man does what he pleases on the physical plane, making God
    • feelings of the boundaries to thinking and willing may also
    • arrive at our own human nature, cannot with our thinking
    • only by looking clear-sightedly into these relations can we
    • very qualities you find attractive in the animal kingdom, in
    • animal kingdom rises to a certain height; then comes the
    • this Homunculus is. We come from the spiritual world seeking
    • clear conception just before waking, when all the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy as a Demand of the Times
    Matching lines:
    • of subconscious sensations, making them unsure in life, even
    • there the thinking human being feels safe with the content of
    • spiritual impulses as working in the world, when he must think
    • of as working in the world what he brings about out of a
    • when instead of looking out into the world you look back into
    • heart. Or we dream that we are walking past a fence. We see how
    • looking self-observation, so one was also not satisfied with
    • dreamer but a normal waking person, nay even more than a normal
    • waking person. To the dreamer the symbols come spontaneously,
    • to the waking person the conceptual images come through outer
    • stimulation. The waking person who makes alive within himself
    • of thinking and imagining and with this to an altogether higher
    • does not love the inner activity of thinking, because one
    • sensible human being, fully conscious that he himself is making
    • view of waking life. The dream can only be unmasked from the
    • point of view of waking; the dreamer imagines the content of
    • ready to live with empty consciousness, with normal waking
    • consciousness without this waking consciousness having a
    • spirituality works, the moral laws are working. There the moral
    • to whom he was speaking in the morning. He must really be able
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • in-between conditions of life, between waking and sleeping for
    • people who were capable of making observations in the spiritual
    • talking of images, spiritual images, of the supersensible. They
    • mineral kingdom; they were images in distinct physical-mineral
    • working; the freedom of the “I” in opposition to
    • actual meaning is: “I am the god working continually from
    • penetrating into the soul of the time and thoroughly seeking
  • Title: Way of Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • impulses, as a way of thinking and in no other way can we
    • sensual world, outside, and our soul. On looking at our own
    • acquire the right way of thinking about things around us,
    • out with its roots and replanted, instead of picking flowers.
    • kingdom to the stone realm then it will not appear through
    • rock kingdom existed, that the earth was fluid. Its solidity
    • kingdom, that soul processes are at play, while the was earth
    • the earthy beings. Now we may en-soul everything, by looking
    • one of us, during our waking hours glances around, we perceive
    • what we call forces of nature, were linked to human thinking
  • Title: Haeckel, "The Riddle of the Universe," Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • with an essay on the Working of Karma. By the courtesy of the
    • opposed any such undertaking; and this very departure
    • minutiae appertaining to natural science, whenever the kingdom
    • of which we are speaking. We call this epoch of materialistic
    • as to furnish proofs positive of the working of the spirit in
    • spiritual consciousness working side by side with his
    • materialistic “thinking mind,” casts about for some
    • in bringing about a working partnership between them. For this
    • asking him ‘as to his belief in being descended from an ape. Is
    • teaches the laws by which the living kingdoms in Nature are
    • elucidate by making use of an illustration. You may find it no
    • of natural science was seeking after a purer, higher, and freer
    • science, he presents himself to us as a working compound of
    • be,” and on re-awaking in the morning “resumes
    • wisdom in the world; not seeking the mere widening of its
    • ascendance to the human on the one hand, the sinking into the
    • ape kingdom on the other? Theosophy answers, “The soul of
    • speaking, we may say that the soul “selected” a
    • striking, though internal evidences show them to be as wide
    • theosophy is talking about.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • intellect, the life of thought, making the intellect the judge
    • subsequently discovered. (Roughly speaking, this is how they
    • in the personalities of whom I am now speaking, the ‘I think’
    • the personalities of whom I am now speaking, it was a profound
    • speaking did indeed imagine the receiving of thoughts as a kind
    • Consciousness Soul. The human beings of whom I am now speaking
    • by the quasi-Arabian philosophers who, working from Western
    • Speaking of the ghosts of the dead, they meant precisely what I
    • intangible working into my soul. I cannot rise against it
    • so constituted that they were generally aware of the speaking
    • thinking even as in hewing wood, if I may use the trivial
    • comparison. Today the thinking of many people has become quite
    • active, basically speaking, to this day. The one — albeit
    • now only working from the spiritual world, yet all the stronger
    • that are taking place outwardly on the surface of our life, we
    • historic ones taking into account the concept of reincarnation
    • younger man said, ‘Thinking takes hold of men. Thought, the
    • reality. The realities are there indeed. Thinking itself is not
    • Spirit from our thinking.’
    • older man replied, ‘In thinking, through the very fact that man
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture I: Cosmic Forces in Man
    Matching lines:
    • humanity has been passing. I cannot help thinking to-day of the
    • have nothing to do with this kind of thinking and who face the
    • speaking of the same theme, with its different ramifications, more or
    • equally materialistic mode of thinking must not be disparaged, yet it
    • it is a question of speaking of extra-terrestrial space. Man has
    • the beings of the three kingdoms of Nature on Earth.
    • animal kingdoms. In our age, people speak of what is beyond the Earth
    • we are in existence now. What, then, is the object of speaking
    • in speaking of the life before birth, one has to appeal to
    • which is that the Ram is depicted with his head looking backwards.
    • from the in-working forces of Aries, Taurus, Gemini and Cancer —
    • consciousness of olden times, man envisaged as working up from beneath
    • with Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Cancer; the forces working in the limbs
    • corresponding activity in his limbs, making him a hunter, received the
    • constellation is a man walking over hard soil, fertilising or watering
    • zodiacal circle. Then, working laterally, there are the forces present
    • is prone to be lost. Basically speaking, then, life makes for a
    • consciousness — is subject, in the main, to the forces working
    • working of the fixed stars, but also to the working of the planetary
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture II: The Soul Life of Man ...
    Matching lines:
    • us in waking life? They provide what we perceive through our senses
    • awakeness as complete as that of thinking and sense-perception. When
    • Dreams have to be grasped by the waking life of thought if they are to
    • the arm or hand is making, but we do not know how the power of
    • waking life too. In our will we are asleep and in our feelings we
    • going to sleep until that of waking, the Ego and astral body are
    • that of waking up. When we are awake, we are confronted by
    • out and encounter them; but with our sense-perceptions, our waking
    • atoms; but they are only dreams — dreams of his waking
    • waking consciousness on this side of the tapestry of sense.
    • with our waking thoughts, in yonder world, from the time of falling
    • asleep until the time of waking, we live in the world of Spirit, that
    • plants, minerals — the three kingdoms of Nature belonging to the
    • waking, we are connected with the Being who is allotted to man as his
    • three kingdoms of Nature here in the world of sense. Even if at first
    • attentive and deliberately trains his thinking, he sees much more than
    • kingdoms of Nature can be intimate or superficial. And it is the same
    • experience true human love, who in his waking life has no devotion to
    • above material interests, we garner, in our waking life, forces
    • thinking that is connected with sense-perception is extinguished, for
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture III: The Mission of the Scandanavian Peoples
    Matching lines:
    • certain respect also to the life of feeling. The faculty of thinking
    • spiritual world — to the extent to which thinking is unmixed with
    • feeling. Our thinking faculty per se comes with us at birth
    • The faculty of thinking which we bring with us at birth, comes to an
    • egotism by speaking only of eternal life after death, not of what was
    • are in operation. Looking down to Middle Europe, to the South of
    • people are living and thinking to-day exactly as they did in 1914. In
    • what may be called the working of the Divine in the life of man.
    • Spiritual was taking place — in the third and fourth centuries
    • It is very striking for the anthroposophical student of European
    • forces must be working in the world, in the whole international course
    • and waking, when you are outside your bodies. When during sleep you
    • sleep but during waking consciousness in connection with the external
    • But this after all, is something which fundamentally speaking, has
    • even in waking life a certain part of our being sleeps and dreams. The
    • our thinking. But the kind of will that is kindled in the Swedish soul
    • without asking in this concrete way what they really have to do after
    • actually speaking of the decline of culture, of something that is of
    • shaking a lazy humanity out of its lethargy and helping it onwards.
    • opposition arising against what is taking place in Anthroposophy and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spirit of Fichte: Lecture I: The Spirit of Fichte Present in Our Midst
    Matching lines:
    • And speaking of Fichte, here is a single lecture given by Rudolf
    • “Why, Gottlieb, whatever are you thinking of? You are
    • present were talking amongst themselves about this, somebody
    • had heard just before. He paused to meditate and then, speaking as
    • of work. It was altogether lacking in the quality characteristic of
    • avert his attention from the spiritual processes taking place
    • France and the world with their imperious significance; making up
    • Zurich a school of public speaking. For he believed that through
    • engaged in working out his ideas within himself, he received a
    • were, taking each one by the hand to guide him into the spiritual
    • as an image. And now think of a person thinking of the wall. Detach
    • attention entirely on the person thinking of the wall.”
    • comprehend what I am trying to say.” Then, taking up
    • this invitation, had to face in taking it on themselves to bring
    • Sunday. But this was a shocking suggestion to all who held that it
    • half, he referred to it, taking for granted that his words would
    • drinking and loafing ways among the students. He had by now a
    • influence, petitions had been presented to the authorities asking
    • skilful in making smooth gestures, but quite likely,
    • line with my own customary way of thinking.” Again, in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Festival In The Changing Course Of Time
    Matching lines:
    • festival. Seeking souls have every reason to ask themselves:
    • making themselves inwardly beautiful. And they really felt something
    • Epiphany, the festival of the Three Kings, approached, you could still
    • but a last echo of “The Play of the Three Kings” could often
    • villages. There were the “Three Holy Kings”, wearing strange
    • their heads. Thus would they move through the villages, seldom lacking
    • to experience the events of the Holy Night and of the Three Kings
    • From Orient came the Holy Kings.
    • Ye Holy Three Kings be guests of mine,
    • To know of the newborn king is my wish.
    • Christmas, of the Three Kings, was an expression of the consonance of
    • which each single human soul can share by taking up the force that
    • or for the Three Kings play, would wander with them, and when they
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 1 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • often have to begin by working our way through to a fully
    • without making it clear to ourselves what the starting-point of the
    • this soul, to have knowledge of him who is speaking such sublime
    • this picture we may ask ourselves what is really taking place in
    • knowledge, are now once more seeking to make connection with the
    • proof that your own souls are seeking this reunion. You are seeking
    • is told by his charioteer to the blind king, the chief of the Kurus
    • When we are speaking
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 2 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • of St. John, and again on a later occasion in speaking of the Gospel
    • of St. Mark. I refer to the fact that on looking deeply into any such
    • is placed before us in the so-called miracles and signs; each working
    • to fear, terror and anxiety, as though we were shrinking back from
    • anthroposophist in looking out over world and planetary destinies,
    • Arjuna's soul, shaking it to its very depths. It is as though he had
    • thinking and consciousness. He never stops to consider that
    • intellectual terms was something absolutely new and epoch-making in
    • natural — this thinking activity was by no means always so
    • but “tree” they do not know. Thinking in such general
    • present time. This mode of thinking has indeed only entered humanity
    • logical thinking has only existed since the period that followed
    • Krishna impels Arjuna to logical thought, to thinking in abstractions, as
    • the whole inner thinking of man simply arises in him out of the
    • of it. All of you have it. None of you is lacking in it. What is this
    • thinking the pearl of clairvoyance is contained from the start. Ideas
    • uttered by a pioneer of thinking, “O, Man, make bold to use thy
    • Science, speaking in it about Saturn, Sun and Moon evolutions, and
    • that man not only experiences the rhythm of sleeping and waking but
    • experiences the cycles of sleeping and waking, summer and winter. He
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 3 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • THE last lecture I was trying to show you how the thinking of
    • thinking enters man's soul in exactly the same way as the revelations
    • consciousness that appears between our ordinary waking state and our
    • thinking for a long time about some perplexing problem and has at
    • consciousness at a comparatively early stage. As if awaking from a
    • border of sleeping and waking and that is nourished by images of
    • would have these new experiences between sleeping and waking during
    • reason for looking into it will determine one's attitude to it. Thus,
    • their endeavors to break away from a liking for meat, however, they
    • quite other reasons, thinking for instance that they need meat for
    • from our waking consciousness. If, however, we hold back all our
    • relations are fighting against one another, events are taking place
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 4 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • man were really the being that materialistic thinking considers him,
    • speaking of present-day man, for even in ancient Greece the human
    • Perhaps he who uses words most lacking in meaning for the physical
    • would be no sense in asking about these truths that we simply come
    • concern the facts, they concern the manner in which any thinking
    • and get results in this realm we are really looking into a region of
    • discover the truth. You must get out of the habit of making
    • occultist who would set himself to making as few judgments as
    • both waking and sleeping beings. Different as these two conditions
    • to prepare the way today by speaking of man's ascent into the third
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 5 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • reality a definition must always appear scanty and lacking in
    • consider a cycle familiar in everyday life, that of our waking and
    • activity of man's waking life brings about a continual destruction of
    • supplement our waking day life. We are approaching the point where
    • effect that our waking life brings a kind of destructive process to
    • disintegration did not take place in us during our waking hours.
    • consciousness, it is that process we perceive. Our waking life
    • and destruction with its consciousness in waking life, fundamentally
    • of thought, the way of thinking that produced the great materialistic
    • science was prepared by Bruno's work in breaking through the limits
    • have been working at man's organism as constructive forces.
    • working into his brain from the spiritual worlds, so that from the
    • people who for moments lived in what was working in from the
    • into the super-sensible where we perceive a spiritual Being working
    • of somewhat greater significance than that of waking and sleeping.
    • never stopping halfway along any line of thinking. I have here a
    • this requires an all-pervading thinking, a logic that penetrates to
    • our spiritual thinking was being prepared in the last four centuries.
    • working unrecognizably in the depths of human nature. The junction of
    • they do today, with the awareness, “I am thinking this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 6 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • a truly fundamental knowledge of human evolution. People's thinking
    • of modern abstract thinking, however, we may have a contradiction
    • important point. We have tried to describe their natures, speaking of
    • taking the diagram for the reality. It is the same when we express
    • suggested by looking to see if there is not a central point, a climax
    • ninth one, that is in the very middle, we read these striking words,
    • reminding us at times of the Western philosophic mode of thinking,
    • and working on himself with wisdom — that is Krishna.
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 7 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • scale from the mineral kingdom through the plant and animal kingdoms
    • kingdoms of nature. The point is, however, that man gains knowledge
    • kingdoms are outside him and he can observe them. As to all man has
    • kingdoms of nature outside him. The forces active within him which
    • transcend those three kingdoms he cannot know by the usual
    • man has within himself over and above the kingdoms of nature that
    • enables him to build up systematically a knowledge of those kingdoms
    • have described previously about the effects of thinking.
    • develop at all in our waking life when we normally acquire knowledge.
    • away of the nerve structures. Therefore in waking life these forces
    • waking life; that what raises man above the animal is at rest and a
    • destructive process is taking place. The creative forces that bring
    • in the organism of man. In our waking life the latter are inactive,
    • destroyed during waking life. They are not present at all, but during
    • his waking life, must be the forces that raise him above the animals.
    • the animal kingdom. When it distinguishes the regenerative forces in
    • man from what is present in the animal kingdom also, it will
    • we succeed in making a really perfect vacuum inside it. That is very
    • plant, and animal kingdoms, reduced down to nothing, then down to
    • nothing else, we are doing what natural science does, making no
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 8 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • approach this poem without first working on their own souls. A
    • philosophy looking up fervently to Fichte and other Western thinkers;
    • easily, thinking we understand them.
    • understood. For such a person there would be no question of seeking
    • yet lie in the widespread, fossilized thinking of the West. By
    • kingdoms. It would be abstract and wrong to interpret these words
    • kingdoms that surround him. His mode and quality of knowledge is
    • approaches the mineral kingdom he feels he can penetrate it and its
    • laws with his thinking, can in a certain sense live together with it.
    • been called a sattwa understanding of the mineral kingdom. In
    • the plant kingdom we always encounter an obstacle, namely, that with
    • not penetrate the plant kingdom as far as he does the mineral. All he
    • rajas-understanding. When we come to the animal kingdom, its
    • about the animal kingdom is a tamas-understanding.
    • understanding the three kingdoms of nature call forth conditions of
    • If we are seeking
    • must get accustomed to not taking them in an absolute sense.
    • looking into such concepts must therefore adapt to much
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 9 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • rajas and tamas. In these last chapters our whole mode of thinking and
    • idea of those important concepts by making use of present-day
    • best to begin by taking the most striking conception of it. In our
    • our present knowledge of the mineral kingdom is a sattwa man. For the
    • acquainted with the plant kingdom. He can admire it, but he brings
    • through the world, drinking in their blissfulness from all that can
    • that just as in that ancient time those seeking self-consciousness had to
    • hear what Krishna told Arjuna, those seeking their soul's salvation today,
    • Intellectual Age (our present age) — actively working our way
    • man; while what is the self in man, the active working element that
    • tearing himself away from his environment, no longer asking what goes
    • on in external processes of perfection but asking how shall he
    • commit the sin of fixing their attention on externalities. By taking
    • really are. To the way of looking at things that goes so far in
    • what he, through the continued working of his impulse, still signifies
    • months have shown — and my speaking here on this significant
    • shown you that we have been working out of no one-sided tendency,
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • Initiation, thinking in the usual sense of the word ceases. It is not
    • thinking as of no significance, but instead of being the aim and
    • object of the life of the soul, thinking must become merely a means to
    • ordinary thinking on the physical plane. When a man lives on the
    • or value. But as we are speaking about regions of the soul-life so
    • think. Suppose you were sitting in a train and were not thinking, you
    • all the principles that should be observed in looking after it. Well,
    • But with this attitude towards judging and thinking we cannot attain
    • other people when one is seeking to follow the path into the higher
    • worlds. Anyone who is seeking this path, or has already arrived at a
    • ranking as an end in itself, the experiences into which one enters are
    • speaking, people lack sufficient perseverance for the kind of
    • Whether we are speaking of Eastern Mysteries or Western Mysteries, all
    • in his waking condition between birth and death a man really lives
    • normal life between waking and sleeping is brought about through the
    • suddenly to become conscious without waking up again in his physical
    • waking life, with whose feet he can walk, whose knees he can bend,
    • the method of perception by the senses, and also the act of thinking,
    • quite terrifying, because two things are entirely lacking from them.
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • the events of nature, even when we ascend to the animal kingdom, we
    • know that we are looking only for natural laws and that moral
    • persons — do we apply moral concepts to the animal kingdom. What
    • interests us in the animal kingdom, first of all, is its conformity to
    • natural law. When we rise to the human kingdom, we feel obliged to
    • they were lacking in conscience, lacking in feelings of
    • realises. They are indolent in their thinking, indolent in their
    • alter their thinking or their habits. If men were not so ease-loving
    • waking or sleeping person. Also when he has, so to speak, laid aside
    • if the Sun were speaking, as if it were looking down on the plants and
    • strength for himself out of the whole universe, and on reawaking
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • beings of higher worlds who are working upon the sense-world from the
    • different kingdoms of nature in the sense-world. He sees the whole
    • spiritual universe, which are working on the physical and etheric
    • working of Ahura Mazdao on the physical body and the etheric body, and
    • “See the Sun at Midnight”; that is, they were not looking
    • able to make use of his former ways of thinking and judging. If he
    • Cosmos, are unable to explain what kind of forces are working in that
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • King Arthur's Round Table. Something in the human organism is now
    • disappearing, sinking down into the Earth-region and becoming lost to
    • sinking tragically out of sight. It reappeared, and could be looked
    • Fundamentally speaking, the phrase the “Holy Grail”, with
    • speaking of the apparent movements, because they sufficiently
    • “The Knights of King Arthur's Round Table”. Twelve in
    • the spiritual forces of the Sun and Moon were represented by King
    • Arthur and his wife Guinevere. Thus in King Arthur's Round Table we
    • school for the Sentient Soul of the West proceeded from King Arthur's
    • pictures of external facts to inner mysteries which were taking place
    • King Arthur's Round Table journeyed far and wide and slew monsters and
    • pictorial concepts of King Arthur's Round Table.
    • the intermediate state between waking and sleeping the human soul
    • by working upon this dead part, the Luciferic and Ahrimanic forces
    • been speaking. For at that place one can speak of the very worst
    • Viewed thus, we have on the one hand the Kingdom of the Grail, and on
    • the other the evil Kingdom, Chastel Merveille, with all that came from
    • Thus in the “Knights of King Arthur's Round Table” we are
    • Parsifal. All the legends connected with King Arthur and the Round
    • thinking, then one could certainly give them some comfort. But this is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture I: The Birth of the Intellect and the Mission of Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • mineral kingdom. The whole mineral world is found again in the
    • properly speaking, the vital principle within him. He has this etheric
    • Before speaking of this world of Spirit, we must understand one of the
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture II: The Mission of Manicheism
    Matching lines:
    • are also seeking for this guiding thread.
    • the brow is lacking. Occultism, knowing that physical man is but an
    • kingdoms that the higher races have been able to develop.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture III: God, Man, Nature
    Matching lines:
    • analogies, is that Nature can reveal to us what is taking place within
    • A striking and typical example of this law, but one which is wholly
    • of man with the divine world and by the human kingdom with the animal
    • kingdom. Oxygen and carbonic acid are in-breathed and out-breathed by
    • man. The plant-kingdom breathes out oxygen; man breathes out love
    • The kingdom of the heavens is nourished by the effluence of human
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture IV: Involution and Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • certain phenomena which do not any longer belong, properly speaking,
    • ticking of a watch.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture V: Yoga In East and West
    Matching lines:
    • Before embarking on this subject, we must realise that since occultism
    • We have a paramount example of the working of the lower self in an
    • conditions in which man finds himself during sleep and waking life.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VI: Yoga In East and West (conclusion)
    Matching lines:
    • (3) Continuity of consciousness is set up between the waking state and
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VII: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • was no drinking of alcohol, the idea of previous existences and of
    • unhappy Egyptian labourer was working at the Pyramids, or the lowest
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VIII: The Christian Mystery
    Matching lines:
    • He was looking at a fragment of a sheep's skull, and another idea came
    • in man, are united: the faculties of willing, feeling and thinking.
    • way to reach freedom. The dissociation of feeling, thinking and
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture IX: The Astral World
    Matching lines:
    • hatred entertained against another being appears as an attacking
    • making man objective to himself, to producing, as it were, an
    • the kingdom of heaven.”
    • the power which he acquires by taking the vital force of everything
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture X: The Astral World (continued)
    Matching lines:
    • above all if he is looking at his own aura. The clairvoyant sees his
    • knights of King Arthur, and again in all creation, in all action.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XI: The Devachanic World (Heaven)
    Matching lines:
    • them and brings order and harmony into what the waking life, with its
    • The whole of waking life is a process destructive of the physical
    • Initiate there is continuity of consciousness through waking life,
    • form. In Kamaloca, man works at building up the animal kingdom.
    • Thus man is bound up with all the kingdoms of Nature.
    • this symbol? It is an image of the soul passing through the kingdoms
    • speaking, in the horizontal direction. Man and the plants stand
    • lower kingdoms of Nature. The consciousness of man will govern the
    • we are working on the mineral kingdom. The mountains, the banks of the
    • In future ages man will learn to mould all the kingdoms of Nature with
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XII: The Devachanic World (continued)
    Matching lines:
    • the great religions are, properly speaking, the language of the
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XIII: The Logos and the Word
    Matching lines:
    • thinking. In days of yore, the physical brain was much smaller than
    • then shrinking back inside it. The soul first gave form to the body
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XIV: The Logos and Man
    Matching lines:
    • plants and metals? Have these lower kingdoms of life any consciousness
    • As well as the waking state (corresponding to the physical world), man
    • must try to reach a deep and true understanding of the mineral kingdom
    • faculties of thinking and feeling, a man becomes as pure and free from
    • Physical, objective consciousness-the normal waking state. The two former states are atavistic survivals.
    • The seven states of life culminate in the formation of seven kingdoms,
    • human kingdoms. In each state of consciousness, therefore, man passes
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XV: The Evolution of Planets and Earth
    Matching lines:
    • kingdom, he is not merely referring to the stones but to the milieu at
    • over the mineral kingdom, the Earth has been changing, and we may
    • as the mineral kingdom is concerned. In ancient traditions it was
    • working upon plant-substance. At a still higher stage, he will give
    • was inhabited by a third kingdom of beings at a stage of existence
    • of matter of which their ‘bodies’ were composed, by thinking
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVI: Earthquakes, Volcanoes, and Human Will
    Matching lines:
    • them today. In fact, only a plant kingdom existed then but under
    • totally different conditions from our own. This kingdom preserved a
    • different kingdoms on earth have become as we now know them: the plant
    • kingdom at the time of the separation of the sun, the animal when the
    • which it contains taking on form.
    • him the possibility of developing objective, waking consciousness on
    • abstract these three layers by means of our thinking, we would then
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVII: Redemption and Liberation
    Matching lines:
    • In speaking of the planetary body which preceded our Earth — the
    • Old Moon phase of evolution — we distinguished three kingdoms of
    • Nature, very different from those we know. Our mineral kingdom did not
    • the Earth, each of these lunar kingdoms makes a descent into
    • towards the animal kingdom. This division is now apparent in the very
    • this had been the only evolution, something would have been lacking.
    • implacable justice working over from one incarnation to another, the
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVIII: The Apocalypse
    Matching lines:
    • being from whom the man of today and all the kingdoms of nature have
    • or evil. Just as he has already left the animal kingdom behind him, so
  • Title: First Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • remaining faithful to these writings and seeking wisdom in
  • Title: Second Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • the third elemental kingdom have an influence on the astral
    • body. Beings belonging to the second elemental kingdom get at
    • kingdom get access to the physical body to destroy it. Only
    • ranking human being and the lower kingdoms. He too must say
    • that later also becomes noticable in the waking state.
  • Title: Third Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • art the King of Israel.’” You see the recognition
    • cannot enter into the Kingdom of God.” What does it
    • mean to be born anew and to see the Kingdom of God? It means
    • enter the kingdom of heaven? It means to see not only the
    • developed his ego here is ready to enter the kingdom of
    • when talking intimately to his disciples: “His
    • materialistic way of thinking, we must realise that the mode
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture I: The Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • led to the making public of this knowledge, however, was the invention
    • in common with the mineral kingdom, and an etheric body in common with
    • the plant and animal kingdoms. Ordinary observation can confirm that.
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture II: The Three Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • and hope.” Or again, I have won my way to heaven by thinking and
    • in the same way as when looking into a mirror you see reflected images
    • Caesar gained one of his victories, he was of course thinking; and all
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture III: Life of the Soul in Kamaloka
    Matching lines:
    • In the waking state a
    • from a burning thirst and looking for some spring at which to quench it;
    • into the “kingdom of Heaven”. As Christ says, “Unless
    • ye became as little children, ye cannot enter the kingdom of Heaven.”
    • is part of the process of freeing oneself — not from the working
    • that it is the dead man speaking, when it is only his astral corpse.
    • sorts of confusions may then arise, and a striking example of this is
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture IV: Devachan
    Matching lines:
    • backwards round the Zodiac year by year, taking 2,160 years to
    • corpse, he stands face to face with himself as if he were looking at
    • If you ask what has built the brain, the answer is that without thinking
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture V: Human Tasks in the Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • If we are talking only
    • and during this period the soul is making itself ready for its journey
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VI: The Upbringing of Children. Karma.
    Matching lines:
    • and effect go on working from life to life: what I experience today
    • Anyone who really takes this law into his thinking and feeling will
    • making a new entry in his Book of Life. And if the merchant got into
    • It is precisely the working of the law of karma which makes the help
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VII: Workings of the Law of Karma in Human Life
    Matching lines:
    • Lecture VII: Workings of the Law of Karma in Human Life
    • WORKINGS
    • about the workings of the law of karma through individual human lives.
    • a person in that particular situation. In speaking of karmic relationships
    • his memory as much as he can; he must practise looking back over the
    • himself. He does a lot of thinking, particularly about the way in which
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VIII: Good and Evil. Individual Karmic Questions.
    Matching lines:
    • of logical thought. From this we must conclude that accurate thinking
    • too, was born at a certain time. This is indeed so: thinking itself
    • had first to evolve, and logical thinking arose in the course of time
    • from fundamental observation of how thinking can go wrong. Knowledge
    • fantastic-looking creatures, unlike the fishes of today. Then again
    • been man and not an ape; he separated off the whole animal kingdom from
    • and kingdoms, minerals, plants and animals, within himself, and can
    • external objects making an impression on him — they were purely
    • been lacking in his previous life. The grief of his parents will, of
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture IX: Evolution of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • as Saturn, only the first germs of the kingdom of man dwelt on it. The
    • man passed through the mineral kingdom; but to think of it as anything
    • like our present-day mineral kingdom would be quite wrong. On Saturn
    • there was no kingdom other than the human kingdom.
    • the plant stage, and on Sun there were thus two kingdoms, the mineral
    • kingdom and the plant kingdom; and the latter was man. But these plant
    • in fact reached the stage of the animal kingdom. He had raised himself
    • to the plant kingdom by ejecting the mineral kingdom. Thus there were
    • two kingdoms apart from man. Then he once more cast off a smaller part,
    • with the three kingdoms; it only imparts to them what it has to give.
    • no solid mineral kingdom. It was a globe which, instead of a solid earth
    • grew the plant kingdom, as it then was. These plants, however, were
    • kingdom of the time was not like any animal of today; he was halfway
    • These three kingdoms dwelt
    • as far as the animal kingdom, as it then was; he would have breathed
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture X: Progress of Mankind Up To Atlantean Times
    Matching lines:
    • no real mineral kingdom. Then the etheric forms gradually became more
    • the vegetable kingdom the substances they needed for nourishment and
    • taken too literally. The sinking down of the individual Ego into man is
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XI: The Post-Atlantean Culture-Epochs
    Matching lines:
    • our land and you are walking over the graves of our brothers. The White
    • is brewing. Everywhere he can hear his God speaking, and the lesson
    • But then the type of thinking
    • taking the finished forms of nature, he took the still unformed substance
    • all depends on the stand-point from which you are looking at Sun and
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XII: Occult Develpment
    Matching lines:
    • and his outer senses. He lives and works in what we call the waking
    • state. But that is only one state; between waking and sleeping there
    • dreams have a meaning, but not that of experiences in waking life. When
    • up you realise that you were hearing the ticking of the clock by your
    • that of our waking consciousness. The actual cause of the dream I have
    • It is true that the higher we go in the kingdoms of nature, the less
    • tranquillity into the course of thinking. You must take a definite idea,
    • set it in the centre of your thinking, and then logically arrange your
    • result of the separation I have been talking about, the physical body,
    • thinking, without which no occult training can be carried through. This
    • is because there is something about thinking which does not apply to
    • one activity — logical thinking — goes through all worlds.
    • plane it gives primary attention to thinking, and for this purpose uses
    • the means available on the physical plane. A penetrative thinking can
    • which are written deliberately in such a way that a thinking trained
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XIII: Oriental and Christian Training
    Matching lines:
    • kingdoms in the course of his evolution, so will he in a certain sense
    • in the future people will go about looking like negroes. Their bodies
    • a circle. Then there is a whole range of concepts which anyone undertaking
    • This state can be described as follows. You are thinking, for you are
    • conscious, but you have no thoughts, and into this thinking without
    • long as you yourself fill your thinking, they cannot come in. The longer
    • you can hold in your consciousness this activity of thinking without
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XIV: Rosicrucian Training - The Interior of the Earth - Earthquakes and Volcanoes
    Matching lines:
    • as far as possible, when someone else is talking. Then you must accustom
    • manifold respects. Suppose, for instance, we are walking past a meadow
    • 6. Dwelling in, or sinking
    • moment when we think and feel, we are working on the great structure of
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests
    • made possible by their working together: namely, a new pastoral medicine.
    • Their working together has indeed often been discussed; it has even
    • during this course. A proper working together must certainly not be
    • two professions working together hand-in-hand. The course will stress
    • thinking, feeling, and willing, have had specific medical training.
    • the working together of the flame of offering and the Mercury staff
    • have been speaking more from the administrative angle. But the matter
    • Section of the Goetheanum, and the theologians are taking part in it.
    • receiving communion while recovering from a severe illness. Looking
    • at the spiritual aspect, one has to ponder on the working of the
    • everyday life, whether it is taking of nourishment, or exposure to
    • consciousness: waking, dreaming, and sleeping. The moment we apply an
    • instance, is surrendering to the usual process of taking nourishment;
    • then, if this has proceeded normally, waking, dreaming, and sleeping
    • you are working as a physician or therapist you draw the patient's
    • is spiritual. They take place before the waking consciousness of the
    • polarities working together in this world, and these are no
    • their working together were to consist of priests knowing a few
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests
    • looking at things, to what they brought out as “criminal
    • organization. In waking life these four members of the human
    • Then, in the waking state, the so-called normal relation prevails among
    • the first place confronts us in the waking condition. Such people are
    • the astral body from their waking life.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests
    • that can never happen in ordinary consciousness: in half-waking or
    • quarter-waking or three-quarters waking condition they have conscious
    • perception and ordinary thinking grasp hold of the physical world.
    • their working together out of these two different fields, not from
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests
    • have their physical organism. The most striking phenomenon in the
    • the artist working in the human being (who consists now in these
    • look at a tree, the same spiritual forces are working in it as those
    • body. During this time, therefore, the child is working with the
    • What is really working when spiritual forces are working? Obviously
    • that is working? In reality, whatever has to do with an ego nature.
    • reality, all this is working upon the child. And out of these
    • first life period very special laws working within all that activates
    • in all kinds of behavior after the onset of puberty is a working
    • depths of human evolution. We will stay clear of speaking of heredity
    • activity of the child, and in the child's human thinking.
    • been working in the body between the fourteenth and the twenty-first
    • that the moon forces are working there? After that period, even
    • the sun, moon, and planets are working in succession into human
    • middle is the point at which we stop working with cosmic forces and
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests
    • physical-etheric organism. This is in the waking state. What is the
    • again in the waking state. Then there is not illumination, as with
    • clouding, a lowering of consciousness — in the waking state
    • begin to talk about something quite foreign to what one is asking.
    • physical and etheric bodies — again in the waking state. Then
    • spiritual beings. We had there the bringing of waking-sleep into
    • have the opposite: dreams are carried over into waking life, with the
    • waking life: dreams do not appear, but an active “dream”
    • consciousness, a lack of coherence in daily waking life, and so
    • complete waking sleep given over to the bodily functions, which are
    • processes are working in a human being they do give human-like
    • body and making it weak. Idiocy will then appear in the latter part
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests
    • looking for the defects. And they did find defects in many instances.
    • But the man of whom I am speaking was no friend of animals. There in
    • the ones he tortured most shockingly.
    • (“The King of the Alps and the Misanthrope”)
    • something is working that appears in the rhythmic system,
    • remorse, of deeply crushing insight was working continually after
    • his breathing system, the upper rhythmic system, we see working in
    • The King of the Alps and the Misanthrope.
    • work. This is an example of karma working itself out completely, in a
    • something is working in from the anxiety demons. Sometimes you see it
    • Likewise, we must be able to see how karma is working in such an
    • longer bound merely to a physical healing process, seeking the why
    • working through the illness while keeping professional command of the
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests
    • outside the human being. Comparatively speaking, this science is good
    • then the thoughts about this are continued unchanged when speaking of
    • inhalation. It consists of our taking in external gaseous substance.
    • reality to be continuously creating the human being, working
    • of the lungs, we are looking at the coarse breathing process in the
    • process of which the inhalation is indeed a taking-in from outside,
    • not studied today in a real sense. It is lacking entirely from
    • of this other process that, to begin with, is the taking-in of warmth
    • looking at the single, separate processes of seeing, hearing, and so
    • that all this flows in, is taken in together with the taking in of
    • of the breathing, out of the paths of the senses and thinking to the
    • organism that wills. Thus thinking, feeling, and willing come
    • everything that is above: within, it manifests as thinking, but
    • thinking is unsubstantial. Behind it lies all I have described to you
    • paths for thinking.
    • to see the spiritual working in the physical. Only this will perfect
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests
    • working with the sun forces. Then as blossoms unfold below, as leaves
    • working. On the one hand if we want to understand the structure of
    • working everywhere counter to the Venus and Mercury forces: namely,
    • in from the past. We can go still further. If we have working into
    • fairly easily, by strengthening thinking — strengthening it by
    • think very well. Thinking is not in the least extinguished, but
    • first, thinking remains the same, except that one can think more than
    • for instance thoughts about the macrocosm. Thinking becomes wider.
    • distinction between the kingdoms of nature on the earth. A person
    • in the etheric body thinking — the thoughts of the universe.
    • this shattering secret, but in picture form — the moon working
    • The working of the
    • pastoral medicine is not just a theory, but embraces the working
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests
    • alternate between waking and sleeping. You all know in general what
    • mineral kingdom; they are suited to the mineral kingdom. They are not
    • physical processes in the same way that the mineral kingdom is. We
    • condition during waking life. It is constantly interrupted by the
    • needs for waking life to unfold the next morning. If too many
    • place in the plant kingdom. During daytime consciousness, when the
    • going to sleep to the moment of waking, they take their course in the
    • same way that they do in the plant kingdom. Thus they too are not
    • from this point of view those who during waking life do not go down
    • missing. They go on without really any inner working
    • kingdom for that part of the ego that the person lacks, to cure what
    • waking life. Then we have the right remedy. If you give the substance
    • that the etheric body is lacking proper penetration by the astral
    • body. Then we must search in the plant kingdom for the proper
    • kingdoms of the world. It is the spirit, not the substance, that one
    • talking about during the last few days. They descend into their
    • etheric body. Now the normal human being in waking life has the
    • accordance (figuratively speaking) with their exact atomic weight.
    • memories of spiritual perception into waking consciousness. In
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests
    • do with the working, and the wanting to work, of the spiritual world.
    • the field of theology. For human thinking in recent times,
    • particularly scientific thinking, has come enormously under the
    • must be asked: How is it possible for active, creative thinking to
    • arise out of today's passive thinking? How must priests and
    • power in our thinking is connected with our education, which has been
    • one wants knowledge. With today's passive thinking one can only
    • our thoughts creative — for it holds the secret for making
    • Thinking can't go any further. Clairvoyance must then come to our
    • that? Sleeping and waking. Sleeping and waking are repeated 25,920
    • But now we must ask, what is this rhythm of sleeping and waking?
    • breath of sleeping-waking.
    • Sleeping-waking, a larger breath.
    • This way of looking
    • of our creative thinking. It starts our legs moving toward things we
    • mere abstract, intellectual thinking and to an external observation
    • arithmetic, all the thinking, all that can be calculated rationally
    • possibility of taking the wrong path in this endeavor. You can even
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests
    • did not simply take some substance out of the mineral kingdom if it
    • could be obtained from the plant kingdom. In other words, they looked
    • into the physical organism than they should in ordinary waking life,
    • gods come to human beings. They have been thought of as working in
    • beings, first in day-waking consciousness, then in night-sleeping
    • full waking consciousness individuals are living as they have been
    • this sense they belong in their waking state to the earth; by their
    • nature they stand within the sphere of the earth. In waking condition
    • balance by the normal course of sleeping and waking. Supernature is
    • ordinary human life at will. If someone is unable upon waking from
    • bring back into the full waking state, into the natural course of
    • it chapter after chapter, still you were making no progress in your
    • death on Golgotha not death but the working together of all that
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • Pastoral Medicine: The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests (1987).
    • be made possible by their working together: a new pastoral medicine.
    • Their working together has indeed often been discussed; it has even
    • during this course. A proper working together must certainly not be
    • two professions working together hand-in-hand. The course will stress
    • thinking, feeling, and willing, have had specific medical training.
    • the working together of the flame of offering and the Mercury staff
    • have been speaking more from the administrative angle. But the matter
    • Section of the Goetheanum, and the theologians are taking part in it.
    • receiving communion while recovering from a severe illness. Looking
    • at the spiritual aspect, one has to ponder on the working of the
    • everyday life, whether it is taking of nourishment, or exposure to
    • consciousness: waking, dreaming, and sleeping. The moment we apply an
    • instance, is surrendering to the usual process of taking nourishment;
    • then, if this has proceeded normally, waking, dreaming, and sleeping
    • you are working as a physician or therapist you draw the patient's
    • is spiritual. They take place before the waking consciousness of the
    • polarities working together in this world, and these are no
    • their working together were to consist of priests knowing a few
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • Pastoral Medicine: The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests (1987).
    • looking at things, to what they brought out as “criminal
    • organization. In waking life these four members of the human
    • waking state, the so-called normal relation prevails among these four
    • the first place confronts us in the waking condition. Such people are
    • the astral body from their waking life.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • Pastoral Medicine: The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests (1987).
    • that can never happen in ordinary consciousness: in half-waking or
    • quarter-waking or three-quarters waking condition they have conscious
    • perception and ordinary thinking grasp hold of the physical world.
    • their working together out of these two different fields, not from
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • Pastoral Medicine: The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests (1987).
    • have their physical organism. The most striking phenomenon in the
    • the artist working in the human being (who consists now in these
    • look at a tree, the same spiritual forces are working in it as those
    • body. During this time, therefore, the child is working with the
    • What is really working when spiritual forces are working? Obviously
    • that is working? In reality, whatever has to do with an ego nature.
    • reality, all this is working upon the child. And out of these
    • first life period very special laws working within all that activates
    • in all kinds of behavior after the onset of puberty is a working
    • depths of human evolution. We will stay clear of speaking of heredity
    • activity of the child, and in the child's human thinking.
    • been working in the body between the fourteenth and the twenty-first
    • that the moon forces are working there? After that period, even
    • the sun, moon, and planets are working in succession into human
    • middle is the point at which we stop working with cosmic forces and
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • Pastoral Medicine: The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests (1987).
    • physical-etheric organism. This is in the waking state. What is the
    • again in the waking state. Then there is not illumination, as with
    • clouding, a lowering of consciousness — in the waking state
    • begin to talk about something quite foreign to what one is asking.
    • physical and etheric bodies — again in the waking state. Then
    • spiritual beings. We had there the bringing of waking-sleep into
    • have the opposite: dreams are carried over into waking life, with the
    • waking life: dreams do not appear, but an active “dream”
    • consciousness, a lack of coherence in daily waking life, and so
    • complete waking sleep given over to the bodily functions, which are
    • processes are working in a human being they do give human-like
    • body and making it weak. Idiocy will then appear in the latter part
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • Pastoral Medicine: The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests (1987).
    • looking for the defects. And they did find defects in many instances.
    • But the man of whom I am speaking was no friend of animals. There in
    • the ones he tortured most shockingly.
    • (“The King of the Alps and the Misanthrope”)
    • something is working that appears in the rhythmic system,
    • remorse, of deeply crushing insight was working continually after
    • his breathing system, the upper rhythmic system, we see working in
    • The King of the Alps and the Misanthrope.
    • work. This is an example of karma working itself out completely, in a
    • something is working in from the anxiety demons. Sometimes you see it
    • Likewise, we must be able to see how karma is working in such an
    • longer bound merely to a physical healing process, seeking the why
    • working through the illness while keeping professional command of the
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • Pastoral Medicine: The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests (1987).
    • outside the human being. Comparatively speaking, this science is good
    • then the thoughts about this are continued unchanged when speaking of
    • inhalation. It consists of our taking in external gaseous substance.
    • reality to be continuously creating the human being, working
    • of the lungs, we are looking at the coarse breathing process in the
    • process of which the inhalation is indeed a taking-in from outside,
    • not studied today in a real sense. It is lacking entirely from
    • of this other process that, to begin with, is the taking-in of warmth
    • looking at the single, separate processes of seeing, hearing, and so
    • that all this flows in, is taken in together with the taking in of
    • of the breathing, out of the paths of the senses and thinking to the
    • organism that wills. Thus thinking, feeling, and willing come
    • everything that is above: within, it manifests as thinking, but
    • thinking is unsubstantial. Behind it lies all I have described to you
    • paths for thinking.
    • we are coming more and more to see the spiritual working in the
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • Pastoral Medicine: The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests (1987).
    • working with the sun forces. Then as blossoms unfold below, as leaves
    • working. On the one hand if we want to understand the structure of
    • working everywhere counter to the Venus and Mercury forces: namely,
    • in from the past. We can go still further. If we have working into
    • fairly easily, by strengthening thinking — strengthening it by
    • think very well. Thinking is not in the least extinguished, but
    • first, thinking remains the same, except that one can think more than
    • for instance thoughts about the macrocosm. Thinking becomes wider.
    • distinction between the kingdoms of nature on the earth. A person
    • in the etheric body thinking — the thoughts of the universe.
    • this shattering secret, but in picture form — the moon working
    • The working of the
    • pastoral medicine is not just a theory, but embraces the working
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • Pastoral Medicine: The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests (1987).
    • alternate between waking and sleeping. You all know in general what
    • mineral kingdom; they are suited to the mineral kingdom. They are not
    • physical processes in the same way that the mineral kingdom is. We
    • condition during waking life. It is constantly interrupted by the
    • needs for waking life to unfold the next morning. If too many
    • place in the plant kingdom. During daytime consciousness, when the
    • going to sleep to the moment of waking, they take their course in the
    • same way that they do in the plant kingdom. Thus they too are not
    • from this point of view those who during waking life do not go down
    • missing. They go on without really any inner working
    • kingdom for that part of the ego that the person lacks, to cure what
    • waking life. Then we have the right remedy. If you give the substance
    • that the etheric body is lacking proper penetration by the astral
    • body. Then we must search in the plant kingdom for the proper
    • kingdoms of the world. It is the spirit, not the substance, that one
    • talking about during the last few days. They descend into their
    • etheric body. Now the normal human being in waking life has the
    • accordance (figuratively speaking) with their exact atomic weight.
    • memories of spiritual perception into waking consciousness. In
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • Pastoral Medicine: The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests (1987).
    • do with the working, and the wanting to work, of the spiritual world.
    • the field of theology. For human thinking in recent times,
    • particularly scientific thinking, has come enormously under the
    • must be asked: How is it possible for active, creative thinking to
    • arise out of today's passive thinking? How must priests and
    • power in our thinking is connected with our education, which has been
    • one wants knowledge. With today's passive thinking one can only
    • our thoughts creative — for it holds the secret for making
    • Thinking can't go any further. Clairvoyance must then come to our
    • that? Sleeping and waking. Sleeping and waking are repeated 25,920
    • But now we must ask, what is this rhythm of sleeping and waking?
    • breath of sleeping-waking.
    • Sleeping-waking, a larger breath.
    • This way of looking
    • of our creative thinking. It starts our legs moving toward things we
    • mere abstract, intellectual thinking and to an external observation
    • arithmetic, all the thinking, all that can be calculated rationally
    • possibility of taking the wrong path in this endeavor. You can even
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • Pastoral Medicine: The Collegial Working of Doctors and Priests (1987).
    • did not simply take some substance out of the mineral kingdom if it
    • could be obtained from the plant kingdom. In other words, they looked
    • into the physical organism than they should in ordinary waking life,
    • gods come to human beings. They have been thought of as working in
    • beings, first in day-waking consciousness, then in night-sleeping
    • full waking consciousness individuals are living as they have been
    • this sense they belong in their waking state to the earth; by their
    • nature they stand within the sphere of the earth. In waking condition
    • balance by the normal course of sleeping and waking. Supernature is
    • ordinary human life at will. If someone is unable upon waking from
    • bring back into the full waking state, into the natural course of
    • it chapter after chapter, still you were making no progress in your
    • death on Golgotha not death but the working together of all that
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • a seer has described the pictures he experienced on looking into the
    • be quite clear as to the point of time in evolution we are speaking
    • what was taking place at that moment we cannot make use of any of the
    • while, then waking up, and, without opening your eyes to things
    • thinking, try to imagine cosmic thinking-then you have the content of
    • desire. Thus instead of thinking of the musing' human soul, we think
    • that at the time we are now considering they were working as a group
    • not yet there. The unit at which they are working lives to begin with
    • Beings working within it, the two complexes, one of desire quickening
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • science.” I am thinking more of people in the outside world
    • is an ascent to the light element. Thus, speaking of the transition
    • it should rather be regarded as making known their presence
    • to describe what is taking place? One cannot more fittingly express
    • such as we have, standing upright on two legs, making use of hands,
    • working within it. Thus the highest spirituality of the Elohim takes
    • experience them not merely as sound, but as form-making; then you
    • describe as a pricking or penetrating. That is a thoroughly objective
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • asking ourselves what were the special characteristics of each of
    • same laws which obtain today in the solid mineral kingdom. So that
    • elements of warmth and air as rule in the plant kingdom today, those
    • mineral kingdom are repeated and the laws of the plant world are
    • poverty-stricken, abstract thinking of today, plant species are just
    • yesterday when speaking of the rarefaction of light. That is a very
    • in other words the group-souls of the plant kingdom.
    • taking place on the fourth “day.” What was the result of
    • has a different capacity, but all of whom are working towards a
    • That sounds as if the Seven were taking counsel together, as one does
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • my speaking ofa cosmic body consisting only of warmth, I must refer
    • shall not get anywhere near it by striking a match or lighting a
    • fmd the Saturn warmth working as an expression of a soul-spiritual.
    • (For by him were all things created, that are in heaven, and that are in earth, visible and invisible, whether they be thrones, or dominions, or principalities, or powers: all things were created by him, and for him:KingColos. 1:16
    • Far above all principality, and power, and might, and dominion, and every name that is named, not only in this world, but also in that which is to come:KingEph. 1:21).
    • activity of the Elohim is four stages higher than human thinking, it
    • taking over from another. It was only very much later that the purely
    • groups of Beings working in Sun, Moon, Mars and so on. Let us then
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • and darkness, working together as two real polaric entities in the
    • Genesis speaks of darkness, it is speaking of the manifestation of
    • to consider the rhythmic alternation of sleeping and waking. What
    • that we develop in our thinking and feeling, all the ebb and flow of
    • the soul unfolds as its inner life in the waking state continuously
    • its fluctuant inner life is outside it. Whereas in waking life there
    • which take place during waking life, processes of renewal which take
    • waking life of day we are connected with the destructive forces of
    • our physical bodies which goes on during the waking life of day could
    • is it anything which need lead to myth-making. It is simply the name
    • nature until after we have been told of forces working upon the earth
    • not a question of signs, but of the activity of living Beings making
    • refers, when not only is something taking place in the body of the
    • earth, but when forces are working into the earth from without, it
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • means of making existence comprehensible. We must be clear that when
    • within it, the very spirits whom we have been speaking of for days as
    • subsists in the fact that watery, aeriform and solid are working one
    • talking about. We have been describing what is in the supersensible
    • making manifest what we call matter, it announces itselfas the
    • abstract way of looking at things everything gets mixed up. The seers
    • activity of the hierarchies is engaged in what is there taking place,
    • possible. That is why the Bible begins by speaking simply of the
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • the rose was outside, and that you were making a mental image of it,
    • within you; suppose your consciousness was taking hold of it in amore
    • mineral, the human kingdoms as sense-objects, was not there. What was
    • projection into space, of what is actually taking place in himself.
    • outer world was working upon his inner being. And he made no
    • felt themselves weaving and working in the light which streamed from
    • word “beauty” we are thinking most truly when we hold
    • making of Genesis.” And when he finds that the astounding thing
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • vegetable and mineral kingdoms existed. These were added after the
    • human kingdom was already there. Hence we have to ask ourselves how
    • kingdom is the all-important one, that the other kingdoms are, as it
    • And out of the ground the LORD God formed every beast of the field, and every fowl of the air; and brought them unto Adam to see what he would call them: and whatsoever Adam called every living creature, that was the name thereof.KingCh. II, v.19
    • And God said, Let us make man in our image, after our likeness: and let them have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the air, and over the cattle, and over all the earth, and over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth.KingCh. I, v.26,
    • you come back from the sleeping to the waking state you have absorbed
    • enable us on its return to continue our waking life in the physical
    • the earth. When we turn to the kingdom next to man, to the animal
    • kingdom, a question may arise which we have often touched upon before
    • evolved from the animal kingdom, as the crude materialism of today
    • that Genesis indicates it in a most wonderful way by speaking first
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • removing themselves from the terrestrial scene and working upon it
    • kingdom visible to the external eye did not develop until much later
    • it belonged to the astral being of man. It is the forces working in
    • different from that of the earth. The astro-physicist speaking from
    • world-creative powers? Looking up to these, they said to themselves:
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • animal kingdom. This small concession may be made to Darwinism. But
    • superficially speaking, man has the same bodily functions as the
    • speaking of the Jahve-men as the descendants, the subsequent
    • speaking of the descendants of the heaven-and-earth beings who were
    • account there — thus making his Rainbow Bible really complete!
    • speaking of these things at all. Nevertheless I think I may say that
    • duty of taking more and more into our own being the spiritual Being
    • go on working as power in our souls. I may perhaps be allowed to say
    • living without taking this knowledge as a germinal force of blessing
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture I: Easter: The Festival of Warning
    Matching lines:
    • world-history it shall be possible for him, through the working of the
    • death is not an event that can be grasped by any thinking concerned
    • happened for mankind through the working of the Christ Impulse.
    • times, and especially into those times which possess to a striking
    • inner life. He had to learn to understand the words: “My kingdom
    • spiritual kingdom that could be reached only by inward struggle and
    • vision of the spiritual was now to dawn for man in a new kingdom of
    • delusions, he must be mistaking some demon for the Christ.
    • all his power to bring men out of the habit of looking to the spirits
    • for He is there. Through the working of the Event of Golgotha, He is
    • enough in these days to rest content with looking at life in any
    • want to gather together to keep the festival, all their thinking about
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture II: The Blood-relationship and The Christ-relationship
    Matching lines:
    • striking but at the same time tragic article which included the text
    • thinking of the forcefulness with which a personality like Paul at the
    • times it was a matter simply of looking with the eyes, for the
    • looking to themselves alone, relying upon what comes with them at
    • intellectual apprehension. Intellectualism and materialistic thinking
    • are one and the same, for all the thinking that goes on in science, in
    • thinking unfolds only through processes of destruction,
    • death-processes, which are taking place in the brain. If this kind of
    • thinking is applied, as it is in Leninism and Trotskyism, to the
    • as a God, were also making sacrifice to him. The Christians could do
    • no such thing; the only King whom the Christians could acknowledge was
    • King” which appears on every ministerial decree, really mean
    • bring to fulfilment the words: “My kingdom is not of this
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture III: The Death of A God and Its Fruits In Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • used in public lectures but is possible when I am speaking to those
    • “world-body.” Looking back only a little into the historical
    • era as Siddartha, the son of King Suddhodana — attained the rank
    • beggar in the upper world than a king in the realm of the Shades.’
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture IV: Spirit Triumphant
    Matching lines:
    • physical existence the working of the spirit within the physical body
    • a continual process of dying is taking place, but is counteracted by
    • thinking must be applied.
    • Christ Who hovers above the Cross, looking down upon that which —
    • making the right preparation for the mood of Easter — which can,
    • the Man of Sorrows on the Cross, is looking down, not upon the eternal
    • the earthly into the cosmic. Modern thinking has made the
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture V: The Teachings of The Risen Christ
    Matching lines:
    • In speaking of the very early period in earth-evolution when
    • thinking of a certain kind — dream-like, imaginative, but still,
    • thinking — was already active, we must be quite clear that in
    • speaking — men could discover little through their own faculties.
    • immortal, eternal being lives in me,’ the transformation taking place
    • Even in dreams the transition from the sleeping to the waking state
    • primeval man in his dream-pictures belonged, in reality, to a waking
    •  “is obliterated during waking consciousness. But,” — so
    • be fathomed merely by earthly means.” A man is lacking, even were
    • power. Try to realise the power of it by thinking of the conditions
    • thinking has extracted from earthly concepts and also out of the
    • Now during earthly life the thinking part of the soul has poured
    • doing the thinking. This, needless to say, is a pathological
    • human organism. This irradiates the thinking and produces what we find
    • working of material substances, born of metabolism. No attempt was
    • similar habits in order to acquire, through the workings of matter,
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VI: Easter: The Mystery of the Future
    Matching lines:
    • During the Thirty Years' War, through strange workings of karma, this
    • “Ring of the Nibelungs,” and, walking along the streets, the
    • intimation that here, at this place in his body, something is lacking,
    • consciousness, even the alternating states of waking consciousness by
    • Ego into the physical and etheric bodies, making use of the physical
    • sense-world and of the waking life of day are obliterated; joy,
    • waking life of soul passes away, and in the present cycle of human
    • when, on waking in the morning he merely perceives physical objects
    • difference only, that whereas in the waking life of day man perceived
    • human kingdoms, at night the whole space around him was filled with
    • waking life coming to him when he was within his physical and etheric
    • speaking, night became more intensely night, day more intensely
    • gradual interlocking of the physical body and etheric body.
    • in re-evoking what in ancient times had been the natural condition,
    • taken by evolution. Looking back into those ancient Atlantean times of
    • his own existence and that of the three kingdoms of nature, but also
    • What is religion, fundamentally speaking? It is the intermediary
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VII: Spiritual Bells of Easter, I
    Matching lines:
    • able, in the heart even of one who is seeking death, to vanquish the
    • In a very real sense, man is the only thinking being on the earth.
    • kindles thoughts in us, what process is taking place when the simplest
    • flow through our soul, two forces are working together in us — our
    • the soul. Looking out into the world around us, we see the dashing
    • thunder ... and then, looking within the soul, we feel the inner
    • through material existence it is truth and reality when, looking
    • themselves: Now the Godhead is thinking in the fire, announcing
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VIII: Spiritual Bells of Easter, II
    Matching lines:
    • it is preserved in the legend. He comes from a kingly environment. He
    • kingly environment and then encounters what he had not hitherto
    • occult event taking place in the spiritual world. It is a strange
    • called in this way by the onworking Christ Power to bear this mighty
  • Title: Faith, Love, Hope: The Third Revelation
    Matching lines:
    • preacher and pastor, working from Nurnberg. Through Bauer, Rittelmeyer
    • imitates what it hears; but that in the early days of talking it has
    • no understanding which can be attributed to thinking. What the child
    • to think by talking; learns gradually to apprehend in clear thought
    • until then have, as it were, lacked the power of speaking and
    • thinking. People, however, have now learnt to speak — or, rather,
    • each soul awaken the ego to a higher stage of existence. Speaking thus
    • This taking over by Christ of the judging of a man's deeds is a result
    • unconcerned in face of the mighty event referred to — the taking
    • is not only something linking men together; it is also needed by them
    • forces working in us from the etheric body, out of the depths of our
    • John the Baptist said: Change your mood of soul, the Kingdom of Heaven
    • to descend. Previously, the ego could come to men only by sinking into
    • the millennium. How many indeed we find to-day who, speaking almost
    • the Kingdom of Heaven. That was a weakness on Christ's part, they say,
    • theologians — that the Kingdom of Heaven has not come down on
  • Title: Faith, Love, Hope: Towards the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • see, I am taking my example from the science of dreams, which —
    • intelligible. The parents were thinking so much about their son that
    • This desire, working as a force in the soul, lasted on for a long,
    • guise; strictly speaking only since the events in Palestine, when
    • waking or sleeping — a third state, more like the one prevailing
    • Thus, for human beings in certain states between waking and sleeping,
    • epoch of human evolution, when the great events were taking place in
    • which arouses the feeling: It can only be that I am looking back on
    • become familiar with the idea of reincarnation this looking back will
    • on the way to making a torment of life in future incarnations. In
    • given positive opportunities of making themselves familiar with the
    • change now taking place. The other is that all this has to be
    • strictly speaking, an endless amount of what is most important to-day
    • Christian love. Slowly we draw nearer to that epoch; and by making
    • everything in existence. This is not done so much by talking of love,
    • Even to-day, however, speaking from the ground of Anthroposophy, we
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 1: Spiritual Life in the Physical World and Life Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • directed to the fields where the great events of our time are taking
    • And that Spirit whom we are seeking thro' the deepening of Spiritual
    • kingdom in the spiritual world lying behind the physical-sensible.
    • its kingdom, man is a kind of microcosm in himself.” However much
    • whole kingdom of the spiritual world. Although to sense-perception,
    • moment justified in making the hypothesis — what this external
    • perceptible; in the inner behaviour of man it is more striking. Thus
    • here in waking and sleeping. On the one hand we have a full
    • consciousness in the waking state, and then for the normal man an
    • waking.
    • happens between falling asleep and waking up. If we can attain to
    • sleep, we really learn to know an amazing kingdom of Life. In this
    • unconscious condition between falling asleep and waking up a vast and
    • amazing kingdom of human life flows by unperceived by the normal human
    • between waking and sleeping. During sleep we are within our Ego and
    • one or other of these two conditions of waking and sleeping, and have
    • deal more inactivity in the life between waking and falling asleep,
    • but great activity in the life between sleeping and waking. There a
    • waking and sleeping are just the busiest between sleeping and waking.
    • And in the time between your sleeping and waking — quite
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 2: On the forming of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • the special manner of verifying our spiritual knowledge, and of taking
    • power of making compensation.
    • Things have always two sides. From this standpoint, ever seeking again
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 3: The Subconscious Strata of the Soul-Life and the Life of the Spirit After Premature Death
    Matching lines:
    • them the possibility of taking up the world in the way best adapted to
    • occupied in working out the interaction of its own being with the
    • while working in the different epochs on the various principles of
    • event had not occurred. I will bring forward a striking instance. At a
    • the present time is speaking so deeply to the soul in such manifold
    • he is considered a dreamer. Men go about speaking of
    • so looking at the earth that this earth itself can be permeated by the
    • strong forces, working for the ideal to be really worked into earth
    • in the future, to redeem it as far as possible from sinking into
    • what is taking place, but on the fruits of these happenings. And we
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 4: The Connection Between the Spiritual and the Physical Worlds, and How They Are Experienced After Death
    Matching lines:
    • the conceptions needed for our acting, thinking, feeling, etc. We must
    • him, and can only comparatively speaking grasp the other world in
    • be a combination of circumstances that brings about the breaking of
    • into connection with the workings of the spiritual world, consists in
    • something into the working of his soul, not now from the regular
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 5: Concerning the Subconscious Soul Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • disastrous situation through undertaking the proposed project during
    • between going to sleep and waking, we live in the astral body and Ego.
    • grand-daughter, of whom he was never tired of speaking with his fellow
    • prosecutor, gently shaking his head, “Mr. President, I do not
    • had been speaking? “Of Markus Freund, of your Markus Freund, Herr
    • working between what he was now himself doing, and what he had
    • then approach nature, and while taking in any process or object or
    • thinking has taken place although it remains subconscious, and then it
    • what I have brought forward in my lectures. When our thinking is so
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 6: Lecture on the Poem of Olaf Åsteson
    Matching lines:
    • in Our Thinking
    • IN OUR THINKING
    • and attains its fullest waking consciousness. Now, if a human soul
    • that man could acquire that thinking, that conscious standing in the
    • no difference between waking and sleeping. Those great beings of
    • that the actual force employed in thinking is not of a constructive
    • is specially proud of its clear thinking, acquired through its
    • thinking oneself is very difficult. But that is the task of the
    • epoch is so terribly proud of its thinking, that those who have
    • reality. And many, speaking from the depths of their philosophy, say:
    • sighted. Our thinking throws out an idea in a pedantic fashion and
    • Philosophy’ really think? Thought is to a great extent lacking in
    • culture, and that a man making a noble effort (they are all honourable
    • the world in its depths — that is the same as thinking that in
    • whole train of thought — which is not the thinking of simpletons
    • — but the thinking of those who are really the clever men of
    • this manner of thinking, which meets us in the example in which it
    • them — or whether you read the newspaper, this style of thinking
    • manner of thought prevails. I have attempted to expose this thinking
    • everything man reflects upon, this thinking prevails to-day. And this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • other when looking at a flower or anything else in the environment. It
    • and so on which have none. The entire animal kingdom falls into the
    • up within the kingdoms of Nature, so that he is able to say to which
    • along the path of my own evolution. Without these kingdoms I could not
    • have risen above these kingdoms, but also with the knowledge that our
    • deep sleep, dream consciousness, waking consciousness, psychic,
    • waking consciousness. The ego has clear day-consciousness.
    • externally apparent as a kingdom of good and a kingdom of evil
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • When speaking about man, we speak of his astral body as being Karma,
    • joy and sorrow, desires, wishes, etc., one is speaking of the astral
    • has accustomed himself to be too outward looking, he has nothing to
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • Stages of Consciousness in the three kingdoms of Nature and of Man.
    • plant kingdom, animal kingdom, human kingdom. The
    • man into a higher kingdom. The last faculty to be attained by man is
    • The three parts of the brain (thinking, feeling, willing) must later
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • Stone. Relationship of the kingdoms of Nature to each other. The being
    • We have spoken about the consciousness of the different kingdoms of
    • merely by thinking. One cannot for example experience what is taking
    • through taking on the Venus consciousness, one learns something
    • formations developed gradually, either from the plant kingdom or the
    • animal kingdom. When one looks at a lump of coal one can say to
    • primeval rocks out of plants. The plant kingdom gradually passes over
    • into the mineral kingdom. Everything solid on the earth has arisen out
    • The mineral kingdom in its present state of separation only came into
    • kingdom will be spiritualised by man. He transforms it with the
    • world of industry, is the transformation of the mineral kingdom. When
    • the mineral kingdom by artificial means. In the Fourth Round man can
    • work upon the mineral kingdom in this way. With the plant, on the
    • kingdom will be transformed by man. To a great extent this will be
    • Here man will be working right into the molecules and atoms. At the
    • kingdom.
    • kingdom. He will be able consciously to carry out the process which is
    • thinking, and then one will develop in oneself a feeling that nothing
    • nothing in all Nature that we can obliterate through thinking without
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • mineral kingdom to be found? That is the highest form of
    • solid, which becomes possible through living in waking consciousness
    • Very striking is the relationship between the ear and speech. In
    • act of speaking one brings forth the wisdom of the world. What is
    • present time thinking is the form in which man can bring his will to
    • expression in speech. Today it is only in thinking that we can unfold
    • prophetic model (Vorbild). Thinking will later be interpenetrated with
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • thinking however he is creative. Nothing gives rise to thoughts unless
    • thinking, and in order to have perceptions he needs creative beings
    • sphere of perception and thinking.
    • the kingdom of the warm-blooded animals is a comprehensive picture of
    • thou. We have therefore in the kingdom of the warm-blooded animals
    • kingdom of the cold-blooded animals. Oken connected the cuttlefish
    • etheric, the astral is lacking.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • The brain is divided into three actual parts: into thinking, feeling
    • thinking in a physical brain. The power of thinking in the case of the
    • environment. This however he did through pictures. Thinking hovered
    • himself spiritually. The breaking of the male voice is connected with
    • sense is ‘the word’ which undergoes a transformation from thinking,
    • the word is ‘consciousness’ (in thinking) then ‘life’ (the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • Christianity and the teaching of reincarnation. Water or the drinking
    • Cancer signifies a breaking in of something new, a ‘vortex’ (a double
    • priesthood, through the partaking of wine, knowledge of reincarnation
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • are speaking here of the sense of touch as the perception of warmth
    • with thinking. Development will work backwards. The warmth of the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • It is the body according to which the physical body is formed. Taking
    • kingdom. A man is already working on the mineral kingdom when he takes
    • current in a network over the earth; in all this man is working upon
    • the mineral kingdom. Thus man puts into service the whole mineral
    • kingdom. He makes the Earth into something entirely of his own
    • he is also working upon the mineral kingdom. We are now in the midst
    • When the Fourth Round comes to an end the entire mineral kingdom will
    • Everything which man worked into the mineral kingdom during the Fourth
    • Round reappears and grows up as the plant kingdom; for instance [the]
    • Then in the Fifth Round the previous mineral kingdom appears in all
    • its forms as the plant kingdom. In the Arupic condition of the Fifth
    • we have a solution of cooking salt it appears as a uniform grayish
    • eventually became the lower kingdoms as far as the first vertebrates,
    • physical condition, as did also the plants and mineral kingdom.
    • back into the physical. There is no purpose in looking for something
    • which might be seen, as though one were looking at a photograph.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • who are working in man.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • the ego. The working of the Devas in the life after death. Sojourn in
    • astral body working within it. This organic transformation is
    • eternal value, completely sinking yourself into it.’ At present man
    • possessed by man. The astral body is strikingly less perfect than the
    • working of the ego into the astral body, the education of the astral
    • working his ego into the astral body. When the Sixth Root-race, the
    • outside. But it is only when pure thinking begins that etheric
    • substance is radiated into the astral impulses. As long as thinking is
    • not yet pure thinking we have astral substance surrounding the etheric
    • as man even begins to think, he is already working the ego into his
    • Thus development begins by man's working consciously on his astral
    • etheric body that is lacking must be replaced for him by the external
    • them. The desire remains but the organs are lacking. In Kamaloka he
    • In the case of someone who meets a violent death he continues seeking
    • died. This seeking can bring about harmful reactions. In such a case
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • mineral kingdom through the work of man after death. The activity and
    • animal kingdom, in the transformation of species. The force which
    • metamorphosis in the animal kingdom, influencing and altering animal
    • man is a co-worker on the rocks, on the mineral kingdom of the earth.
    • plane today man is only master of the mineral kingdom. There he
    • or an animal. In the mineral kingdom he has the component parts
    • kingdom, but instead a kingdom of evil. The Manicheans knew this. They
    • working on man's astral body. The Devas co-operate even more strongly
    • of the animal kingdom, but they are guided by the Devas. Thence man is
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • physical world serves the purpose of making him more and more
    • speaking this is a similar condition to that in which we, in the
    • by man. But someone can have a liking for such things and so unites
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • of the mineral, plant and animal kingdoms. The twelve forces of Karma
    • descriptive expressions were frequently lacking. Such expressions for
    • kingdom, out of the plant and animal kingdoms; but three kingdoms thou
    • createst for thyself, the three kingdoms of Wisdom, Beauty and Power.
    • time when the mineral, plant and animal kingdoms sacrificed themselves
    • as the ego has been formed through these other kingdoms, so must it
    • now itself develop the kingdoms of Wisdom, Beauty and Strength, in
    • kingdoms are the kingdoms of Science, Art and inner Strength, by which
    • Beauty and Strength, the mineral, plant and animal kingdoms were to be
    • object: for example, picturing a dog is merely making a mental image,
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • of the word. So that he should become what he is, all the kingdoms of
    • kingdoms, which he once had within him, he gradually put out from
    • past deeds. In this same way man is now making preparation for what
    • humanity. In his speaking however a man cannot be entirely selfish,
    • — in the mineral, plant and animal kingdoms — is there as
    • world will be there in which our entire thinking no longer lives
    • purely as thinking, but makes its appearance in the results of this,
    • thinking, then a new humanity, that is to say, a new planet, comes
    • thought on this planet. Thinking is something connected with us. When
    • boundaries of speaking and thinking. If we do away with these, for the
    • incarnated in thinking, but in the future will be incarnated in
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • words. Behind our words a spiritual being is working with us, standing
    • spiritual being working into us. Every time a thought flashes through
    • spiritual being, just as if we were walking over damp ground, leaving
    • corresponds with reality. It is also because a higher being is working
    • and the ordinary abstract thinking.
    • reflection of imagination. When a man who is seeking higher
    • development speaks, he will try in certain cases, while speaking, to
    • Through abstract thinking one makes a copy of something that exists.
    • are working as creative forces. The crystal is external in so far as
    • Intuitions. Behind all language Beings of Imagination are working and
    • same Spirit who is also working in our speech; this is why the
    • still working today in our speech, in each of our words, and is
    • thinking. Within himself man calls it ‘Spirit’; in so far as it works
    • in the world, but also the forces working outside in the world.
    • where another Spirit is working with him, is speech. Here we make
    • we are speaking remain behind, formative forces which create new
    • by us alone; the Spirit of the Race is working with us. What is the
    • working? The Spirit of the Race is active in man's feeling, permeates
    • addition, working with Sanskara, the desire nature, and Vijnana, the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVIII
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • and awkward, whereas before in developing the vegetable kingdom he had
    • souls again seeking incarnation. When here with us such a bell-like
    • body. We know that the human being develops by working from the ego
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIX
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • harm. They have no liking for this substance.
    • the external working of Kama-Manas to reach its ultimate limit. The
    • into these circles. A battle is continually taking place on the earth,
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XX
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • without the sleeper knowing anything about it. During waking life also
    • bring with it into waking life the experiences of the astral world.
    • nourishment and thus to understand the Masters, we are thereby working
    • writings to reach the point of taking part in such intercourse and
    • through man uniting himself with the spirits working for unification,
    • the error of believing that one is speaking to Dante, whereas today
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXI
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • adept. But we gain very much when, taking our start from the purely
    • physical, we undertake such a procedure as that of sinking oneself
    • kingdom. A silent, unobtrusive, passionless stone possesses for
    • contemplation's as one can in this oldest kingdom.
    • working on us, extinguishing its sensible form — one can practise
    • thinking, as the Vedanta philosophy which is truly philosophical in
    • clear, passionless thinking, needs no other opinion.
    • Devachanic plane except when he is thinking mathematically. Certain
    • everything that awaits the human being. Just as when forsaking the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXII
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • being. We can picture the astral body of those times by thinking of
    • density, the other kingdoms arose: the animal, plant and mineral
    • kingdoms. Certain instincts and forces expelled in this way appeared
    • means looking out into the surrounding world. Man now consists of four
    • parts of his astral body. This peace-making work begins with the
    • kingdoms of Nature, which then reflected themselves back into him.
    • Here we have come to a point where we continually create a new kingdom
    • that was in it. Now man created for himself a new kingdom of deeds, as
    • the three kingdoms within us: Manas, Buddhi, Atma.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIII
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • his manner of working. He created man and woman. What could no longer
    • When man, by working out of the spirit, transmutes the physical body,
    • to the Earth. Lucifer is the Prince who reigns in the kingdom of
    • man is not only able to develop his higher nature upwards, but working
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIV
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • following Globe. Between two waking conditions the Globes go through a
    • plant kingdom stood between the present mineral and plant kingdoms,
    • kingdom first densified on the Earth to the present mineral kingdom.
    • the Moon there was a kingdom lying between the mineral and the plant.
    • A kingdom between the mineral and plant kingdoms
    • A kingdom between the plant and animal kingdoms
    • A kingdom between the animal and human kingdoms.
    • During the First Earth Round the human kingdom gradually separated
    • the animal kingdom separated itself off, during the Third the plant
    • kingdom, during the Fourth the mineral kingdom. Then man made a
    • mineral kingdom. A time will come when, as the product of his
    • kingdom, so that no particle will then remain whose nature has not
    • That is the redemption of a kingdom. In the Fourth Round man will have
    • redeemed the mineral kingdom, when he will have transformed it by his
    • work upon it. Then everything goes into Pralaya; no mineral kingdom
    • One is not working in vain when one gives form to the mineral kingdom.
    • and in the Seventh Round the human kingdom. Then man will be mature
    • the other kingdoms had to some extent to be pushed downwards and he
    • man waking day-consciousness, whereas the purpose of the entire Moon
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXV
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • Rounds or elemental kingdoms, Globes or conditions of form; in
    • Christian terminology: Power, Kingdom and Glory.
    • a Round is called Kingdom, Wisdom
    • a Kingdom. In the successive rounds man experiences seven Kingdoms:
    • First Elemental Kingdom
    • Second Elemental Kingdom
    • Third Elemental Kingdom
    • Mineral Kingdom
    • Plant Kingdom
    • Animal Kingdom
    • Human Kingdom
    • Kingdom, the Power and the Glory,’ a gazing upwards to Cosmic events.
    • the Power, the Kingdom and the Glory. When these words regain their
    • On Earth Waking consciousness
    • Kingdoms, through seven Rounds or Kingdoms, in each Round gaining in
    • Today it is the mineral kingdom that man knows best because he lives
    • in it. Everything that takes place in the higher kingdoms is not
    • If we consider in the mineral kingdom any kind of stone — what we
    • mineral kingdom as such we see absolutely nothing, but we see only the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVI
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • also be called a Kingdom, and the Fourth Round on the Earth we call
    • the Mineral Kingdom. We are now on the Fourth Planet, in the Fourth
    • the capacity of looking both backwards and forwards.
    • looking into a great model filled [with] small crystals. Present within
    • outwardly-working divine powers who poured forth the astral substance,
    • kingdom, in a great astral sea. This then densified ever more and more
    • way. One would have been able to build up the mineral kingdom through
    • create the new plant kingdom out of the Ego.
    • with the plant kingdom what is now taking place with the mineral
    • kingdom. The whole Earth will then be an immense, single living Being.
    • no longer be a plant kingdom; man will then allow living thoughts
    • kingdoms. If anyone has not progressed to the point that he can be
    • kingdom will then attain its zenith. This Round is the quickest. The
    • passing through a Kingdom represents a condition of life.
    • In the First Round life was in the First Elementary Kingdom, in the
    • Second Round in the Second Elementary Kingdom, in the Third Round in
    • the Third Elementary Kingdom, in the Fourth Round in the Mineral
    • Kingdom. In the Fifth Round life will be in the Plant Kingdom, in the
    • Sixth Round life will be in the Animal Kingdom and in the Seventh
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVII
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • are seven Kingdoms of Life and each Kingdom goes through seven
    • of Form or Globe, in the fourth Kingdom of Life, of the fourth Planet,
    • space, mainly from the mineral kingdom, and out of them construct
    • a mental picture of the working of the three Logoi in regard to man.
    • is. Now he is conscious on the physical plane when we are speaking
    • about waking consciousness. But waking consciousness could also be on
    • In human beings, thinking is localised in the head. With the animal,
    • in working harmoniously upwards from the physical to higher planes. In
    • beings. So we have a world of elemental beings around us with a king.
    • Among the Indians the king of the gnomes is called Kshiti, the highest
    • consciousness in fire is directed by the king of fire: Agni. In all
    • Ceremonial magic is the lowest kind of sorcery and consists in making
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVIII
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • mineral, plant and animal kingdoms: all this is also within him. What
    • fundamentally speaking, man works destructively where elemental beings
    • Fourth revelation: Clear waking-day consciousness was developed by the
    • the astral body, with the Semites, Greek and Roman peoples the waking
    • Thinking which is altruistic will develop the predisposition to the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIX
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • We will now throw yet more light on the hidden working of Karma and
    • Those who take earnestly the principle of not looking at the world
    • present in the peoples in question. When one looks at these attacking
    • progressive thinking in the inmost depths of the human being when one
    • in the spirit, for the taking in of spirit corresponds to the
    • being of our plant kingdom did nitrogen become mingled with oxygen.
    • so on; but only in our present Earth-Cycle did the plant kingdom
    • breathing. They pushed the plant kingdom a stage lower, in order that
    • Just as man previously had the other kingdoms within himself, so today
    • he still has the evil in his Karma within him. This he is now working
    • forms, a race of the good and a kingdom of the evil side by side. At
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXX
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • significance of drinking wine. The social aspect of West and East in
    • an animal kingdom. With this is bound up the fact that the forces
    • This kind of nourishment cannot be easily understood by those lacking
    • The taking of milk is a transformation of a primeval form of
    • into the kingdom of heaven.’ All these things have their significance.
    • three kingdoms. This is approximately the course which the Atlantean
    • kingdom, that remains over from the past.
    • Now we come to the fifth human race. The drinking of milk and the
    • from the plant kingdom. Wine then played a special role in the whole
    • one kills the animal. When we draw wine from the plant kingdom in a
    • working as hidden spirituality out of the Russian peasantry. It will
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXXI
    Matching lines:
    • influences, the kingdoms of nature, various myths and symbols, human
    • thinking, journeyed through Europe into Asia and there founded a
    • picture world. Through the practise of Yoga, working from within
    • perfected, was lacking. Thinking was governed by the idea that
    • Persian thinking was governed by the concept of time. Zervan Akarana
    • Here they adapted the whole teaching to a working people. They created
    • Three different Sub-Races developed in Asia. Taking their start from
    • Schools towards the end of the period of which we are speaking: they
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Temperaments
    Matching lines:
    • govern our outer being, the latter by seeking the essence and purpose
    • Moving on to the animal kingdom, we find an evolution of the species
    • taking place. We begin to appreciate why the nineteenth century held
    • simply will not allow it. Instead of asking what the child lacks, in
    • and gradually, spiritual science illuminates our minds, making us
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Soul and the Animal Soul
    Matching lines:
    • which kingdom they belong, then in all kingdoms I must presuppose the
    • self-contradiction referred to above. Therefore in speaking of
    • said that thinking can apprehend what is meant when reference is made
    • investigator, logical thinking will itself disclose that a living
    • expression in the forms, in the law-determined workings of matter —
    • spirit weaving and working through the world. If we thus contemplate
    • they were doing called this spirit working actively in the animal,
    • from the activity of animals, there go forth workings of the
    • spirit that is working in the animal organization. Observing the
    • when men succeeded in making paper. But the wasps have been able to
    • in the animal organism. This inner working of the spirit in an
    • directly at work. Thus in the animal kingdom, soul experience is in a
    • thinking, in his cravings, his interests and in his intelligence, is
    • are many good reasons for speaking in this way. Once we have acquired
    • are speaking of the spirit as it works in the etheric body. When the
    • Thus the etheric body is the active, creative principle working on
    • exhausted himself by thinking that the organ of the brain “goes
    • thinking begins to cause headaches; and from there the discomfort
    • animals, are talking without foundation. Pain in the animal is far,
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Spirit and the Animal Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • When speaking of the
    • relation to his language, his way of thinking and also to the extent
    • if obliged to grow up alone, would never arrive at speaking, nor
    • definite thinking, nor consciousness of self; he would be forced to
    • bound up with man's gradual acquisition of speech, thinking,
    • development remain open to man as regards the inter-working of the
    • everything working into man changes his organization. If we
    • he is able to become through speech, through his way of thinking and
    • making it possible for it to carry on its life. It is so formed that
    • that at the beginning of human life we are able to watch this working
    • working of the forces which in childhood had free play. At a certain
    • saying that we are not speaking here of those spheres of the
    • have a feeling for this working from without inwards and from within
    • that in him we also see the spirit working on his organization, but
    • which is quite obvious; then a definite way of thinking and a certain
    • of thinking and of the consciousness of self brought about through
    • animal shows itself quite incapable of taking things in, in the way
    • not speaking here of word content — in the inner nature of the
    • speech, recognizing how the might of the spirit is working into the
    • organization; and that we pay heed to this direct working of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture I: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • symbol of all waking life — not only in Nature, but also in the
    • counsel with the divine-spiritual powers working and weaving in the
    • everywhere living, working and weaving. And at the moment when the
    • is today seeking super-sensible knowledge cannot proceed in the old
    • would like to know everything as quickly as possible without taking
    • related to the rays of the sun, how human forms of thinking are
    • speaking to their pupils. It is, of course, necessary to translate
    • taking possession once again of a physical body which has been
    • earth, and we look upon the moonlight in this way only, taking into
    • their way through space, they are all the time working towards the
    • such a moment very special processes are taking place in the plant. It
    • cooking-salt, we find the cube again in nature herself, and here we
    • thinking, earthly forces of will — are present in the root of any
    • What we do today only when we are thinking in terms of mathematics, we
  • Title: Lecture II: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • when speaking of these things and making use, as it were, of the
    • what is taking place spiritually. The true state of affairs can
    • You know that according to a more materialistic mode of thinking, our
    • solar system originated from a kind of primal nebula. Thinking that is
    • forces working in the growth of plants. Such an explanation of cosmic
    • materialistic thinking, a spiritual reality is contained and that this
    • The purely materialistic way of thinking and of formulating hypotheses
    • ideas, based on similarly materialistic thinking, of the genesis of
    • actually looking at something that is the product of an earlier stage
    • physical sun I am speaking of something that comes out of the past.
    • light, I am speaking of something that is preparing the future. The
    • rightly what is meant when, in what follows, I shall be speaking of
    • abstract, impersonal form, in the converse of which I am now speaking
    • the initiates were conscious of speaking to actual Beings,
    • which makes thinking and reflection possible; but they are also the
    • And so it is with all these forces. Speaking in accordance with the
    • way in which Saturn is working in him.
    • the Mars-forces are working too strongly, so that they break through
  • Title: Lecture III: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • therefore, we are speaking of the universe from the human standpoint,
    • we are speaking from within the universe, for we are standing at some
    • earthly existence but not answered there, because thinking can take
    • looking back upon the earth we see man once only, both in time and in
    • spirit-and-soul in face of the chemical processes working in his
    • the other side. — I am speaking, not of the fully conscious moral
    • as rooted in pure thinking, but of moral impulses in which there is
    • from the moral aspect. He is now looking back upon the cosmos. But he
    • understand them, not picking them to pieces with criticism; but as
    • conception sprang from the different modes of thinking, which were in
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • this is why human thinking is so far from grasping reality and men
    • independent existence. Taking a human skeleton by itself, you must, to
    • animal and human kingdoms belong to it, just as muscles, blood and so
    • blossom. Generally speaking, it floats cloud-like over the vegetation
    • spiritual. The entire animal kingdom is at the same time intellect.
    • And this whole animal kingdom projected into man's inner life, so that
    • animal kingdom needs the lime-formation to build up its forms in the
    • Man has carbon working in his organism in manifold ways. Carbon is
    • knowledge, seeking the spiritual in all purely material things, and
    • people today who are already talking about a kind of revival of the
    • and waking if we could not immerse ourselves in nitrogen. Our physical
    • earthly existence. And when between falling asleep and waking we
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Christ, who gave the earth its meaning by working from within the
    • striking when we let those personalities work on our souls who can in
    • Eleusinian Mystery, I could not help thinking how thankful we may be
    • the need of forsaking the world of the senses in order to press on
    • has been working through the centuries, this European soul that felt
    • human form. On the other hand, now try to imagine how, in speaking of
    • remember with special thanks those who have for years been working
    • past months. Like all our undertakings it is to serve the great
    • and immediate working together toward worthy and serious aims. First
    • honest with European souls, we wished to be truthful, seeking with a
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Christ, who gave the earth its meaning by working from within the
    • the deepest secret of this his greatest poem, by making Faust say to
    • making him then confess that if such can become the soul's attitude,
    • physical body.” Anyone making his first steps toward initiation
    • purified, intuitive brain-thinking, and regulated spiritual working in
    • begins when one feels that other parts are also expanding and making
    • true idea of the course of human evolution may be gained by thinking
    • In these lectures we shall be speaking of the demands the soul must
    • make upon itself when taking the first steps toward initiation. I
    • ages go by. A man living primarily in the physical world, looking back
    • as they appear to us here or there making their way in external life,
    • original primitive human feeling; hence, the necessity for working up
    • body to the greatest possible extent, and working in the human body
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Christ, who gave the earth its meaning by working from within the
    • poisonous. We maintain that it is part of sound thinking in the life
    • conceptions in the animal kingdom, I might say more as a matter of
    • in the animal kingdom. A simple development of the interpretation of
    • life, making unconditional and absolute demands. We know it is his
    • the external world. He knows that he is speaking figuratively, but
    • processes of nature by calling moral ideas to his aid. In speaking,
    • body. When speaking of the physical body, we can talk of raising a
    • interwoven in the super-sensible worlds, and in speaking of some part
    • clairvoyant looking into the inner soul of the man, as it is of
    • faculty lacking, has an actual effect. It guides a man along a certain
    • quality lacking in himself, and he is condemned to continual
    • and where the necessary conditions of life are lacking. In other
    • say that the being we are looking at is able, and has the will,
    • together, I must add something further. On making one's way into
    • deceived by the fact that I am looking at something angelic or a
    • got so far as not to lose our vision while taking stock of ourselves
    • ourselves of the habit of speaking of things according to the ideas we
    • experience. When we become conscious that we are speaking in the
    • have been speaking, enters the super-sensible world from the world of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • Christ, who gave the earth its meaning by working from within the
    • in ordinary sense existence?” we have to do only with waking
    • instrument for his waking life between birth and death. We have
    • connections, and so forth, completely fill his waking life. We can now
    • considered what man knows of himself in waking life between birth and
    • spiritual world. Pictorially speaking, that is quite correct.
    • When thinking, we lose the sensation of being within ourselves, and we
    • thoughts were thinking themselves, as if the feelings we ourselves
    • strengthening of our attitude of soul through thinking, by meditation,
    • waking and a sleeping being and it is he himself who wakes his
    • state as being the ordinary state of the etheric body, and of a waking
    • between sleeping and waking in the physical body and in the etheric
    • body. In the physical body sleeping and waking are alternating
    • such alternation; in it sleeping and waking are simultaneous. Thus, a
    • Progress consists in making the sleeping parts more and more into
    • waking ones, and that is what we actually are doing.
    • has now become objective and no longer subjective. I am looking at it
    • This springing beyond oneself, this looking at and understanding
    • you and that you are looking at yourself, just as you used to look at
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • Christ, who gave the earth its meaning by working from within the
    • confronted with beings, and besides the beings of the other kingdoms
    • consciousness on re-awaking, and in his life during the day, except
    • time of waking.
    • a pot of flowers and looking at it. The plant is outside, external to
    • him; he observes it as he stands there looking at it. Now the
    • experience in the higher world of which we have just been speaking,
    • quite wrong to imagine that there one went about looking at the beings
    • Let us assume that you sit down somewhere and instead of thinking
    • you, of which, to start with, you were not thinking at all. It may
    • particular spot looking at what is around you is the exact opposite of
    • consciously the time between falling asleep and waking. When you live
    • sleep you do not feel that it is before, and that waking comes after.
    • yourself, as it were, as though you were out of your body, walking
    • around and looking at yourself. So you stand at about the same point
    • time, but rather the feeling of making a round, of describing a
    • world of which we are speaking, would never be struck by the idea that
    • speaking, we feel ourselves in eternity with this one desire, “If
    • these things one is fully justified in thinking them strange. But we
    • world, then it is that we feel the working of Lucifer. When we have
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • Christ, who gave the earth its meaning by working from within the
    • all these worlds work reciprocally and in one world the inter-working
    • that particular world, and, in addition, by all that is working into
    • taking the facts and following them up, we can find that the
    • this striving of his in super-sensible worlds, then you are working
    • The self-seeking strivings of every human soul that we regard as human
    • meet in the super-sensible world. The manner of his working has to be
    • Ahriman an accommodating companion; he is always seeking to make what
    • worlds, you already have the faculty for recognising him as partaking
    • make it part of the eternal kingdom. This is the duty laid upon us
    • and Ahriman are working in this labyrinth, and man has to discover how
    • to take up the right attitude toward them. This necessity for seeking
    • by working in the opposite direction I may balance and harmonise the
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • Christ, who gave the earth its meaning by working from within the
    • healthy, comprehensive, all-round thinking that leads to the
    • initiation is this making oneself capable of perceiving in the higher
    • binds him to the world insofar as in this linking, this binding, the
    • taking ourselves to task during the period when we are seeing into the
    • we must necessarily have in sensory existence. Only by making sure
    • without linking this historical life with men like Krishna, Buddha,
    • a history without making Buddha the central point. This is not said as
    • without making Christ take part in it. In his old age it caused him
    • Threshold, “Thinking has a purifying force.” This
    • purifying force of thinking really works in such a way that it leads
    • thinking has this purifying force. There is, however, something
    • strange about the occult nature of thinking. A materialistic science
    • you will also understand that the process and activity of thinking,
    • the combining and working out of ideas, do not take place in the
    • with his etheric body. Fundamentally, man is always thinking; his
    • constitutes thinking. But, of all this activity in the etheric body,
    • body somewhat in the following way. Assume that you were walking down
    • etheric body, which actually does the thinking, may know something of
    • this thinking. The brain itself, however, does not think, nor does the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 1: The Four Spheres of the Inner Life
    Matching lines:
    • In speaking of perception, and
    • now looking at, is thyself; yea, it is thee. Thou who formerly didst
    • thinking, for it is the exercise of an inner creative soul-force —
    • In looking back at that part of
    • thyself, looking back on thy light-body and thy etheric-thought body;
    • back at oneself, something else appears; in looking at oneself, one
    • mineral, vegetable and animal kingdoms, we see mountains, rivers,
    • thinking. For when a person accepts what has just been described as
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 2: The Vision of the Ideal Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual worlds taking all our imperfections with us, and there they
    • sweep into the spiritual worlds, taking with us all our
    • Easter-feeling. When the soul, looking on that which is revealed to
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 3: The Senses and the Luciferic Temptation
    Matching lines:
    • swarming through us. Shadow pictures appear as thinking. In this case
    • of thinking, conflict occurs with Ahriman, and thus thoughts do not
    • towards us and brings about in us the sensation of light; but looking
    • thought which appear in us as our thinking. On the other hand, that
    • at the same time a sort of impulse towards a future ‘making
    • are thinking in us.’ Or as they recognised the unity of
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 4: Wisdom in the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • consist in our taking more and more away from the surrounding wisdom.
    • on the physical plane — I am speaking of actual cases. When we
    • all circumstances. But taking into consideration the law of karma,
    • merely looking at objects and processes, we should never on the
    • it. Whereas in the physical world wisdom depends on thinking, in the
    • thinking in the right way, that we should prepare ourselves here on
    • after studying these philosophers, that mere philosophy, as thinking
    • of another. But there is something very striking in this symbol.
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 5: Between Death and the 'Cosmic Midnight Hour'
    Matching lines:
    • the events between death and rebirth, making use of the ideas we have
    • mineral, vegetable and animal kingdoms, to see the mountains, rivers,
    • when we experience the interval between sleeping and waking, we are
    • body. And one who can consciously experience awaking, knows: you want
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 6: Pleasures and Sufferings in the Life Beyond
    Matching lines:
    • speaking of what I described as the great ‘Midnight Hour of our
    • re-births: this we then survey as an outer world, through looking
    • conditions which you describe as taking place after death are not at
    • As we are speaking among ourselves we may say these things, but at
    • would cease working when we were born. As we fill ourselves with the
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • surrender if, after taking account of our place in the world from a
    • kingdoms of Nature — if we contemplate all this in the light of
    • experience which comes over us when we allow the ranking of the
    • kingdoms of Nature to work on our minds. Then we can say: “The
    • living experience knows that, whenever his thinking touches the
    • the Moon, Sun, and Saturn evolutions! How lacking from the modern
    • truly spirit-permeated valuation of man is from the way of thinking
    • reveal itself in our thinking. Similarly, we can recall the words of
    • because the conscious purpose of the gods was working in them. Human
    • becoming a man. And in looking back on his youth and prime he saw in
    • — least of all when taking account of man as a social being.
    • this way Spiritual Science, by speaking to people who are already
    • questions stir in you and make it a means of working for mankind
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • under the influence of social ideas and socialistic thinking, people
    • should be thinking animals, nothing else. We are not thinking animals
    • “Make new your ways of thinking” (as His forerunner, John
    • the Baptist, said: “Change your thinking”), “so
    • the Mystery of Golgotha this way of thinking should have come to an
    • difference that the Jehovah-religion is breaking up into a multitude
    • really speaking about the Christ. They never come to the point of
    • thinking: “Strike out the word ‘Christ’ from what
    • backing of tradition. And this inner untruth, which has come to
    • only — and here I am speaking with special reference to the
    • freedom from prejudice in my thinking is something I have to achieve
    • it? The one and only way is this: instead of taking an interest
    • merely in my own way of thinking, and in what I consider
    • erroneous — the more light he receives into his own thinking
    • am thinking in him; and that I enter into your feeling, whenever you
    • of your brethren, therein you are seeking Myself.”
    • as the way to the Christ through thinking. Earnest
    • to-day is the way through thinking.
    • which springs from taking hold of the life of the spirit and can be
    • thinking.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • interchanged dreaming and waking. Our task is to shake off this
    • super-sensible, which alone prevents the perceptible from ranking as
    • reality. Mistakes of the kind I have mentioned are common in looking
    • precisely in it’s seeking to comprise only what belongs to our
    • remnants, and we bring these with us into physical existence. Working
    • spiritual life, instead of working for unity — in spiritual
    • They have lost the practice of taking a direct way, through an active
    • — was for most people a mere way of talking, a phrase, for the
    • healthy social organism, and the necessity of working towards this
    • thinking, which comes to expression in the demand for a threefold
    • social order, from other ways of thinking? You see, these other ways
    • observe how different is the way of thinking which is founded on a
    • of asking: What is the best way of arranging the social organism? We
    • start from reality by asking: How must human beings themselves be
    • This way of thinking
    • organised. This way of thinking makes its appeal to actual human
    • alone cannot arrive at a social way of thinking; he will have no
    • everything that should flow from social thinking. Only if we reflect
    • nature; they must also find a way that unites their thinking with
    • for social thinking. Just when he rightly wanted to make something
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • present-day scientific thinking altogether. The scientists who think
    • modern time will generally work. Admittedly, this way of working is
    • phenomena. Speaking of causes, our scientists will have in mind
    • process that is taking place in the universal ether — say a
    • Goethe's way of thinking. In this respect it is especially important
    • ether. Not in this style did Goethe apply scientific thinking. In his
    • subjective or objective? His use of scientific thinking and
    • unknown; he will apply all thinking and all available methods to put
    • properly be called “Laws of Nature”. He is not looking
    • considerable light on what is seeking to come into our Science by way
    • the phenomena of Nature to mathematical thinking as Goethe had.
    • without looking into outer Nature. We spin and weave them out of
    • too is, fundamentally speaking, still remote from what we call the
    • Ia). I am not looking at any moving object; I just imagine it.
    • effect. And when in thinking I picture this. The thought — the
    • I am now speaking and the way I spoke before. Before, I spoke of
    • our own thinking; mechanical phenomena on the other hand must first
    • we are only speaking of the parallelogram of movements, no actual
    • thinking, even then we shall have to ask — and seek the answer
    • well grow accustomed — for all the workings of Nature —
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Second Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • respect) still mostly goes on speaking for example of the phenomena
    • we will suppose the force not only to be working instantaneously,
    • no hindrance — but we will presuppose that the force is working
    • it is, try making the pressure ever more intense. Try it, — or
    • then go on making it ever more intense. What will happen? If you go
    • same phenomenon — loss of consciousness — is taking
    • a pressure stronger than you can endure — is taking place
    • when we are thinking.
    • into its thinking. — so to connect outer phenomena like the one
    • it to begin with by looking for colour in and about the light as
    • working-together of matter and light; a dimming of the light arises
    • go into the light; down here, the working of the light is such that
    • and simply taking what is given, purely from what you see you have
  • Title: Third Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • undergo instils this mental habit. Thinking of outer Nature, people
    • Looking at such a place through the prism he saw colours; where there
    • changing the shape of the prism. If for example, taking a prism with
    • We see a kind of interaction between them. Taking our start from what
    • at this point it is simply a question of true method in our thinking.
    • thinking in this domain. To illustrate the point more vividly, we
    • direction in which I saw it before. Looking in this direction, I
    • actively, are looking with our eye, — with our line of sight.
    • IIIf). it will be like this. (When looking at your neighbour's
    • the eye from the skull, making an anatomical preparation, the first
    • speaking — the so-called sclerotic and the transparent portion
    • others stimulated from within, meet one-another in a very striking
    • organic is. The whole working of it depends on this. First the
    • “Nature” — so they correct her to their liking. You
  • Title: Fourth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • more or less white if I were looking at directly, will appear
    • illumined, you will be looking at the dark through something light.
    • direction of it through the prism. Instead of looking from outside on
    • the place of this picture, and, looking through the prism, we then
    • have the following phenomenon: Looking along here, I see what would
    • to what is really seen. For if you are looking thus into the bright
    • therefore, you are looking at dark through light and you will see
    • for example is the blue and you are looking through it; therefore the
    • terms. This other one — the one you see in looking through the
    • corpuscles — tiny little bodies. Striking the surface of the
    • it in cross-section. Here are two looking-glasses — plane
    • part of the screen, making it lighter here than in the surrounding
    • suppose a physicist, witnessing this experiment, were thinking in
    • asking you most thoroughly to think of; you should be able to follow
    • a great difference there is between taking the phenomena purely as
    • it volatilizes. Then a peculiar thing happens. Making a spectrum, not
  • Title: Fifth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • is at one place a far more intense yellow line, making the rest seem
    • screen. Instead we will observe the spectrum by looking straight into
    • through here, and, looking into it, we see it thus refracted. (The
    • problem looking for the relations between the colours and what we
    • the phenomena, in a manner of speaking, side by side. What we must
    • try to do is to approach the phenomena rightly with our thinking, our
    • velocity, the one thing actually there, we by our thinking process
    • be thought that I myself have here been talking
    • Goethe. It was in 1832 that Goethe died. What we are seeking is not a
  • Title: Sixth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • phenomena of light in rather recent times, historically speaking.
    • Nay, the whole way of thinking about the phenomena of Physics,
    • the luminous object, — with your eye, say, here — looking
    • from the luminous object. (We are imagining the eye to be looking in
    • Simply by looking through the glass and comparing what you see with
    • original direction. And now the eye, looking as it is from here, is
    • we are asked to assume, if we be looking through such a plate of
    • be observed to begin with, in this connection. Say we are looking at
    • will appear shifted upward. The entire complex we are looking at is
    • progress to a qualitative way of thinking, which very largely
    • soul, our inner being, were to be sucking the light in. We feel a
    • opposite feeling. We feel the darkness sucking at us. It sucks us
    • colours on the other hand have a quality of drawing on us, sucking at
    • us, making us give of ourselves. So at long last we are led to say:
    • adventitious theories, however, relieve one of the need of making one
    • longer be. Our need is therefore to give up looking at Nature in the
    • looking at Nature in this fragmentary way that Science since the 16th
    • supposed the mere elastic ether to be working. Such discoveries of
  • Title: Seventh Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • that wherever colours arise there is a working-together of light
    • shadow is, is simply a dark space. Moreover, looking at the surface
    • that this one stays. By dint of looking at the red, my eye will
    • sucking at us; when we are colder we feel as though it were
    • what is taking place in our environment of air. It is precisely
    • partaking in it. And yet another level of our consciousness is the
    • think it over in the meantime. Taking our start from this, we will
  • Title: Eighth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • speaking about sound and tone which you will find in the customary
    • of thinking was very different from what it then became.
    • people fail to reflect that this whole way of thinking, applied to
    • sitting here, according to this way of thinking (I do not say
    • method, but way-of-thinking) which physicists have grown accustomed
    • been thinking. You were thinking it but did not say it; he now
    • here making itself felt in a highly spiritual realm. We need to
    • appearance. That which arises (speaking in terms of Physics) in the
    • it interacts with what is taking place more externally in the outer
    • larynx and adjoining organs when we are speaking. There is the act
    • of speaking, — its instruments quite obviously inserted into
    • your active speaking and on the other hand your hearing. Then you
    • volitional way in your speaking. Once more, you only have a
    • never compare with the ear if I were thinking realistically, but
    • looking for metamorphoses in crude, external ways. You must be able
    • larynx and that lies farther forward. Etherically we are talking to
    • element in human thinking. If such demands are unfulfilled, we only
  • Title: Ninth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • speaking more generally one calls them “positive” and
    • current, taking place to all appearances purely within the
    • reproduced by purely inorganic methods, making electric currents by
    • immense and epoch-making technical developments which followed.
    • we expended for example in making these vanes rotate in the water,
    • taking this direction: they were always looking for the kinship
    • taking effect once more — at a distance. You know how
    • thinking of 19th century Physics had been right.
    • life since we are looking rather intently in their direction. Look
    • is taking place from the one side and the other, — how the
    • phenomenon arose, making it necessary to think still further. The
    • making certain computations, from the deflection one may now deduce
    • separated-out and analyzed and then reveal very striking differences
    • madness! Often and often, when speaking of the greatest activities
    • shewn again and again, it is only in our Thinking that we are
    • waking life. We do not experience our processes of will directly.
    • sensory and thinking life. Above all is this true of the phenomena
    • are crossing in ourselves when we descend from our thinking and
    • remains elsewhere unnoticed. Namely, wherever Will is working
    • through the metabolism, there is working something very similar to
  • Title: Tenth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • yourselves, taking your start from characteristic facts which you
    • to develop a right way of thinking upon the facts and phenomena
    • of matter itself in its old form. Out of the old ways of thinking,
    • and making their way through the partial vacuum. In that they can
    • element of matter. For you can imagine that a bombardment is taking
    • the property of making the glass intensely fluorescent. Please
    • Taking my
    • ideas, into his very thinking. Unable any longer to think the
    • the 19th-century thinking to penetrate into the phenomena. But this
    • phenomena themselves with human thinking. Now to this end certain
    • arithmetical thinking. Geometry, you know, was a very ancient
    • quadrilateral etc., — the way of thinking all these forms in
    • This way of thinking was now applied to the external phenomena
    • we are taking for granted is that this upper line A'B' is truly
    • century thinking went a long way in this direction, especially
    • only we who by our own way of thinking first translate this into
    • — not from the intelligence which we apply when working up
    • presents itself to you in conscious day-waking life. Yet the two
    • thinking you fetch up from the subconscious part of your being,
    • think of as akin to one-another. However, human thinking has in our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 1: The World Behind the Tapestry of Sense-perceptions. Ecstasy and Mystical Experience.
    Matching lines:
    • trivial illustration will make this clear. Suppose we are looking at a
    • it is only a matter of looking behind the surface! But this is not so
    • himself from the objects around him. Fundamentally speaking, it is
    • Something happens in ecstasy that is like a breaking through of the
    • human beings. I am speaking, to begin with, of experiences that arise
    • which I am now making compensation.’
    • experience, this has the detrimental effect of making him look within
    • clearly-namely, the alternating states of waking and sleeping through
    • experiences of waking life, in which he has no consciousness at all of
    • impressions of waking life, is called the Macrocosm, the Great World.
    • in speaking of a Macrocosm, a Great World — in contrast to the
    • ‘little world’ of our ordinary waking life, when we feel
    • someone behind a wall, this can be denied as long as no knocking can
    • be heard; if there is knocking, commonsense can no longer deny it.
    • because in the present course of his life he is capable of working
    • only in the world of waking life, his consciousness ceases the moment
    • And now let us think of the moment of waking. At the moment of waking
    • waking, be able to be aware of past experiences in the life of soul
    • perceptible to us in normal life only through the fact that on waking
    • on waking as our inner life. In the Macrocosm during sleep we cannot
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 2: Sleeping and Waking Life in Relation to the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • Sleeping and Waking Life in Relation to the Planets
    • SLEEPING AND WAKING LIFE IN RELATION TO THE PLANETS
    • The relation between man's waking and sleeping states has been broadly
    • needs during waking life in order to sustain his life of soul. These
    • detailed to say about the difference between man's waking life and the
    • sleep, to stop speaking, tasting, hearing, and so forth. A power is
    • his in waking life. Usually he knows nothing the next day of the
    • sleepwalking. While he is walking in his sleep a man may also have
    • that speaking and acting during sleep rarely occur. The influence that
    • returning from sleep to waking life in the physical world. What is
    • us out of ourselves brings the waking soul back again into the body.
    • lower loop indicates the course of life during the waking state and
    • of going to sleep that a force, working on the Sentient Soul from the
    • brings him back into the waking state.
    • Soul and at the times of going to sleep and waking drives man out of
    • the man has gone to sleep and again before waking, that is to say, in
    • influence is given over on waking to the external world of the senses.
    • must think only of the influence working upon our Sentient Soul from
    • effect on waking is called the force of “Venus”.
    • waking life upon the Intellectual or Mind-Soul when it is within the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 3: The Inner Path Followed by the Mystic. Experience of the Cycle of the Year.
    Matching lines:
    • during the sleeping state in a spiritual world and on waking returns
    • waking state takes place, there is a complete change of experience.
    • What we experience in the waking state denotes no actual perception or
    • waking. We come down into our etheric and physical bodies but have no
    • fact of experience in the waking state is that we view our own being
    • at the rest of the world. During waking life we never contemplate our
    • waking life. How, then, would it be if we were really able, on
    • the moment of waking our gaze is diverted to the external world around
    • which our physical body, when observed during waking life, is a part.
    • Thus in the waking state the possibility of observing ourselves from
    • Ego and our astral body as we perceive outer objects in waking life;
    • sleep and waking. But we can never cross this boundary without being
    • we cannot see the spiritual world. On waking, our consciousness is at
    • the moment of waking is something that interpolates itself between our
    • covers these two members on waking, the veil that prevents us from
    • world. At the moment of waking the Sentient Body is wholly concerned
    • inner world of the physical and etheric bodies, but in first making
    • inner being? On waking, instead of seeing an external world, he would
    • if he were able, on waking from sleep, to descend into his own inner
    • is the arrangement and organisation of the physical body. By taking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 4: Faculties of the Human Soul and Their Development
    Matching lines:
    • begin by speaking of the regions lying beyond these frontiers. Man
    • waking it becomes impossible for us to perceive or be aware of our own
    • and waking play an essential part. When we think of the daily
    • A deeper being is working within us at our further development; when
    • waking life.
    • physical and etheric bodies, and we know that fundamentally speaking
    • relatively speaking, we can do a great deal to develop our powers of
    • physical body when the etheric body is no longer working in it. The
    • sorrow. Thus the corresponding inner body is perpetually working at
    • bodies on waking; but he is diverted from this perception by external
    • physical bodies on waking, a man can acquire a certain knowledge of
    • way that at the moment of waking external impressions transmitted by
    • knowledge of these bodies into which we descend on waking is only
    • and etheric bodies is that on waking we emerge from another world in
    • Thus on waking the human soul feels insignificant after passing the
    • Thinking: the capacity to form ideas of things.
    • strengthening our will we become capable of taking vigorous and
    • thinking we shall acquire wise understanding of the phenomena of the
    • realise that whatever qualities of willing, feeling and thinking we
    • Thinking, of Feeling and of Will pervading the spiritual world out of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 5: The Egyptian Mysteries of Osiris and Isis
    Matching lines:
    • the inner Organisation of his astral body if he could, on waking,
    • waking a man can penetrate consciously into his inner being. At most
    • the moment of waking than during the course of the day; he feels that
    • Again the reason for this is that on waking a feeling has remained
    • Generally speaking, however, it is not good, nor is it without danger,
    • he was himself working in the spiritual world at the preparation of
    • When we look out into the world today, three kingdoms of Nature
    • confront us: the animal, plant and mineral kingdoms. We also have
    • these three kingdoms within us. We have within us the animal kingdom
    • plant kingdom because we possess an etheric or life-body, of which
    • something similar may be said; we have the mineral kingdom within us
    • reached the point of its development when the mineral kingdom in its
    • You may say: Yes, but was this mineral kingdom not in existence
    • earlier than the plant and animal kingdoms? Anyone who thinks
    • conditions different from those of today the plant kingdom could exist
    • before there was a mineral kingdom. The mineral kingdom was a later
    • formation. Under different conditions the plant kingdom was already in
    • existence before there was any mineral kingdom. The mineral kingdom
    • was a product of hardening — hardening of the plant kingdom. And
    • at the time of the formation of the mineral kingdom on our Earth, man
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 6: Experiences of Initiation in the Northern Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • considerable reduction, for it can be said, broadly speaking, that
    • not by descending into his inner self at the moment of waking, but by
    • whereas in his waking state he has plunged into his own being, into
    • we did previously to that of waking.
    • from the ordinary waking consciousness. It is as though he became
    • on waking through his attention being diverted to the impressions of
    • form from those known in waking consciousness, are not yet the
    • lays hold of us, kindles enthusiasm. By thinking of something midway
    • from the relative positions of the heavenly bodies. Anyone looking at
    • We are speaking here of the deeds of these spiritual Beings. A
    • these lower creatures of the mineral, plant and animal kingdoms of
    • we are speaking now of the physical world, not of what becomes of our
    • thinking when we are free of the body after death, but of how we think
    • the morning; after waking we see light through the eyes. In the light
    • instrument of thinking suitable for the physical world. The brain has
    • been made into an organ of thinking for the physical world by the
    • thinking must have streamed into man from a yet higher world in order
    • “reason” for thinking; thinking would have been called
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 7: The Four Spheres of the Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • that has given my thought this particular trend? Would my thinking
    • always, by holding them, transcend ordinary human ways of thinking in
    • active, when it can think and feel; it is only when thinking, feeling
    • forgotten, these impressions may still be working in us. There may be
    • working at our development. This figure reveals itself in all its
    • to sleep in the ordinary way. He shows us what is lacking in us when
    • ... then he is simply putting obstacles along the path, is blocking
    • to continue working at himself must set about acquiring it.
    • speaking of a councilor, privy councilor, or the like; the man may
    • by following him from one incarnation to another instead of taking
    • in the kingdoms surrounding him here on the physical plane. Here he
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 8: Mirror-images of the Macrocosm in Man. Rosicrucian Symbols.
    Matching lines:
    • sleep, but we shall pay special attention now to what is working out
    • on waking in the morning must not be imagined as though the Ego merely
    • place on waking; it contracts more and more and then passes into the
    • any means wholly within man during the hours of waking consciousness.
    • ask ourselves: How is it that on waking we are suddenly surrounded
    • example, suppose the first sense-impression we have on waking is a
    • the number twelve as a number which expresses the movements taking
    • days of his existence. Day alternates with night, waking with
    • progress am I making? Has every experience during the day actually
    • curves the forces working during the night. The vertical line
    • means of which we can mould the substance of our soul. By working thus
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 9: Organs of Spiritual Perception. Contemplation of the Ego from Twelve Vantage-points. The Thinking of the Heart.
    Matching lines:
    • The Thinking of the Heart.
    • THE THINKING OF THE HEART.
    • In speaking yesterday of the so-called Rosicrucian path into the
    • indicated. But because his life alternates between waking and
    • expressed. Then, first of all at the moment of waking, but also when
    • he turns his attention away from the experiences of ordinary waking
    • only be called thinking of the heart. This is something that
    • feeling about the thinking that becomes possible when we have made a
    • organ becomes a kind of organ of thinking in one who achieves inner
    • development and this thinking of the heart is very different from
    • ordinary thinking. In ordinary thinking everyone knows that reflection
    • thinking we apply to them cannot be confounded with ordinary
    • brain-thinking. Whether they are true or false is directly evident
    • thinking. What there is to say about the higher worlds is directly
    • of heart-thinking.
    • thinking applied in such cases will usually produce something that is
    • reasoned thinking before attempting to enter the higher worlds, it is
    • equally essential to rise above this ordinary thinking to immediate
    • in logical thinking is essential, for otherwise our feelings would
    • thinking we are incapable of judging rightly in the higher world, but
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 10: Transformation of Soul-forces and Stages in the Evolution of Physical Organs. Reading in the Akasha Chronicle.
    Matching lines:
    • logic, or thinking, of the heart in contrast to what is known in
    • external life as the logic, or thinking, of the head or of the
    • it may be found at that stage of development where the thinking of the
    • passing through the evolutionary stage of intellectual thinking in
    • of thinking affected by such a transformation but other soul-forces
    • too will assume new forms when the faculty of thinking changes. When
    • logic of the heart, from the thinking of the head to the thinking of
    • elucidate this by taking an example — the example of
    • Memory, like thinking, is a faculty of the soul. The character of
    • thinking changes when from being thinking of the head it becomes, at a
    • higher spiritual level, thinking of the heart. What is there to be
    • When he recalls something he experienced yesterday, he is looking
    • out research in the higher worlds. When he does this, head-thinking
    • becomes heart-thinking and his ordinary memory changes into a
    • thinking just like those of anyone else. It is therefore the capacity
    • looking through the door into the adjacent area. He looks at something
    • On thinking over this carefully, you will see that this statement is
    • everyday life if he were unable to harmonise his thinking with his
    • memory, if he were to find that his logical thinking contradicted his
    • degree the physical organ for the thinking of the heart as is the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 11: Man and Planetary Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • revelations of Spiritual Science is at once capable of taking the
    • however, such as the thinking of the heart, will evolve together with
    • We reached the point yesterday of speaking about an experience of
    • man alternates between the states of waking and sleeping. This has
    • dies. It is the mineral kingdom that follows physical and chemical
    • laws alone. Primarily, the laws of the mineral kingdom are ascribed to
    • is today cannot exist without the environment of a plant-kingdom
    • astral body and Ego are working upon him. The plant is an example, an
    • waking state with astral body and Ego. On the other hand, in the
    • the influence and workings of the Sun? No, for without the Sun,
    • Therefore if we are looking for an earlier state of our planet we can
    • speaking of the Elementary world a quite different conception of
    • ordinary way. A lover of abstractions can go on asking
    • speech is not so intimately bound up with the Ego as thinking is.
    • higher worlds, not merely the thinking man but also the man of feeling
    • of transition from the logic of thinking to the logic of the heart
    • will tend to bring individuals together. The logic of thinking may
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture I: Man as a Being of Spirit and Soul
    Matching lines:
    • alongside natural science, working in the same way as natural
    • really seeking spiritual substance in cultural life
    • In looking into a modern textbook
    • even if we go beyond purely materialistic thinking, is
    • on the other, becomes clear in looking at the way the physical
    • speaking on the one hand about ordinary digestion, which is
    • to and fro in our thinking, feeling and willing as our inner
    • ourselves in our experience of feeling, thinking and
    • ourselves with this information, we are blocking our own
    • we have acquired through our thinking and research into the
    • his study of the sense world; in other words, taking upon
    • renunciation makes us fit for undertaking in course of
    • thought follows another, our thinking and imaginative
    • self-observation of the kind I have just been speaking about.
    • into his thinking and power of imagination. Again and
    • inner life, so that the will is really led into the thinking.
    • determined solely by the inner will working according to a much
    • then more or less be in the position I have been talking about,
    • our thinking and imagination, that lives in what happens in our
    • philosophizing about it, but only by making
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture II: The Psychological Expression of the Unconscious
    Matching lines:
    • generally speaking, the science of spirit is regarded as
    • the power of logical thinking; it deduces something unknown
    • spiritual life, and we shall do this by taking into
    • the normal way of imagining and thinking.
    • looking at it from every possible angle and fussing
    • about, but by making a decision immediately upon being
    • confronted with the situation and then also sticking to it, has
    • world to making everything fit into patterns. All this
    • kingdoms.
    • wakes up, and after waking knows exactly where the sound has
    • come from — the ticking of a
    • watch that he had put down nearby. He had heard this ticking
    • unconscious from the moment of going to sleep to waking up. Now
    • nature experiences from the moment of going to sleep to waking.
    • waking, and then makes use of the physical body in order to
    • to the body between going to sleep and waking, and what sort of
    • acquired from the moment of sleeping to awaking, are
    • into the body. What the soul upon waking has acquired since the
    • back upon waking, because upon
    • waking the soul cannot at first be adapted to the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture III: The Science of the Spirit and Modern Questions
    Matching lines:
    • When speaking about such a subject as this evening's we
    • for a new way of looking at the world. Such souls feel that in
    • were two possible ways of looking at the problem of world
    • conscientious and excellent method of thinking of modern
    • — your soul is working in an
    • course of the stars, it is working in a way which was not
    • is the spirit, the soul which is really working in me, and I
    • existence. The modern seeking soul is in a way unconsciously
    • profound knowledge about such old ways of looking at life, many
    • be crossed when we progress from our ordinary way of thinking
    • quite a different way of looking at our planetary system and
    • progressed to abstract thinking. We are developing our
    • been strongly developed through the thinking and through an
    • what going to sleep, waking, and sleep itself are. We get to
    • soul beings we are when we sleep, we are able, through working
    • everything that belongs to the kingdoms of nature arise like a
    • the abstract kind of thinking, which appears in Marxism and
    • be lacking in spirit, and not like people who have a right
    • working in
    • and souls that are not seeking need it all the more. And this
  • Title: Lecture: Occult Science and Occult Development
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual life, or by someone accustomed to materialistic thinking.
    • he was not thinking of what he was doing. Let him, however, try every
    • first of these powers is that of thinking. We live in relation with
    • soul, a man can make this power of thinking independent of external
    • life. I want to call your attention here to how the power of thinking
    • characteristic of ordinary, everyday thinking which is dependent upon
    • chief characteristic of ordinary thinking is that each single act of
    • thinking injures the nervous system, and above all, the brain; it
    • day was destroyed in our nervous system by thinking. What we are
    • of destruction that is taking place in our nervous system.
    • unfold an inner activity of thinking that is not connected with the
    • feel that we are on the right path. As in meditative thinking no
    • thinking never causes sleepiness, however long it may be continued,
    • as ordinary thinking may easily do.
    • meditation we should, to begin with, use the kind of thinking to
    • can accustom ourselves to give up thinking about external things.
    • When this point is reached meditative thinking will no longer make us
    • the inner power of thinking can thus be developed without using the
    • thinking faculty of the body, then and only then shall we acquire
    • independent power of thinking, we are outside our body, one with all
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Christ at the Time of the Mystery of Golgotha and Christ in the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • thinking of the name of Jahve or Jehovah, especially in connection with the
    • of inadequacy, human thinking made efforts to form an idea of this
    • And it is this that we have indicated in speaking of the evolution of
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that goes with it. As we look at what technology has brought
    • of feeling and thinking among those gathered together here in the
    • working, thinking and feeling together, there will develop what must
    • perceiving and working out of the spiritual life and essence of the
    • the scientific mode of thinking entered mankind's development.
    • times on various areas of natural scientific thinking,
    • research in recent times and the mode of thinking that can and does
    • essence of scientific thinking is easily misunderstood, if we look
    • different form of thinking, which was still active through the Middle
    • form of thinking. He is Cardinal Nicholas Cusanus,
    • In a manner of speaking, the Brethren of the Common Life were
    • return voyage, when he was on the ship and looking at the stars,
    • looking up at the starlit sky, his twofold soul mood characterized
    • what surrounds us in the kingdom of nature. But these concepts grow
    • repeatedly he saw how thinking extends itself over everything
    • which thinking has dissipated. Only if a man has developed (apart
    • realm into which knowledge gained only by thinking cannot reach.
    • thinking to the actual spiritual world (with which it feels united,)
    • By saying to itself that with all this thinking and theology it
    • It tells itself: This thinking, this theology, these ideas, give me
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that goes with it. As we look at what technology has brought
    • actually taking place.
    • scientific form of thinking and research I described two men, Meister
    • can intercept by looking into one or another soul. Yet, by doing
    • Looking into this matter more closely, we see how a man like Meister
    • like living beings, permeating everything with spirit and speaking to
    • spoke to him. In consequence of the universe speaking to man, science
    • of speaking, the body was only the vessel, the artistic reproduction,
    • were speaking to him only out of a tradition preserved from earlier
    • working out the traditions of his age, withdrew into his quiet
    • Speaking crudely, I would have to say that the soul had inwardly
    • speaking crudely, the corporeal world became denser while the soul
    • ancient times. This contrast is the central trait of all thinking in
    • almost equally dim feeling, and an abstract thinking. Instead, he
    • Only now, at this point, does the modern era of thinking begin. The
    • in its primeval form. The second is mystical, taking the world in the
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that goes with it. As we look at what technology has brought
    • scientific outlook and manner of thinking, such as we know it today,
    • whole character of this scientific thinking, emerging at the
    • depends on the way in which mathematical thinking was gradually
    • perception in regard to mathematical thinking itself. We are much
    • own manner of thinking.
    • system with mathematically oriented thinking of the kind to which we
    • of scientific thinking is to be correctly understood, it must be
    • I would term a self-sufficient inward capacity for thinking. What do
    • In view of the increasing superficiality of psychological thinking,
    • understand the origin of the later mathematical way of thinking that
    • corresponding to modern thinking. I divided the human organization
    • striking aspect of this member, we see that man accomplishes the
    • directions. In walking, we place ourselves in a certain manner into
    • taking place purely in abstract schemes of thought, when I find
    • direction in order to remain upright. I am also aware that in walking
    • which has appeared in recent times in mathematical thinking, was once
    • that you are walking slowly, one step at a time; you begin to walk
    • blood experience at each stage, with the slow walking, then the
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that goes with it. As we look at what technology has brought
    • looking at a body found in it the image of spirit. One then looked
    • the birth of scientific thinking, the Copernican system. It is not my
    • am only speaking of the historical fact that the Copernican system
    • mankind's soul mood. The origin of modern scientific thinking
    • But to give the scientific mode of thinking its proper value, it must
    • thinking in general, entirely divorced from human experience. This
    • phenomena of nature with abstract mathematical thinking. Hence, as a
    • modern scientific thinking.
    • cleverness and thinking avail us nothing. No matter how much we think
    • than Newton was, but Berkeley illustrates the conflicts taking place during
    • the emergence of scientific thinking. In other respects, as we shall presently
    • It is indeed true that all thinking about these concepts is of no
    • the particular quality of thinking in his age, he already has the
    • fourteenth century. Thinking geometrically about space, man did not
    • rise of the scientific way of thinking. Berkeley had no quarrel with
    • always elude our thinking, as it were. Our thinking refuses to
    • absolutely necessary. The time that we are speaking about was the age
    • and imbued his mathematical thinking with poetry in order to retain
    • the new direction of thinking altogether and with it the whole trend
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that goes with it. As we look at what technology has brought
    • thinking. Let us place this process once more before our mind's
    • looking around inside for whatever it was that, as an effect of the
    • wrote in his Mechanism of Thinking, though he himself did not
    • thinking. We see it entering bit by bit into the spiritual life of
    • It is interesting to place a recent example side by side with Locke's thinking.
    • from any connection between the world and his thinking, his inner
    • external sign is necessary. But this only proves that in his thinking
    • From the uncertainty that has entered all thinking concerning the
    • unlike today's thinking. Therefore anyone writing history
    • If we want to understand modern thinking, we must continually recall
    • phase of scientific thinking, we have come to the point where this
    • picture matter in a continuous form, making it convenient to conceive
    • will be periods when thinking favors either continuity or atomism. He
    • continuistically, they are thinking mainly of life. In one in which
    • they think atomistically, they are thinking primarily of death, of
    • other is suited to the dead. But there is no justification for making
    • The gist of this is that in the phase of scientific thinking
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that goes with it. As we look at what technology has brought
    • moment of falling asleep to waking up, he knows that he is really
    • waking condition, man is only within himself, he cannot experience
    • and so forth are experienced. During the waking state, however, the
    • of thinking. I set it forth again, in philosophic terms, in 1911 at
    • waking state, but still remains inwardly independent. If one senses
    • scientific thinking since its first beginnings in the Fifteenth
    • taking place outside us in time and space. Such enthusiasts describe
    • neurasthenic. Through the peculiar character of this kind of thinking
    • scientific thinking since the Fifteenth Century. Then they will throw
    • that we must not constantly fall into the error of looking to science
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that goes with it. As we look at what technology has brought
    • by asking: What do we experience in regard to it? We experience what
    • effects that are unquestionably working within us. We obliterate them
    • mathematics, a way of thinking which from then on was combined with
    • It is inert. Lacking an external influence, it continues on and on
    • experience; and to find ways to speak of space without even thinking
    • Looking at what lived in external nature and
    • see these if we look at nature. But, looking inward and focusing on
    • by thinking of moving points that do not alter their condition of
    • way, the world spirit's revenge for our making everything
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that goes with it. As we look at what technology has brought
    • whole manner of thinking and feeling was quite different in former
    • risk of speaking disrespectfully of a work that is after all very
    • thinking, feeling, willing, as well as memory, imagination, and so
    • cast out chemistry and physics; thinking, feeling and willing were
    • people who still spoke of thinking or willing as late as the
    • person speaks about thinking, that he speaks as if this thinking were
    • Wahle, who declared that the ego, thinking, feeling, and willing were
    • In the age when man felt that his walking was a process that took
    • experienced thinking, feeling, and willing together with the world.
    • thinking, feeling, and willing, or in the circulation of the fluids
    • was taking place. He regulated his breathing process in order to
    • progress his thinking. He knew that thinking, feeling and willing are
    • experienced when the astral body is experienced in thinking, feeling,
    • Jacob Boehme's case a very simple man is speaking out of
    • speaking, so robust that they can grasp outer nature. Unfortunately,
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that goes with it. As we look at what technology has brought
    • the soul life) and ego. Let us be clear that properly speaking the
    • other hand, thinking, feeling and willing, the subject matter of
    • we actually do when, in our thinking, we cast inwardly experienced
    • its mode of thinking can take hold only of the dead. The same is true
    • realize that we are looking at a corpse.
    • case, we consider today's manner of thinking to be the most
    • different, then we are looking at history the wrong way. As an
    • never get beyond mere semblance. The way thinking, feeling and
    • semblance, inherent in pure thinking, becomes the impulse of freedom
    • when inwardly grasped by man in thinking. If something other than
    • be free. But if this semblance can be raised to pure thinking, one
    • the anthroposophical way of thinking is applied in earnest to
    • in speaking to a smaller group of people. The
    • attained through cooperation, through people working together. So
    • thinking is; namely the semblance from which can be brought forth the
    • man really penetrates to pure thinking, then he finds in it the
    • today's mode of thinking arrives at the nothingness of his
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • measurement. In our thinking we consider that there is a fundamental
    • are to advance their way of thinking and their way of life. From
    • It is this which has been the uncertain point in human thinking since
    • had already orientated human thinking about certain processes in a
    • manner strikingly opposed to outer reality. I must call your attention
    • matter of fact, you do not depend on thinking strictly, but instead
    • thinking by means of reality and abandon the pure thought process.
    • “Anyone who thinks this way is stupid.” Through thinking
    • thinking absolutely to reality, then our conclusions are not in accord
    • limit ourselves to mere thinking. Then we come to a different result.
    • understand that much of our thinking misses the phenomena of nature if
    • thinking “Achilles must pass over every point covered by the
    • will do no better than you did when you applied your thinking to the
    • of your logic into your thinking about something which cannot be made
    • reliance on our mere thinking is that this same thinking fails us the
    • thinking alone, but we begin simply to read off what is given from
    • logic fails us. Our thinking is not valid here, for the receptive
    • rapid motion, the particles bombarding each other and striking the
    • superficially. The entire method of thinking rests on one
    • working concept has been built up along these lines. It is said that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • to consider. Taking first the original length,
    • fact of striking out certain values which cannot be adequately
    • lacking the clear, definite ideas, we often stand perplexed before
    • phenomena revealed in the course of time by unthinking
    • striking phenomenon, that ice can float on the surface of the water!
    • could not have all these phenomena taking place through heat. You must
    • admission. For by putting the way of thinking of the Academia del
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Formally spea